TWI309168B - A solid pharmaceutical composition of proton pump inhibitor - Google Patents
A solid pharmaceutical composition of proton pump inhibitor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI309168B TWI309168B TW91115305A TW91115305A TWI309168B TW I309168 B TWI309168 B TW I309168B TW 91115305 A TW91115305 A TW 91115305A TW 91115305 A TW91115305 A TW 91115305A TW I309168 B TWI309168 B TW I309168B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- omeprazole
- sodium
- ppi
- buffer
- pharmaceutical composition
- Prior art date
Links
Landscapes
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Description
1309168 五、發明說明(1) 發明領域 本發明係關於含有經取代苯并咪唑質子幫浦抑制劑之醫 藥製劑。 發明背瞢 歐米普瑞唑(ome p r a ζ ο 1 e )爲可抑制胃酸分泌之經取代苯 并咪哩:5 -甲氧基- 2- [(4 -甲氧基_3,5-二甲基-2-吡11定基) 甲基]亞磺醯基]-1 Η -苯并咪唑。歐米普瑞唑屬於抗分泌性 化合物類’視爲質子幫浦抑制劑(“ΡΡI s,,),不會展現抗膽 鹼或H2組織胺拮抗劑特性。此類藥劑藉由在胃膜壁細胞之 分泌表面專一性抑制H+,K+-ATPase酵素系統而壓抑胃酸 分泌。 通常歐米普瑞嗤、藍梭普瑞哩(lansoprazole)及其他質 子幫浦抑制劑是配方爲腸塗覆固體劑型(延遲釋放之膠囊 或錠劑)或爲注射溶液(復原產物),並爲活動性十二指腸 潰瘍、胃漬瘍、胃與食道回流症(GERD)、嚴重腐蝕性食道 炎、反應不足症候性GERD、以及病態性過度分泌狀況如若 林格艾利森症候群(Zollinger Ellison syndrome)的短期 處方藥。這些狀況起因於酸與胃蛋白酶(peps in)製造之間 (視爲侵略性因子),及黏液、碳酸氫鹽與前列腺素製造之 間(視爲防禦性因子)不平衡。以上所列狀況常出現於健康 或嚴重病人,且可能伴隨顯著的上胃腸道出血。 通常投與H2 -組織胺拮抗劑,制酸劑及硫糖鋁 (sucralfate)以減少疼痛及這些狀況的相關倂發症。這些 1309168 五、發明說明(2) 藥使用時有其特定缺點。這些藥中一部分無法完全有效治 療前述狀況及/或產生不良的副作用,例如心智混亂、便 秘、腹瀉、以及血小板減少症。H2-組織胺拮抗劑,例如 芮尼太丁( rani t idine)及賽門太丁( c ime t i dine )爲相當昂 貴的治療方式’尤其於NPO病人常需要使用自動化輸入液 幫浦以持續藥物的靜脈內輸入。 具有顯著生理壓力之病人處於壓力關聯性胃黏膜受損及 隨後上胃腸道出血之危險中(Marrone and Silen,急性胃 黏膜損傷之致病,診斷及治療,CLIN GASTROENTEROL 13 :635 - 650( 1 984 ))。與壓力關聯性黏膜受損發生明確有 關的危險因子爲機械性給予氧氣、凝結病、大規模燒傷、 頭部受傷、及器官移植(Zinner等人,加護病房病人胃腸 道出血之預防,31)1^.0¥仙(:01.(^3了£1'.,153:214-220(1981) ; Larson等人,嚴重頭部受傷之胃反應,am. J. SURG.,147:97 - 1 05( 1 984) ; Czaja 等人,熱傷害後之急性 胃十二指腸疾病:發生率及自然史之內視鏡評價,N ENGL . J_ MED.,29 1:925-929(1974) ; Skillman 等人,呼吸衰竭 、低血壓、敗血症及黃疸:急性壓力潰瘍之致死性出血關 聯之臨床症狀,AM. SURG.,1 1 7:523 - 530 ( 1 969 );以 及Cook等人,嚴重III病人胃腸道出血之危險因子,n ENGL. MED.,330:377 - 38 1 ( 1 994 ))。這些因子之一或 多項常發現於嚴重疾病的加護病房病人。最近世代硏究質 疑先前已鑑定之其他危險因子,例如酸-鹼失調、多處創 13091681309168 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (1) Field of the Invention The present invention relates to a pharmaceutical preparation containing a substituted benzimidazole proton inhibitor. The invention recites omeprazole (ome pra ζ ο 1 e ) as a substituted benzopyrene which inhibits gastric acid secretion: 5-methoxy-2- [ [4-methoxy-3-, 5-dimethyl Benzyl-2-pyridinyl) methyl]sulfinyl]-1 Η-benzimidazole. Omeprezazole belongs to the class of antisecretory compounds as a proton pump inhibitor ("ΡΡI s,") and does not exhibit anticholinergic or H2 histamine antagonist properties. The secretory surface specifically inhibits the H+, K+-ATPase enzyme system and suppresses gastric acid secretion. Usually, omeprazole, lansoprazole and other proton pump inhibitors are formulated as enteric coated solid dosage forms (delayed release) Capsules or lozenges) or injection solutions (recovery products), and active duodenal ulcer, gastric ulcer, stomach and esophageal reflux disease (GERD), severely corrosive esophagitis, underreactive symptomatic GERD, and morbidity Excessive secretory conditions such as short-term prescription drugs for Zollinger Ellison syndrome. These conditions result from the production of acid and pepsin (as an aggressive factor), as well as mucus, bicarbonate and prostate. Unbalanced between manufacturing (considered as a defensive factor). The conditions listed above often occur in healthy or severe patients and may be accompanied by significant upper gastrointestinal tract H2 - histamine antagonists, antacids, and sucralfate are usually administered to reduce pain and the associated complications of these conditions. These 1309168 V. Inventions (2) The drug has its own specific disadvantages. Some of these drugs are not completely effective in treating the aforementioned conditions and/or producing undesirable side effects such as mental confusion, constipation, diarrhea, and thrombocytopenia. H2-histamine antagonists such as rani tidine and race Cime ti dine is a relatively expensive treatment method. Especially in patients with NPO, it is often necessary to use an automated input fluid pump to continuously enter the drug intravenously. Patients with significant physiological stress are under pressure-related gastric mucosal damage. And subsequent risk of upper gastrointestinal bleeding (Marrone and Silen, pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of acute gastric mucosal injury, CLIN GASTROENTEROL 13 : 635 - 650 (1 984 )). Clearly associated with pressure-related mucosal damage Risk factors for mechanical oxygenation, coagulation, massive burns, head injuries, and organ transplants (Zinner et al., intensive care unit patients) Prevention of intestinal bleeding, 31) 1 ^. 0 ¥ 仙 (: 01. (^3 £1'., 153: 214-220 (1981); Larson et al, stomach reaction to severe head injury, am. J. SURG., 147:97 - 1 05 (1 984); Czaja et al. Acute gastroduodenal disease after heat injury: endoscopic evaluation of incidence and natural history, N ENGL . J_ MED., 29 1: 925-929 (1974); Skillman et al, respiratory failure, hypotension, sepsis, and jaundice: clinical symptoms associated with fatal bleeding from acute pressure ulcers, AM. SURG., 1 1 7:523 - 530 (1 969); And Cook et al., risk factors for gastrointestinal bleeding in patients with severe III, n ENGL. MED., 330:377 - 38 1 (1 994 )). One or more of these factors are often found in intensive care unit patients with serious illnesses. Recent generations have investigated other risk factors previously identified, such as acid-base disorders, multiple invasive 1309168
五、發明說明(3) 傷、顯著高血壓、重大手術、多項操作過程、急性腎衰竭 、敗血症、及昏迷(Cook等人,嚴重III病人胃腸道出血 之危險因子,N ENGL. J. MED.,330:377 - 38 1 (1 994 ))。 不論這些危險形態,壓力關聯性黏膜損傷造成明顯的病態 及死亡率。明顯嚴重的出血發生於至少20%具有一或多項 這些、危險因子而未治療之病人(Martin等人,持續靜脈內 賽門太丁減少未發展肺炎之壓力關聯性上胃腸道出血, CRIT. CARE MED.,21:1 9- 39( 1 993 ))。出血者中約 10%需 要手術(常爲胃切除術)及30%至50%之報導死亡率(Czaja 等人,熱傷害後之急性胃十二指腸疾病:發生率及自然史 之內視鏡評價,N ENGL. J. MED.,29 1:925 - 929 ( 1 974 ); Peura and Johnson,賽門太丁於加護病房病人胃十二指 腸黏膜損傷之預防及治療,ANN INTERN MED.,1 03 :1 73 -177(1985))。不需要手術者常需要多次輸血及延長住院治 療。壓力關聯性上胃腸道出血之預防爲重要的臨床目標。 歐米普瑞哩(Prilosec®),藍梭普瑞π坐(Prev.acid®)及 其他PPIs可經由抑制胃膜壁細胞之H+,K+-ATPase(胃酸 分泌之共同最後路徑)而降低胃酸製造(Fellenius等人, 經取代苯并咪唑類經由阻斷H+,K+-ATPase抑制胃酸分泌 ,NATURE,290:159-161(1981) ; Wallmark 等人,胃酸分 泌及胃H+,K+-ATPase活性間之關聯性,:T. BIOL. CHEM. ,260:1368卜13684(1985) ; Frykloud 等人,H+ , K+-ATPase阻斷後胃膜壁細胞之功能及結構,AM. J. PHYSIOL 1309168V. Description of invention (3) Injury, significant hypertension, major surgery, multiple procedures, acute renal failure, sepsis, and coma (Cook et al., risk factors for gastrointestinal bleeding in patients with severe III, N ENGL. J. MED. , 330:377 - 38 1 (1 994 )). Regardless of these dangerous forms, pressure-related mucosal damage causes significant morbidity and mortality. Significantly severe bleeding occurs in at least 20% of patients with one or more of these, risk factors and untreated (Martin et al., continuous intravenous cisplatin reduces stress-related upper gastrointestinal bleeding in undeveloped pneumonia, CRIT. CARE MED., 21:1 9-39 (1 993 )). About 10% of patients with bleeding require surgery (often for gastrectomy) and 30% to 50% of reported mortality (Czaja et al., Acute gastroduodenal disease after heat injury: endoscopic evaluation of incidence and natural history, N ENGL. J. MED., 29 1:925 - 929 (1 974); Peura and Johnson, Prevention and Treatment of Gastric Duodenal Mucosal Injury in Patients in Intensive Care Unit, ANN INTERN MED.,1 03 :1 73 -177 (1985)). Those who do not need surgery often need multiple blood transfusions and extended hospitalization. Prevention of pressure-related upper gastrointestinal bleeding is an important clinical goal. Prilosec®, Prev.acid® and other PPIs reduce gastric acid production by inhibiting H+, K+-ATPase (the common last path of gastric acid secretion) in the gastric parietal cells ( Fellenius et al., Substituted benzimidazoles inhibit gastric acid secretion by blocking H+, K+-ATPase, NATURE, 290: 159-161 (1981); Wallmark et al., Correlation between gastric acid secretion and gastric H+, K+-ATPase activity Sex,: T. BIOL. CHEM., 260:1368, 13684 (1985); Frykloud et al., Function and structure of gastric epithelial cells after H+ and K+-ATPase blockade, AM. J. PHYSIOL 1309168
1309168 五、發明說明(5) 在中性pH,歐米普瑞唑,藍梭普瑞唑及其他PPI s爲化 學穩定、脂溶性、弱鹼而缺乏抑制的活性。這些中性弱鹼 物從血液到達胃膜壁細胞並擴散到分泌小管,於此處藥劑 變成質子化並藉此被捕捉。質子化試劑重組以形成次磺酸 及磺醯胺。磺醯胺與越膜H+,K+-ATPase細胞外(管腔)區 域中關鍵位置之氫硫基共價反應(Hardman等人,Goodman & Gilman’s The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics,p . 9 0 7 ( 9 'h ed . 1 996 ))。因此歐米普瑞唑 及藍梭普瑞唑爲前藥必須活化方有效用。PP Is的專一性功 效也依賴:(a) H+,K+-ATPase的選擇性分布;(b)需要酸 性條件以催化反應性抑制劑產生;以及(c)捕捉質子化藥 劑及酸性管腔內且鄰近目標酵素之陽離子磺醯胺(Hardman 等人,1 9 9 6 )。 歐米普瑞唑及藍梭普瑞唑可爲腸塗覆細粒於明膠膠囊用 於口服投與。其他質子幫浦抑制劑,例如瑞比普瑞唑 (rabeprazole)及片托普瑞哩(pantoprazole)以腸塗覆劑 量劑型供應。習知技藝之腸劑量劑型已被使用,但爲酸不 穩定,因此非常重要是這些藥劑在吸收之前不能暴露到低 P Η胃酸。雖然這些藥劑在驗性p Η穩定,但p Η下降時(例 如經由胃酸)他們即被快速破壞。因此,若微膠囊化或腸 塗覆被瓦解(例如化合物硏碎爲脂肪,或咀嚼膠囊),則習 知技藝之劑量劑型暴露於胃中經由胃酸降解。 在美國因缺乏靜脈內或口服液體劑量劑型,限制歐米普 1309168 五、 發明說明(6) 瑞唑、藍梭普瑞唑及 瑞比普瑞唑測試或用於危急性 照 料 之 病 人。Ba r i e等人: 治療性使用歐米普瑞唑於難治 之 壓 力 誘 發性胃黏膜出血, CRIT. CARE MED. , 20:899-901(1992) J 敘述使用歐米普瑞 唑腸塗覆藥九,透過鼻胃管投 藥 於 多 器 官衰竭之危急性照 料病人控制胃腸道出血。但此 等 藥 九 並不理想,因爲他們 會聚集及阻塞管子,且他們不 適 用 於 ^ΤΊΤ- 無 法吞嚥藥九的 病人。AMJ · HEALTH-SYST PHATM 56 :2327 - 30 ( 1 999 )。 質子幫浦抑制劑如 歐米普瑞唑,代表另一有利選 擇 於使 用 H2-組織胺拮抗劑 、制酸劑及硫糖鋁治療壓力關 聯 性 黏 膜 受損之相關倂發症 。但於他們目前之劑型(含有 腸 塗 覆 細 粒之膠囊或腸塗覆 錠劑),質子幫浦抑制劑很難 或 不 可 能 投與勉強或_無法吞 嚥錠劑或膠囊之病人(例如危 急 性 疾 病 之病人,兒童,年 長者,及患有吞嚥困難病人) 〇 因 此 ) 寄望配方一質子幫 浦抑制劑溶液或懸浮液,能腸 道 運 送 於 病人藉此提供質子 幫浦抑制劑之優點而無目前腸 塗 覆 固 體 劑型的缺點。 歐米普瑞唑爲第一 個採用的質子幫浦抑制劑,已 配 方 爲 許 多不同的具體物 ,例如 K i m教示之美國專 利 第 5, 219,870號:聚乙二醇、動物脂肪(adeps solidu S) 及 月 桂基硫酸鈉於可溶 鹼性胺基酸之混合物,使設計 之 配 方 可 於直腸投與。 Berglund之美國專 利第5,3 9 5,3 2 3號揭示混合固 -8 - 體 供 應1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (5) At neutral pH, omeprazole, lansoprazole and other PPIs are chemically stable, fat-soluble, and weakly alkaline and lack inhibitory activity. These neutral weak bases reach the cells of the gastric mucosa from the blood and spread to the secretory tubule where the agent becomes protonated and thereby captured. The protonating reagent is recombined to form a sulfenic acid and a sulfonamide. The sulfonamide reacts covalently with the thiol group at a key position in the extracellular (luminal) region of the H+, K+-ATPase (Hardman et al., Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, p. 9 0 7 (9) 'h ed . 1 996 )). Therefore, omeprazole and moxaprazole are effective for prodrugs to be activated. The specific efficacy of PP Is also depends on: (a) the selective distribution of H+, K+-ATPase; (b) the need for acidic conditions to catalyze the production of reactive inhibitors; and (c) the capture of protonated agents and acidic lumens. A cationic sulfonamide adjacent to the target enzyme (Hardman et al., 1 9 9 6). Omeprexazole and lansoprazole can be used for oral administration of intestinal coated fine granules in gelatin capsules. Other proton pump inhibitors, such as rabeprazole and pantoprazole, are supplied in an enteric coating dosage form. Intestinal dosage forms of the prior art have been used, but are acid unstable, so it is very important that these agents are not exposed to low P Η gastric acid prior to absorption. Although these agents are stable in the test p Η, they are rapidly destroyed when p Η is lowered (for example, via gastric acid). Thus, if the microencapsulation or intestinal coating is disrupted (e.g., the compound is chopped into fat, or the chewable capsule), the dosage form of the prior art is exposed to the stomach for degradation via gastric acid. In the United States due to the lack of intravenous or oral liquid dosage forms, limit Omega 1309168 5, invention instructions (6) retinazole, morseprazole and riboprilazole test or for patients with acute care. Ba rie et al: Therapeutic use of omeprazole in refractory stress-induced gastric mucosal hemorrhage, CRIT. CARE MED., 20: 899-901 (1992) J describes the use of omeprazole enteric drug ninth through Nasal tube is administered to patients with acute care in multiple organ failure to control gastrointestinal bleeding. However, these drugs are not ideal because they will gather and block the tubes, and they are not suitable for patients who cannot swallow medicines. AMJ · HEALTH-SYST PHATM 56 : 2327 - 30 ( 1 999 ). Proton pump inhibitors such as omeprazole represent another advantageous option for the treatment of stress-related mucosal damage associated with H2-histamine antagonists, antacids, and sucralfate. However, in their current dosage form (capsules containing enteric coated granules or enteric coated tablets), proton pump inhibitors are difficult or impossible to administer to patients who are barely able or unable to swallow tablets or capsules (eg acute acute Patients with diseases, children, seniors, and patients with dysphagia) Therefore, it is hoped that a proton pump inhibitor solution or suspension can be delivered to the patient intestine to provide the advantages of a proton pump inhibitor. There are no disadvantages of current intestine coated solid dosage forms. Omeprezazole is the first proton pump inhibitor to be formulated and has been formulated for many different applications, such as U.S. Patent No. 5,219,870 to Kim, teaches: polyethylene glycol, animal fat (adeps solidu S) And a mixture of sodium lauryl sulfate in a soluble basic amino acid, so that the designed formula can be administered in the rectum. Berglund's U.S. Patent No. 5,3 9 5,3 2 3 discloses the mixing of solid-8-body supplies.
1309168 五、 發明說明 ( 7) 之 醫藥 爲 非 經 腸可接受液體劑型之裝置,用 於非 經 腸 投 與 到 病人 0 第 5 ,39 5,3 23號專利教示歐米普瑞 唑錠 劑 之用 途 歐米 普 瑞 唑 錠劑係置於該裝置可經中和性的生理 食 鹽 水 溶 解, 並 可 非 經腸注入到病人。此裝置及歐 米普 瑞 唑非 經 腸 注入 之 方 法 ,不是提供歐米普瑞唑溶液作 爲腸 產 物 亦 非 提供 歐 米 普 瑞唑溶液直接投與到疾病或受影響區域(亦 即 胃及 上 胃 腸 道),而此歐米普瑞唑配方未 提供 此 配 方 —1^. 即 之抗 酸 效 力 〇 Lovg re η 等 人之美國專利第4,786,505號 揭示含有 歐 米 普 瑞唑 共 同 與 鹼性反應化合物,或歐米普瑞 唑鹼 性 鹽 之明 擇 性共同 與 驗 性化合物作爲核心物質於錠劑配 方之 醫 藥 製 劑 0 然後 此 核 心 經腸塗覆。使用之鹼性物質, 可選 白 作 爲 碳 酸 鈉鹽 之 物 質 ,用於形成“微- pH”環繞每一 歐米 普 瑞 唑 細 粒以保 護 iiitr 酸 性pH高度敏感之歐米普瑞唑 。然 後 此 粉 末 混 合物 配 方 爲 腸塗覆之小珠、藥九、錠劑且 可以 傳 統 醫 藥 程 序載 入 膠 囊 內。此歐米普瑞唑配方未教示非腸 塗 覆 歐 米 普 瑞唑 劑 旦 里 劑 型,其可投與到無法及/或勉 強吞 11燕 膠 裹 錠 劑或 藥 九之 病人,也未教示便利的劑型用 於製 造 歐 米 普 瑞 哩或 其 他 質 子幫浦抑制劑溶液或懸浮液。 數個 經 緩 衝 歐米普瑞唑口服溶液/懸浮液 已被 揭 示 〇 例 如 ,Pi lb r a n t 等人:歐米普瑞哩口服配方之 發展 SCAND. J · GASTR0ENT .20(Suppl. 108):113-120(1985) 教 示 微 化 60 mg歐米普瑞唑於50 ml水及含8 mmoles -9 - 碳酸 氫 鈉 之 懸 1309168 五、發明說明(8) 浮液。此懸浮液如下投與:禁食至少i 0小時後,給與病 人8 mmoles碳酸氫鈉於50 ml水之溶液。病人攝取歐米 普瑞唑懸浮液5分鐘之後,以另50 ral碳酸氫鈉溶液淸洗 。10、20、及30分鐘之後,另投與50 ml碳酸氫鈉溶液 〇 Anders son等人:歐米普瑞唑之各種單靜脈內及口服劑 量之藥物動力學,EUR J. CLIN· PHARMACOL. 39:195-1 97( 1 990 )揭示10 rag、40 mg、及90 rag 口服歐米普瑞唑 溶解於PEG 400、碳酸氫鈉、及水。歐米普瑞唑的濃度無 法測定,因爲未揭示稀釋劑體積。僅管如此,從此參考文 獻顯見在歐米普瑞唑懸浮液之後投與多劑量的碳酸氫鈉。 Anders son等人:健康受試者單一及重複口服投與歐米 普瑞唑後之藥物動力學及生物利用率,BR.丨.CLIN. PHARMAC. 29:557 -63 ( 1 990 )教示口服使用 20 mg 歐米普瑞 唑,其係溶解於20 g之PEG 400(重力速度=1.14)及稀釋 以50 rol含有8 mmoles碳酸氫鈉之水。爲防護歐米普瑞 唑避免胃酸,給予48 mmoles碳酸氫鈉於300 ml水之緩 衝劑。 Regardh等人:歐米普瑞唑於人類之藥物動力學-單靜脈 內及口服劑量之硏究,THER. DRUG M0N. 1 2:163 -72( 1990 ) 掲示0.4 mg/ml濃度之口服劑量在溶解於PEG 400、水及 碳酸氫鈉(8 mmoles)之後。含有16 mmoles碳酸氫鈉於 1 00 m 1水之溶液持續與歐米普瑞唑溶液給予。隨後使用 -1 0 - 1309168 五、發明說明(9) 50 ral之0.16 mo 1/L碳酸氫鈉溶液淸洗管子。在IV及口 服實驗中,50 ml之0.16 mo 1/L碳酸氫鈉是在投與前5分 鐘投與,以及10、20、及30分鐘劑量後。1309168 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (7) The medicine is a non-enteral acceptable liquid dosage form for parenteral administration to a patient. 0 Patent No. 5, 39 5, 3 23 teaches the use of omeprazole lozenges The omeprazole tablet is placed in the device to be neutralized by a physiological saline solution and can be injected parenterally into the patient. The device and the parenteral injection method of omeprazole do not provide the omeprezazole solution as an enteric product nor provide the omeprezazole solution directly to the disease or affected area (ie, the stomach and upper gastrointestinal tract). And this omeprazole formulation does not provide this formulation - 1 ^. That is, the anti-acidic effect 〇Lovg re η et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,786,505, the disclosure of which incorporates omeprazole and a basic reaction compound, or omepruri The azole basic salt is combined with the test compound as a core substance in a pharmaceutical formulation of a tablet formulation. The core is then enterally coated. The alkaline substance used, optionally white as the sodium carbonate salt, is used to form a "micro-pH" surround each of the omeprazole fine particles to protect the iiitr acid pH highly sensitive omeprazole. The powder mixture is then coated with intestine-coated beads, medicinal herbs, lozenges and can be loaded into the capsules in a conventional medical procedure. This omeprexazole formulation does not teach a non-intestinal coated omeprazole dosage formulation, which can be administered to patients who cannot and/or reluctantly swallow 11 Yanjiao infusion tablets or medicines, nor teaches convenient dosage forms. Used in the manufacture of omegaprien or other proton pump inhibitor solutions or suspensions. Several buffered omeprazole oral solutions/suspensions have been disclosed, for example, Pi lbrant et al.: Development of Ormepril Oral Formula SCAND. J · GASTR0ENT .20 (Suppl. 108): 113-120 ( 1985) Instructed to micronize 60 mg of omeprazole in 50 ml of water and suspension containing 8 mmoles -9 - sodium bicarbonate 1309168 V. Inventive Note (8) Float. This suspension was administered as follows: After fasting for at least 0 hours, a solution of 8 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate in 50 ml of water was administered to the patient. After the patient took the omeprazole suspension for 5 minutes, it was rinsed with another 50 ral sodium bicarbonate solution. After 10, 20, and 30 minutes, another 50 ml of sodium bicarbonate solution was administered. Anders son et al.: Pharmacokinetics of various single intravenous and oral doses of omeprazole, EUR J. CLIN· PHARMACOL. 39: 195-1 97 (1 990) revealed 10 rag, 40 mg, and 90 rag oral omeprazole dissolved in PEG 400, sodium bicarbonate, and water. The concentration of omeprazole could not be determined because the diluent volume was not revealed. In spite of this, it is apparent from this reference that multiple doses of sodium bicarbonate are administered after the omeprazole suspension. Anders son et al.: Pharmacokinetics and bioavailability of single and repeated oral administration of omeprazole in healthy subjects, BR.丨.CLIN. PHARMAC. 29:557 -63 (1 990) teaches oral use of 20 Mg omeprazole, which is dissolved in 20 g of PEG 400 (gravity velocity = 1.14) and diluted with 50 rol of water containing 8 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate. To protect omeprazole from gastric acid, a buffer of 48 mmoles sodium bicarbonate in 300 ml of water is given. Regardh et al.: The pharmacokinetics of omeprazole in humans - single intravenous and oral doses, THER. DRUG M0N. 1 2:163 -72 (1990) shows that oral doses of 0.4 mg/ml are dissolved After PEG 400, water and sodium bicarbonate (8 mmoles). A solution containing 16 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate in 100 ml of water was continuously administered with the omeprexazole solution. The tube was then rinsed with -1 0 - 1309168 5. Inventive Note (9) 50 ral 0.16 mo 1/L sodium bicarbonate solution. In the IV and oral experiments, 50 ml of 0.16 mo 1/L sodium bicarbonate was administered 5 minutes before the administration, and after 10, 20, and 30 minutes.
Landahl等人:歐米普瑞唑於年長健康自願者之藥物動 力學硏究’ CLIN. PHARMACOKINETICS 23(6):469-476( 1992)教示使用40 mg 口服劑量之歐米普瑞唑溶解於 PEG 400、碳酸氫鈉及水。此參考文獻未揭示所用之終濃 度。再次,此參考文獻教示歐米普瑞唑溶液之後多次投與 碳酸氫鈉(8 mmol/L 及 16 mmol/L)。Landahl et al.: Pharmacokinetics of omeprazole in elderly healthy volunteers' CLIN. PHARMACOKINETICS 23(6): 469-476 (1992) teaches the use of 40 mg of oral dose of omeprazole in PEG 400 , sodium bicarbonate and water. This reference does not disclose the final concentration used. Again, this reference teaches the administration of sodium bicarbonate (8 mmol/L and 16 mmol/L) multiple times after the omeprazole solution.
Andersson等人:[MC]歐米普瑞唑於肝硬化病人之藥物 動力學,CLIN. PHARMACOKINETICS 24(1):71-78(1993)揭 示40 mg歐米普瑞唑之口服投與,其係溶解於PEG 400、 水、及碳酸氫鈉。此參考文獻未教示投與之歐米普瑞唑溶 液的終濃度,雖然該文獻強調需要服用全部48 mmoles碳 酸氫鈉於投與前、持續及後,以保護藥劑免於酸降解。Andersson et al.: [MC] pharmacodynamics of omeprazole in patients with cirrhosis, CLIN. PHARMACOKINETICS 24(1): 71-78 (1993) reveals oral administration of 40 mg of omeprazole, which is dissolved in PEG 400, water, and sodium bicarbonate. This reference does not teach the final concentration of the omeprazole solution administered, although the document emphasizes the need to take all 48 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate before, during and after administration to protect the agent from acid degradation.
Nakagawa等人:藍梭普瑞哩(AG-1749)抗潰瘍劑之階段 I 硏究,J. CLIN. THERAPEUTICS & MED.(1991)教示口服 投與之30 mg藍梭普瑞唑懸浮於100 ml碳酸氫鈉,其係 透過鼻胃管投與病人。 這些參考文獻所述全部之經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液爲口服 投與,且給予能嚥下口服劑量之健康受試者。全部這些硏 究中,歐米普瑞唑懸浮於含有碳酸氫鈉(作爲pH緩衝劑, 投與期間保護酸敏感性之歐米普瑞唑)之溶液中。全部這 -11- _ 一 1309168 五、發明說明(1〇) 些硏究中,經由口服路徑投與歐米普瑞唑之前、期間、及 隨後皆需要反覆投與碳酸氫鈉,以防止歐米普瑞唑的酸降 解。以上引證之硏究中,多至48 mmoles碳酸氫鈉於 3 00 ml水必須於單劑量口服投與歐米普瑞唑時攝取。 以上引證文獻之經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液需要經由重複投 與攝取大量碳酸氫鈉及大量體積水。此視爲防止歐米普瑞 唑酸降解所必須。以上之引證硏究中,根本上健康的自願 者而非生病病人,經利用前劑量及後劑量給予稀釋之經緩 衝歐米普瑞唑與大量體積碳酸氫鈉。 大量投與碳酸氫鈉能產生至少六項明顯的不良影響,而 極度降低歐米普瑞唑於病人之效能以及降低病人的整體健 康。第一,這些劑量配方之液體體積不適合生病或危急性 疾病之病人,他們必須接受多劑量的歐米普瑞嗖。大體積 將造成胃擴張及增加危急性疾病之可能併發症,例如胃內 容物之肺部吸入。 第二,由於碳酸氫鈉常於胃中中和或被吸收而導致打嗝 ,胃與食道回流症之病人可能加重或惡化回流症,因爲打 嗝可引起胃酸往上移動(Br un t on,控制胃酸及治療消化性 潰瘍之試劑 IN,Goodman AG 等人;The Pharmacologic Basis of Therapeutics.(New York, p. 907(1990))° 第三,具有狀況如高血壓或心衰竭之病人,一般建議避 免攝取過多鈉,因會引起高血壓狀況的惡化或加重 (Brunton,如上)。大量攝取碳酸氫鈉與此建議互相矛盾 -12- 1309168 五、發明說明(11) 〇 第四,具有各種狀況典型如伴隨危急性疾病之病人,應 避免攝取過多碳酸氫鈉,因會引起代謝性鹼血症而造成嚴 重惡化病人的狀況。 第五,攝取過多抗酸劑(例如碳酸氫鈉)可導致藥劑交互 作用產生嚴重的不良影響。例如,經由改變胃及尿液pH, 抗酸劑會改變藥劑溶解及吸收之速率,生物利用率及腎排 除作用(B r u n t ο η,如上)。 第六,由於習知技藝之經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液需要延長 投與碳酸氫鈉,使得病人很難符合習知技藝之療程。例如 ,Pilbrant等人揭示口服投與方式需要對禁食至少1〇小 時之受試者投與8 mmoles碳酸氫鈉於50 ml水之溶液。5 分鐘之後,受試者攝取60 mg歐米普瑞唑於50 ml水且含 8 ramoles碳酸氫鈉之懸浮液。此另以50 ml之8 mmoles 碳酸氫鈉溶液淸洗。攝取歐米普瑞唑劑量10分鐘後,受 試者攝取50 ml之碳酸氫鈉溶液(8 mmoles)。如此重複於 服用歐米普瑞唑20分鐘及30分鐘後,得到由受試者攝取 單一歐米普瑞唑劑量造成之全部48 mmoles碳酸氫鈉及 3 00 ml水。此療程不僅需要攝取過多量的碳酸氫鈉及水, 可能傷害某些病人,甚至連健康的病人也不可能符合此療 程。 已經證明需要採用藥劑投與複合時間表的病人是非順從 性的,於是習知技藝經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液之功效,因非 -13- 1309168 五、發明說明(12) 順從性而預期應降低。以發現當病人被要求脫離每曰藥物 治療之一或二(通常爲早上及晚上)劑量時間表時’順從性 將明顯降低。習知技藝之經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液之使用〔 其需要包含許多步驟、不同藥劑(碳酸氫鈉+歐米普瑞哩 + PEG 400相對於單獨碳酸氫鈉)及爲達有效結果之整個歐 米普瑞唑療程每一階段間的特定時間分配之投與規則〕’ 相較於目前藥劑順從性理論及人類天性已很淸楚。 先前技藝(Pilbrant等人’ 1985)教示經緩衝歐米普瑞哩 懸浮液可貯存在冰箱溫度一週,極冷凍貯存一年仍保留 99%的初效力。因此寄望歐米普瑞唑或其他質子幫浦抑制 劑溶液或懸浮液,能貯存在室溫或冰箱一段時間超過習知 技藝仍保留99%初效力者。此外,有益爲歐米普瑞唑與碳 酸氫鈉之劑型可運用於立即製造以固體形式供應之本發明 之歐米普瑞唑溶液/懸浮液,有助於改善在室溫的上架壽 命,降低產品成本,減少昂貴的運輸成本以及較不昂貴的 貯存。 因此寄望一質子幫浦抑制劑配方,提供一成本效益方法 治療前述狀況而無H2受體拮抗劑、制酸劑及硫糖鋁之不良 副作用情況。再者,寄望一質子幫浦抑制劑配方,便利於 製備及投與無法攝取固體劑量劑型(例如錠劑或膠囊)之病 人’提供一成本效益方法治療前述狀況而無H2受體拮抗劑 、制酸劑及·硫糖鋁之不良副作用情況,可快速被吸收,及 以液體形式或固體形式口服或腸道輸送。寄望液體配方不 -14- 1309168 五、發明說明(13) 會阻塞於管子(例如鼻胃管或其他較小管子)內部’且作用 如立即輸送之制酸劑。 進一步優點爲具有PPIs之藥理活性的可能劑或增強劑 。申請人推論:胃膜壁細胞活化時,PPIS只能對H+ ’ K+-ATPa s e發揮功效。因此,申請人已確認發現投與胃膜壁細 胞活化子時可協同增強PPI s活性。 此外,習知技藝之PPIs靜脈內劑量劑型,常以比口服 劑型之較大劑量投與。例如,歐米普瑞唑的典型成人IV 劑量大於100 mg /天,而成口服劑量20至40 mg/天。較 大IV劑量爲達到所欲藥理功效所必需,因爲咸信對未經 口( ηρο )攝取口服物質之病人給予I V劑量期間,許多胃膜 壁細胞處於休息狀態(幾乎不活化),因此只有少量活性( 已插入分泌小管膜內)H+,K+-ATPase可抑制。由於IV與 口服劑量之藥劑必需數量明顯不同,將非常有益於用於IV 投與之組成物及方法(此時所需藥劑顯著較少)。 發明槪沭趄優點 上述優點及目的可由本發明達成。本發明提供含有質子 幫浦抑制劑及至少一種緩衝劑之口服溶液/懸浮液。PPI可 爲任一經取代苯并咪唑化合物,具有H+,K+ - ATP a s e抑制 活性且對酸不穩定。本發明之組成物可另配方爲粉末,錠 劑,懸浮錠劑,可咀嚼錠劑,膠囊,兩等分錠劑或膠囊, 發泡粉末’發泡錠劑,藥九及細粒。此等劑量劑型有助於 缺乏任何腸塗覆或延遲釋放之輸送機制,以及含有pPI及 -15- 1309168 五、發明說明(14) 至少一種緩衝劑保護PPI以對抗酸降解。液體及乾燥劑量 劑型可進一步包括抗泡沫劑、胃膜壁細胞活化子及調味劑 〇 另一具體例中,揭示口服劑量劑型含有腸塗覆或延遲釋 放之PPI與抗酸劑之組合物。此等劑型可選擇性含有非腸 塗覆之PPI。 利用本發明乾燥劑量劑型之套組也掲示於本文,提供從 乾燥劑型之液體組成物之簡易製備。 根據本發明,進一步提供治療胃酸失調之方法,經由對 病人口服投與本文揭示之醫藥組成物及/或劑量劑型。 此外,本發明係關於靜脈內投與之質子幫浦抑制劑醫藥 活性之增強方法,其中至少一胃膜壁細胞活化子是在靜脈 內投與質子幫浦抑制劑之前、期間、及/或之後口服投與 到病人。 最後,本發明係關於一方法可最有效進行適用於各別 PPIs之緩衝劑的種類及數量。 圖式之簡單說明 考慮關聯之附帶圖式時,本發明之其他優點可如同參考 下列詳細說明而更了解般易於領會。其中: 第1圖顯示處於壓力關聯性黏膜受損危險中之上胃腸道 出血病人,本發明之歐米普瑞唑溶液對胃pH之影響; 第2圖爲流程圖舉例說明病人參與人數之圖解; 第3圖爲條狀圖舉例說明歐米普瑞唑在投與如本發明之 -16- 1309168 五、發明說明(15) 歐米普瑞唑溶液前及後之胃pH; 第4圖爲圖表舉例說明口服投與可可鹼(ChocoBase)加 上藍梭普瑞唑,以及單獨藍梭普瑞唑之後的胃pH値; 第5圖爲圖表舉例說明確認GERD之pH探針; 第6圖爲圖表舉例說明GERD之內視鏡確認; 第7圖爲圖表舉例說明過去已接受任何種類回流治療之 病人百分比; 第8圖爲圖表舉例說明可可鹼配方1之效能;以及 第9圖爲圖表舉例說明投與ρρι/緩衝劑配方後之周圍 pH値。 發明之詳細設昍 I .序論 一般而言,本發明係關於含有一質子幫浦抑制劑及一緩 衝劑與含或不含一或多種胃膜壁細胞活化子之醫藥組成物 ’且爲非腸塗覆、持續或延遲釋放。然而本發明可爲許多 不同劑型’本文中數個特殊具體例之討論是爲了解,因此 本發明所揭示內容僅視爲本發明原理之舉例說明,且不因 此侷限本發明於列舉之具體實施例。 於本申請案之目的,“質子幫浦抑制劑”(或“PPI”)術 語意指任何經取代苯并咪唑,具有藥理活性作爲H+ , K+ _ ATPase抑制劑,包括但不限制爲歐米普瑞唑(〇mepraz〇le) 、監梭普瑞哩(lanS〇praZQle)、片托普瑞哩 (pantoprazole)、瑞比普瑞唑(rabeprazole)、艾梭蜜普 1309168 五、發明說明(16) 瑞唑(esomeprazole)、沛里普瑞唑(pariprazole)、以及 立蜜諾普瑞唑(leminoprazole)。“ρρι”之定義亦指本發 明之活性劑若需要可於鹽類、酯類、醯胺類、鏡像物類、 異構物類、互變異構物類、前藥類、衍生物類等劑型投與 ,但鹽 '酯、醯胺、鏡像物、異構物、互變異構物、前藥 、或衍生物爲藥理學可適用,亦即有效於本發明方法、組 合物及組成物。活性劑之鹽類、酯類、醯胺類、鏡像物類 、異構物類、互變異構物類、前藥類及其他衍生物類,可 由熟習合成有機化學及J. March,Advanced Organic Chemistry; Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, 4th Ed.(New York: Wiley-Interscience,1992)所述之技藝 者,使用已知標準程序製備。 本發明之治療劑可配方爲單劑醫藥組成物或獨立之複劑 醫藥劑量劑型。儘管任何情況之最適合路徑將視治療狀況 之性質及嚴重度及所用特殊化合物性質而定根據本發明之 醫藥組成物包括那些適用於口服,直腸,頰式(例如舌下) ,或非經腸(例如靜脈內)投與。 如文中進一步解釋,PPIs通常以相同方式抑制ATPase 。由於專利化合物之酸不穩定性差異,而於開始及相對效 力存有很大差異。 發明之組成物含有質子幫浦抑制劑之乾燥配方’溶液及 /或懸浮液。文中使用之術語“懸浮液”及“溶液”可彼此 互換,意指經取代苯并咪唑類之溶液及/或懸浮液。 -18- 1309168 五、發明說明(17) 吸收PPI之後(或靜脈內投藥),藥劑透過血液運送到身 體各組織及細胞,包括胃膜壁細胞。不希望受任何理論束 縛,硏究提出當PPI爲弱鹼劑型且非離子化時,可自由通 過生理膜,包括胃膜壁細胞的細胞膜。咸信非離子化PPI 移入胃膜壁細胞的酸分泌部分:分泌小管。一旦在分泌小 管的酸性環境,PPI顯著被質子化(離子化)並轉換爲藥劑 的酸性劑型。通常離子化的質子幫浦抑制劑爲膜不可滲透 性,且與質子幫浦之α -次單位中半胱胺酸殘基形成二硫 共價鍵。此等活化劑型包括於文中定義之“ΡΡΙ” 。 本發明之醫藥組成物含有一質子幫浦抑制劑,例如歐米 普瑞唑、藍梭普瑞唑或其他質子幫浦抑制劑及其衍生物, 可用於治療或預防胃腸狀況包括但不限制爲活動性十二指 腸潰瘍、胃潰瘍、消化不良、胃與食道回流症(GERD)、嚴 重腐蝕性食道炎、反應不足症候性GERD、以及病態性過度 分泌狀況如若林格艾利森症候群(Ζ ο 1 1 i n g e r Ε 1 1 i s ο η s ynd r ome )。這些狀況的治療可經由對病人投與有效量之 本發明之醫藥組成物達成。 質子幫浦抑制劑是根據良好的醫療行爲投與及給藥,考 慮病人個人的臨床狀況、投與位置及方法、投與時間表、 及開業醫師已知之其他因子。術語“有效量”與習知技藝 一致,意指可有效達到藥理功效或治療性改善而無過度不 良副作用之PPI或其他試劑之量,包括但不限制爲提高胃 pH、降低胃腸出血、降低輸血需要、改善存活率、更快速 -19- 1309168 五、發明說明(18) 復原、胃膜壁細胞活化及H+,K + - ATP a s e抑制作用或改善 或消除症狀’及熟習該技藝者選擇爲適合之測量的其他指 示。 歐米普瑞唑或其他質子幫浦抑制劑之劑量範圍可從少於 約2 mg/天至約300 mg/天。例如,標準估計成人每日口 服劑量典型爲20 mg歐米普瑞唑,30 mg藍梭普瑞哩,40 rag片托普瑞唑’ 20 mg瑞比普瑞唑,20 mg艾梭蜜普瑞哇 ’及藥理相當量劑量之沛里普瑞唑及立蜜諾普瑞唑。 用於本發明之質子幫浦抑制劑醫藥配方可口服或非經腸 投與病人。例如可透過鼻胃管或其他置於胃腸道之內管投 與溶液達成。爲避免投與大量碳酸氫鈉相關聯之危急性缺 點’本發明之PPI溶液以單劑投與而不需進一步投與任何 碳酸氫鈉,或整體不需大量碳酸氫鈉或緩衝劑。亦即不同 於習知PPI溶液及以上略述之投與規則,本發明之配方是 以單劑給予,其於投與PPI之前或之後不需投與碳酸氫鈉 。本發明排除以額外體積水及碳酸氫鈉於給藥前或給藥後 之需要。透過本發明單劑投與之碳酸氫鈉投與量少於以上 記載之先前技藝教示之碳酸氫鈉投與量。 II . 口服液之製備 Phi 1 1 ips之美國專利第5,840,737號敘述:本發明之口 服液醫藥組成物是製備自混合歐米普瑞唑腸塗覆細粒 (Prilosec® AstraZeneca)或歐米普瑞唑鹼或其他質子幫 浦抑制劑或其衍生物,與包括至少一種緩衝劑之溶液(含 -20 - 1309168 五、 發明說明 (19) 或 不 含 胃 膜 壁細胞活化子,如下述)。於一具體實施 例 中 > 可 獲 白 粉 末.、膠囊、及錠劑,或獲自用於非經腸投 與 溶 液 之 歐 米 普 瑞唑或其他質子幫浦抑制劑是混與碳酸氫 鈉 溶 液 以 達 所欲 歐米普瑞唑(或其他PPI)終濃度。如一實 施 例 J 歐 米 普 瑞 唑於溶液之濃度範圍可從約0.4 mg/ml 至 約 10 .0 mg / ml 。歐米普瑞唑於溶液之較佳濃度範圍 從 約 1 . 0 rag / m 1 至約4.0 mg/ml,以2.0 mg/ml爲標準濃 度 0 至 於 藍 梭 普 瑞哩(Prevacid® TAP Pharmaceuticals. In C .) 濃 度 範 圍 可從約 0.3 mg/ml 至約 10 mg/ml,以 3 rag/1 ill 爲 較 佳 濃 度 ο 雖 然 碳 酸 氫鈉爲保護PPI s對抗酸降解之較佳緩衝 劑 > 亦 能 使 用 許多其他弱及強鹼類(例如其混合物)。於本 串 m 案 之 巨 的 “緩衝試劑”或“緩衝劑”將i指任何醫 藥 適 用 之 弱 驗 或 強鹼(及其混合物),且與PPI配方或運送時(. 例如之前 期間及/或之後),對實質上預防或抑制PPI 經 胃 酸 降 解 產 生作用而足夠保留所投與PPI之生物利用 率 0 緩 衝 劑 之投 與量爲足夠實質上達到以上功能。因此, 本 發 明 之 緩 衝 劑 於胃酸存在時,最好必須提高胃部pH至 足 以 滿 足 藥 劑 的 生物利用率以影響治療作用。 因 此 緩 衝 劑之例包括但不限制爲碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫 鉀 氫 氧 化 鎂 、 乳酸鎂、葡萄糖酸鎂、其他鎂鹽類、氫氧 化 鋁 > 氫 氧 化 鋁 /碳酸氫鈉共沉澱物、胺基酸與緩衝劑之 混 合 物 > 甘 胺 酸 鋁與緩衝劑之混合物、胺基酸之酸鹽與緩 衝 劑 -2 1 - 1309168 五、發明說明(2〇) 之混合物.、以及胺基酸之鹼鹽與緩衝劑之混合物。額外之 緩衝劑包括檸檬酸鈉、酒石酸鈉、醋酸鈉、碳酸鈉、聚磷 酸鈉、聚磷酸鉀、焦磷酸鈉、焦磷酸鉀、磷酸二鈉、磷酸 二鉀、磷酸三鈉、磷酸三鉀、醋酸鈉、偏磷酸鉀、氧化鎂 、氫氧化鎂、碳酸鎂、矽酸鎂、醋酸鈣、甘油磷酸鈣、氯 化鈣、氫氧化鈣、乳酸鈣、碳酸鈣、碳酸氫鈣、及其他鈣 〇 口服液之醫藥可接受載劑可含有IA族金屬之碳酸氫鹽 爲緩衝劑,可經由混合IA族金屬之碳酸氫鹽(以碳酸氫鈉 爲隹)與水製備。IA族金屬之碳酸氫鹽於組成物中濃度範 圍通常從約5.0百分比至約6.0百分比。於一具體實施例 中,IA族金屬之碳酸氫鹽含量範圍從每次口服投藥約3 mEq 至約 45 mEq。 於另一具體實施例中,用於本發明溶液之碳酸氫鈉8.4% 之量爲每2 mg歐米普瑞唑約} „14(或mmole)碳酸氫鈉, 及每2 mg歐米普瑞哩約〇.2 mEq(mmole)至5 mEq(mmole) 之範圍。 於一具體實施例中,腸塗覆歐米普瑞唑顆粒是獲自延遲 釋放之膠囊(Prilosec® AstraZeneca)。另外可使用歐米 普瑞哗驗粉末。腸塗覆歐米普瑞唑顆粒是混與溶解於腸塗 覆並形成歐米普瑞唑溶液之碳酸氫鈉(NaHC〇3)溶液(8.4% ) 〇 本發明溶液及本發明其他劑量劑型具有優於標準腸塗覆 -22 - 1309168 五、發明說明(21) 及定時釋放PPI劑量劑型之藥物動力學優點,包括:(a) 投與PPI溶液或乾燥劑型後更快速藥劑吸收時間(約10至 60分鐘);相較於投與腸塗覆藥九後約1至3小時;(b )吸 收之前緩衝劑保護PPI遭受酸降解;(〇抗酸劑解除且正 吸收PPI時’緩衝劑作用爲抗酸劑;以及(d )溶液可透過 存在之內管〔例如鼻胃管或其他餵食管(空腸或十二指腸) ,包括小針孔導管之餵食管〕投與而無凝結。 用於可復原運送系統之溶液、懸浮液及粉末包括賦形劑 ,例如懸浮劑(例如樹膠,黃原膠,纖維素質及蔗糖),保 濕劑(例如山梨糖醇),助溶劑(例如乙醇,水,PEG及聚乙 —醇),界面活性劑(例如月桂基硫酸鈉,Spans,Tweens ,及鯨臘基吡啶),防腐劑及抗氧化劑(例如沛拉並 (parabens),維生素E及C,及抗壞血酸),抗凝結劑,塗 覆劑,及蝥合劑(例如EDTA)。 此外,各種加成劑可倂入本發明溶液增強其穩定性,無 菌及等滲透性。可添加抗微生物性防腐劑〔例如安比心素 (amb i c i η )〕,抗氧化劑,螯合劑,及額外之緩衝劑。而 微生物學證據顯示文中此配方具有抗微生物及抗真菌活性 。各種抗菌劑及抗真菌劑,例如沛拉並(parabens),氯丁 醇,酚,山梨酸之類可增強微生物之預防作用。 在許多情形將需要包括等滲透劑,例如糖、氯化鈉等等 。此外,希望使用增稠劑如甲基纖維素以降低歐米普瑞唑 或其他PPI或其衍生物從懸浮液沉澱。 -23 - 1309168 五、發明說明(22) 液態口服液可進一步含有調味劑(例如巧克力,沙蒙丁 (thalmantin),阿斯巴甜(aspartame),沙士或西瓜)或其 他在pH 7至9穩定之調味劑,抗發泡劑(例如二甲基矽油 (simethicone) 80 mg,Mylicon®)以及胃膜壁細胞活化子 (討論如下)。 本發明進一步包括含有歐米普瑞唑或其他質子幫浦抑制 劑及其衍生物以及至少一種緩衝劑於劑型以便保存之醫藥 組成物,藉此當組成物置於水溶液中時,組成物溶解及/ 或分散產生一適於腸道投藥給受試者之懸浮液。此醫藥組 成物在溶解或懸浮於水溶液之前是位於固體劑型。歐米普 瑞唑或其他PPIs及緩衝劑可以習知該技藝者已知方法形 成錠劑,膠囊,藥九或細粒。 如下實施例X所示,所得歐米普瑞唑溶液在室溫穩定達 數週且抑制細菌或真菌的生長。的確,如實施例XIII證 實,此溶液維持超過90%的效力達12個月。經由提供一醫 藥組成物包括歐米普瑞唑或其他PPI及緩衝劑於固體劑型 ,稍後溶解或懸浮於前述水溶液量以產生所欲濃度之歐米 普瑞唑及緩衝劑’由於不需運輸液體而大大減少產品、運 輸及貯存成本(降低重量及成本),且不需冷藏固體劑型之 歐米普瑞唑或溶液。一旦混合所得溶液,則可用於提供劑 量給單一病人達一段時間或給數位病人。 III .錠劑及其他固體劑量劑迅 如上所述及Phillips之美國專利第5,840,737號敘述 -24 - 1309168 五、發明說明(23) ,本發明配方亦可製造爲濃縮劑型,例如粉末、膠囊、錠 劑、懸浮錠劑及發泡錠劑或粉末,可整個吞下或先溶解以 致隨後與水、胃分泌液或其他稀釋劑反應,而製造本發明 之水溶液劑型。 本發明之醫藥錠劑或其他固體劑量劑型,以最小的搖動 或震動即可快速碎裂於水溶液介質中並形成PPI及緩衝劑 之水溶液。此等錠劑利用平常可取得之物質達到這些及其 他所欲目的。本發明之錠劑或其他固體劑量劑型提供精確 服藥劑量於可能低水溶性之PPI。他們可特別用於藥物治 療兒童及年長者,以及其他在某種程度上比吞嚥或咀嚼一 錠劑更可接受者。所製造之錠劑具有低易碎性時,使得他 們易於搬運。 文中使用之術語“懸浮錠劑”是指經壓縮錠劑置於水後 可快速碎裂,並快速分散形成含有精確PPI劑量之懸浮液 。本發明之懸浮錠劑含有治療量之PPI,緩衝劑及崩散劑 之組合。更明確爲懸浮錠劑含有約20 mg歐米普瑞唑及約 4-30 mEq之碳酸氫鈉。 交叉竣甲醚纖維素鈉(croscarmelose sodium)爲已知用 於錠劑配方之崩散劑,可獲自FMC Corporation, Philadelphia,Pa.以Ac-Di-Sol®爲商標。常單獨混雜於 經壓縮錠劑配方中或組合與微晶纖維素以快速碎裂錠劑。 單獨或與其他成分共處理之微晶纖維素亦爲經壓縮錠劑 常用之添加劑,且其促進難以壓縮錠劑物質之壓縮性的能 -25 - 1309168 五、發明說明(24) 力已熟知。可獲自以 Avicel®爲商標之商品。兩種 Avicel®產物可利用,Avicel®PH爲微晶纖維素;以及 Avicel® AC-815爲微晶纖維素與鈣-鈉藻酸鹽複合物共處 理之噴灑乾燥殘留物,其中鈣對鈉比例範圍爲約0.40 : 1 至約2.5: 1。儘管AC-81 5由85%微晶纖維素(MCC)與15%興 -鈉藻酸鹽複合物所組成,爲達本發明目的此比例可改爲 約75%MCC對25%藻酸鹽,高至約95%MCC對5%藻酸鹽。依 據特別配方及活性成分,這兩組成分可以約等量或不等量 存在,以及可由錠劑重量約1 〇%到約50%組成。 除上述成分之外,懸浮錠劑組成物可含有其他常用於醫 藥錠劑之成分,包括調味劑、增甜劑、助流劑、潤滑劑、 或其他常見之錠劑佐劑,爲熟習該技藝者顯而易知。雖然 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉較佳’亦可使用其他崩散劑’例如交 叉聚乙烯吡酮(crospovidone)以及澱粉乙醇酸鈉。 除懸浮錠劑之外,本發明之固體配方可爲粉末、錠劑、 膠囊、或其他適合於固體劑量劑型之劑型(例如藥九劑型 或發泡錠劑,片劑或粉末)’故設計本發明溶液存在於稀 釋劑或攝取中。例如胃分泌液中的水或吞嚥固體劑量劑型 使用的水,可作爲稀釋劑水溶液。 經壓縮錠劑爲固體劑量劑型’可經由壓緊含有活性成分 及經選擇以協助處理及改善產物特性之賦形劑配方製備之 。術語“懸浮錠劑”常指用於口服攝取之不攙雜、未塗覆 錠劑,可經由單一壓縮或經由前壓緊裝入及隨後終壓縮製 -26- 1309168 五、 發明說明(25) 備 〇 乾 燥 口服配方可含有賦形劑,例如結合劑(例如羥 丙 基 甲 基 纖 維素,聚乙烯吡啶酮,其他纖維素質及澱粉) 稀 釋 劑 (例如乳糖及其他糖,澱粉,磷酸二鈣及纖維素質) > M-4 朋 散 劑 (例如澱粉聚合物及纖維素質),以及潤滑劑( 例 如 硬 脂 酸 鹽及滑石)。 此 等 固體劑型可如該技藝已熟知般製造。錠劑劑型 包括 J 例如 一或多種乳糖,甘露醇,玉米澱粉,馬鈴薯澱 粉 9 微 晶 纖 維素’阿拉伯樹膠,明膠,膠體二氧化矽,交 叉 羧 甲 醚 纖 維素鈉,滑石,硬脂酸鎂,硬脂酸,及其他賦 形 劑 > 著 色 劑,稀釋劑,緩衝劑,濕潤劑,防腐劑,調味 劑 以 及 醫 藥相容性載劑。製造方法可運用四種已知方法 之 — 或 組 合 :(1 )乾燥混合;(2 )直接壓縮;(3 )磨粉;及(4 )無 水 之 細 粒作用。Lachman 等人,The Theory and Prac t i c e 0 f I ndustrial PharmacvM996)。tfch 等餘劑亦客含有 薄 膜 塗 覆 較佳爲口服攝取或與稀釋劑接觸時可溶解。 可用 於如此錠劑之緩衝劑之非限制例包括碳酸氫鈉 、 驗 土 金 屬 鹽類如碳酸鈣、氫氧化鈣、乳酸鈣、甘油磷酸 鈣 、 醋 酸 鈣 、碳酸鎂、氫氧化鎂、矽酸鎂、酸鋁鎂、氫氧 化 鋁 或 氫 氧 化鎂鋁。可用於製造抗酸錠劑之特別鹼土金屬 鹽 爲 碳 酸 鈣 0 可 用 於製造如本發明細粒之低密度鹼土金屬鹽之例 爲 超 輕 碳 酸 銘,獲自 Specialty Minerals Inc.,Adams, Me 〇 -27- 1309168 五、發明說明(26) 超輕碳酸鈣的密度,在如本發明處理之前爲約0.37 g/ml 。其他可接受緩衝劑也提供於本發明。 用於製造如本發明一具體例錠劑之細粒,可經由噴灑乾 燥或前壓緊未加工材料製備。經任一處理加工爲細粒之前 ’用於本發明之鹼土金屬鹽密度範圍爲約〇 . 3 g / m 1至約 0.55 g/ml,較佳爲約0.35 g/ml至約0.45 g/ml,更佳約 0.37 g/ml 至約 0.42 g/ml。 此外’本發明可利用微化之化合物置入細粒或粉末製造 。微化作用是種將固體藥物顆粒減少尺寸之處理。由於溶 解速率直接與固體表面積成比例,且減少顆粒尺寸將增加 固體表面積,故減少顆粒尺寸將增加溶解速率。雖然微化 作用導致表面積增加可能引起顆粒凝結而否定微化作用的 利益且爲一昂貴的製造步驟,但對於相當水不溶性之藥物 如歐米普瑞唑及其他質子幫浦抑制,增加溶解速率具有顯 著利益。 本發明也關於投與套組以緩和混合及投與。例如供應一 個月的粉末或錠劑,可能以分開之一個月的稀釋劑以及再 利用塑膠劑量杯包裝。更明確爲該包裝可能含有30天的 懸浮錠劑(每一含有20 mg歐米普瑞哩)’ 1 L碳酸氫鈉 8 . 4%溶液,以及一 3 0 m 1劑量杯。使用者將量錠劑置入空 劑量杯,以碳酸氫鈉塡滿至3 0 m 1標記,等待到溶解(可 輕輕攪拌或搖動),然後攝取懸浮液。熟習該技藝者選擇 將瞭解此等套組可含有許多上述組成分之不同變化。例如 -28 - 1309168 五、發明說明(27) ,若錠劑或粉末複合爲含有PPI及緩衝劑,則稀釋劑可能 是水,碳酸氫鈉,或其他可相容之稀釋劑’以及劑量杯大 小可能大於或小於30 ral。此等套組亦可包裝爲單位劑量 劑型,或爲週型、月型、或年型套組等等。 雖然本發明錠劑原本打算爲懸浮液劑量劑型,使用細粒 形成之錠劑亦可用於形成快速碎裂之可咀嚼錠劑、口含錠 、片劑、或可吞嚥錠劑。因此,中間配方及其製造方法提 供本發明另一新穎部分。 發泡錠劑及粉末亦可根據本發明製備。發泡鹽類已用於 分散藥物於水中以口服投與。發泡鹽類爲含有藥劑於乾混 合物之細粒或粗粉末,通常由碳酸氫鈉、檸檬酸及酒石酸 構成。添加此鹽到水中時,此酸類及與鹼反應放出二氧化 碳氣體,因而稱爲“發泡”。 用於發泡細粒之成分選取視製造過程之需求及製造可快 速溶於水之產品所需而定。兩項必須成分爲至少一酸及至 少一鹼。鹼與酸反應釋放二氧化碳。此類酸之例包括但不 限制爲酒石酸及檸檬酸。較佳爲酸爲酒石酸及檸檬酸之組 合物。鹼類之例包括但不限制爲碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鉀及碳酸 氫鈉。較佳鹼爲碳酸氫鈉’且此發泡組合物具有pH約6.0 或更局。 發泡鹽類較佳包括下列成分’可確實產生泡泡者:碳酸 氫鈉、檸檬酸及酒石酸。添加到水中時,酸類及與鹼反應 放出二氧化碳而產生泡泡。須注意任何可造成二氧化碳釋 -29- 1309168 五、發明說明(28) 放之酸-鹼組合物,只要成分適於醫藥用途且所得pH約 6 · 0或更高,則可用以取代碳酸氫鈉及檸檬酸及酒石酸類 之組合物。 須注意:中和1分子檸檬酸需要3分子NaHC03,以及中 和1分子酒石酸需要2分子NaHC03。希望成分之大槪比例 如下: 檸檬酸:酒石酸:碳酸氫鈉=1 : 2 : 3 . 44(重量)。此比 例可改變並持續製造二氧化碳的有效釋放。例如1 : 0 : 3 或0: 1: 2之比例意也有效。 本發明發泡細粒之製備方法使用三種基本方法:濕及乾 細粒化,以及融合作用。融合法用於製備最商業化發泡粉 。須注意:雖然這些方法打算用於細粒之製備,本發明發 泡鹽類之配方亦可根據技藝已熟知之錠劑製備技術製備爲 錠劑。 濕細粒化爲細粒製備的最熟知方法。錠劑製備之濕細粒 化過程中個別步驟包括成分的磨粉及篩選,乾粉末混合, 濕集中,細粒化,以及最後磨碎。 乾細粒化包括在重功率旋轉式錠劑壓榨機壓縮粉末混合 物爲粗糙錠劑或“彈九”。然後以磨碎操作,通常透過振 動粒化器將彈九碎裂爲顆粒。個別步驟包括混合粉末,壓 縮(小塊化),以及磨碎(縮小彈九或細粒化)。任何步驟沒 有涉及濕黏結劑或濕氣。 融合法爲製備本發明細粒之最佳方法。在此方法中’乾 -30 - 1309168 五、發明說明(29) 細粒化法之壓縮(小塊化)步驟已被消除。而於烤箱或其他 適合之熱源加熱粉末。 IV. PPI s與胃膜壁細朐活化子之柃埏 申請人意外發現特定化合物,例如巧克力、鈣及碳酸氫 鈉、及其他鹼性物質可刺激胃膜壁細胞並增強投與之PPI 的藥理活性。於本申請案之目的,“胃膜壁細胞活化子” 或“活化子”將意指任何具有此等刺激功效之化合物或化 合物之混合物,包括但不限制爲巧克力、碳酸氫鈉、鈣( 例如碳酸鈣、葡萄糖酸鈣、氫氧化鈣、醋酸鈣、及甘油磷 酸鈣)、薄荷油、綠薄荷油、咖啡、茶及可樂(甚至已去除 咖啡因)、咖啡因、茶鹼、咖啡鹼、及胺基酸(尤其是芳香 族胺基酸’例如苯丙胺酸及色胺酸)、及其組合,以及其 鹽類。 此等胃膜壁細胞活化子以足以產生所欲之刺激功效但不 會對病人引起不適宜副作用之量投與。例如巧克力,爲未 加工可可粉’以每20 mg劑量之歐米普瑞唑(或相當藥理 劑量之其他PPI)投與約5 mg至2.5 g之量。投與哺乳動 物(特別是人類)之活化子劑量,於本發明內容爲必須足夠 影響治療反應(亦即增強PPI功效)一段合理時間。劑量強 度由所用之特殊組成物及個人狀況,以及受治療者個人體 重決定。劑量大小亦由經驗、體質、及投與特殊組成物可 能伴隨之不良副作用程度決定。 對於每20 rag劑量之歐米普瑞哩(或相當劑量之其他ρρι) -31 - 1309168 五、發明說明(3〇) ,各種胃膜壁細胞活化子之大槪有效範圍爲: 巧克力(未加工可可粉)一 5 mg至2.5 g 碳酸氣鈉一7 mEq至25 mEq 碳酸鈣一 1 mg至1 . 5 g 葡萄糖酸釣一 1 mg至1.5 g 乳酸鈣一 1 mg至1.5 g 氫氧化耗一 1 mg至1.5 g 醋酸鈣一 0.5 mg至1.5 g 甘油磷酸鈣一 0.5 mg至1.5 g 薄荷油一(粉末劑型)1 mg至1 g 綠薄荷油一(粉末劑型)1 m g至1 g 咖啡一20ml 至 240ml 茶一20 ml 至 240 ml 可樂一20 ml 至 240 ml 咖啡因一 0.5 mg至1.5 g 茶鹼一0.5 mg 至 1.5 g 咖啡驗一 0 . 5 m g至1 . 5 g 苯丙胺酸一 0.5 mg至1.5 g 色胺酸一 0.5 rag至1,5 g 醫藥可接受載劑爲熟習該技藝者熟知那些。載劑之選擇 某一部分決定於特殊組成物及投與該組成物所用之特殊方 法。因此,本發明之醫藥組成物的適用配方相當廣範。 V .實施例 -32 - 1309168 五、發明說明(31) 本發明進一步以下列配方舉例說明,但不應於任何方面 解釋爲其限制。除非其他指示,本發明之實行將使用習知 範圍內之藥理學及醫藥學慣用技術。 眚施例I L歐米普瑞唑之快谏碎裂件懸浮錠劑 快速碎裂性錠劑如下合成:交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉300 g 添加到含有3 . 0 kg去離子化水之漩渦快速攪拌燒杯內。 混合此泥狀物10分鐘。將90 g歐米普瑞唑置入Hobart 混合器碗內。混合之後,將泥狀交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉緩慢 添加到混合器碗中之歐米普瑞唑,形成細粒化作用,然後 置入盤中並在70°C乾燥3小時。然後將乾燥細粒置入攪拌 機,並對此添加1,500 g之Avicel® AC-815(85%微晶纖 維素與15%鈣-鈉藻酸鹽複合物所組成)及i,5〇〇 g之 Av1Cel® PH-3 02(微晶纖維素)。此混合物徹底攪拌之後, 添加35 g硬脂酸鎂並混合5分鐘。所得混合物在標準錠 劑壓榨機上(Hata HS)壓縮爲錠劑。這些錠劑的平均重量 約0.75 g’且含有約20 mg歐米普瑞唑。這些錠劑具有低 易碎性及快速碎裂時間。此配方可溶解於含有立即口服投 與用緩衝劑之水溶液中。 另外’懸浮錠劑可與緩衝劑溶液整個吞下。於兩情形, 較佳之溶液爲碳酸氫鈉8.4%。另一進一步變化,每20 mg 劑量之歐米普瑞唑(或相當效力量之其他PPI)約975 mg碳 酸氫鈉粉末直接何混合到錠劑內。然後將此錠劑溶解於水 -33 - 1309168 五、發明說明(32) 或碳酸氫鈉8.4%中,或與水溶液稀釋劑整個吞下。 B1. 10 ms館劑配方 歐米普瑞唑 10 mg(或藍梭普瑞唑或片托普瑞唑或或 相當效力量之其他PPI) 乳酸鈣 175 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 175 mg 碳酸氫鈉 250 rag 阿斯巴甜鈣(苯丙胺酸) 0.5 mg 膠體二氧化矽 12 mg 玉米澱粉 15 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 右旋糖 10 mg 薄荷油 3 mg 麥芽糊精 3 mg 甘露醇 3 rag 預明膠化澱粉 3 mg B2. 10 ms錠劑配方 PPI :下列之一: 歐米普瑞唑 10 mg 藍梭普瑞唑 15 mg 片托普瑞哇鈉 20 mgNakagawa et al.: Stage of anti-ulcer agent of Blue Sopren (AG-1749) I. Research, J. CLIN. THERAPEUTICS & MED. (1991) teaches oral administration of 30 mg of lansoprazole in 100 ml of sodium bicarbonate, which is administered to the patient through the nasogastric tube. All of the buffered omeprazole solutions described in these references were administered orally and administered to healthy subjects capable of ingesting oral doses. In all of these studies, omeprazole was suspended in a solution containing sodium bicarbonate (as a pH buffer, which protects the acid-sensitive omeprazole) during administration. All of this -11- _ 1309168 V. Description of the invention (1〇) In some studies, it is necessary to repeatedly administer sodium bicarbonate before, during, and after administration of omeprazole via the oral route to prevent omepruri Acid degradation of azoles. In the above cited studies, up to 48 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate in 300 ml of water must be taken in a single dose orally with omeprazole. The buffered omeprazole solution of the above cited literature requires the ingestion of large amounts of sodium bicarbonate and a large volume of water via repeated administration. This is considered necessary to prevent degradation of omeprazole. In the above cited studies, the fundamentally healthy volunteers, rather than the sick patients, were given diluted omegaprexazole and a large volume of sodium bicarbonate by using the pre-dose and the post-dose. A large amount of sodium bicarbonate can produce at least six significant adverse effects, while significantly reducing the efficacy of omeprazole in patients and reducing overall patient health. First, the liquid volume of these dose formulations is not suitable for patients with ill or acute illness, they must receive multiple doses of omegapurine. Large volumes will cause dilatation of the stomach and increase possible complications of acute illness, such as lung inhalation of the stomach contents. Second, because sodium bicarbonate is often neutralized or absorbed in the stomach and causes snoring, patients with stomach and esophageal reflux may aggravate or worsen reflux, because snoring can cause stomach acid to move upwards (Br un t on, control stomach acid) And reagents for treating peptic ulcers IN, Goodman AG et al; The Pharmacologic Basis of Therapeutics. (New York, p. 907 (1990)) ° Third, patients with conditions such as high blood pressure or heart failure are generally advised to avoid excessive sodium intake, which may cause deterioration or aggravation of hypertension (Brunton, supra). A large intake of sodium bicarbonate contradicts this recommendation. -12- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (11) 〇 Fourth, patients with various conditions, such as patients with acute acute diseases, should avoid excessive intake of sodium bicarbonate, which may cause metabolism. Alkalineemia causes severe deterioration of the patient's condition. Fifth, excessive intake of antacids (such as sodium bicarbonate) can cause serious adverse effects from drug interactions. For example, by altering the pH of the stomach and urine, the antacid changes the rate of dissolution and absorption of the agent, bioavailability and renal excretion (B r u n t ο η, supra). Sixth, due to the need for prolonged administration of sodium bicarbonate to buffered omegaprezazole solutions, it is difficult for patients to meet the prescribed course of treatment. For example, Pilbrant et al. disclose that oral administration requires the administration of a solution of 8 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate in 50 ml of water to a subject fasted for at least 1 hour. After 5 minutes, the subject ingested a suspension of 60 mg of omeprazole in 50 ml of water and containing 8 ramoles of sodium bicarbonate. This was additionally rinsed with 50 ml of 8 mmoles sodium bicarbonate solution. After 10 minutes of ingestion of omeprazole, the subjects took 50 ml of sodium bicarbonate solution (8 mmoles). This was repeated for 20 minutes and 30 minutes after taking omeprazole, and all 48 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate and 300 ml of water were obtained from the subject taking a single dose of omeprazole. This treatment not only requires the intake of excessive amounts of sodium bicarbonate and water, it may harm some patients, and even a healthy patient may not be eligible for this treatment. It has been demonstrated that patients who require a pharmacy administration schedule are non-compliant, so the efficacy of the conventional technique buffered by omeprazole solution is expected to be reduced due to non--13-1309168 V. Illustration (12) compliance. . It was found that compliance was significantly reduced when the patient was asked to leave one or two (usually morning and evening) dose schedules for each medication. The use of a buffered omeprazole solution of the prior art [which requires a number of steps, different agents (sodium bicarbonate + omegapren + PEG 400 versus sodium bicarbonate alone) and the entire Omega for effective results The rule of administration of specific time distribution at each stage of the treatment of ribazole] is quite awkward compared to the current theory of drug compliance and human nature. The prior art (Pilbrant et al. 1985) teaches that the buffered omegaprisane suspension can be stored in the refrigerator for one week, and the initial freeze is stored at 99% for one year. Therefore, it is hoped that the omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitor solution or suspension can be stored at room temperature or in the refrigerator for a period of time longer than the conventional technique still retaining 99% of the initial efficacy. In addition, dosage forms useful as omeprazole and sodium bicarbonate can be used to immediately produce the omeprexazole solution/suspension of the present invention supplied in solid form, which helps to improve shelf life at room temperature and reduce product cost. Reduce expensive shipping costs and less expensive storage. Therefore, it is hoped that a proton pump inhibitor formulation will provide a cost-effective method to treat the above conditions without the adverse side effects of H2 receptor antagonists, antacids and sucralfate. Furthermore, it is hoped that a proton pump inhibitor formulation will facilitate the preparation and administration of patients who are unable to take in solid dosage forms (such as tablets or capsules) to provide a cost-effective means of treating the aforementioned conditions without H2 receptor antagonists, The adverse side effects of antacids and sucralfate can be quickly absorbed and delivered orally or enterally in liquid or solid form. It is hoped that the liquid formula will not be -14- 1309168. 5. Description of the invention (13) It will block inside the tube (for example, a nasogastric tube or other smaller tube) and act as an antacid for immediate delivery. A further advantage is a potential agent or enhancer having pharmacological activity of PPIs. Applicant reasoned that PPIS can only exert efficacy on H+ 'K+-ATPa s e when gastric cell wall cells are activated. Therefore, Applicants have confirmed that synergistic enhancement of PPI s activity can be achieved when administered to the gastric mucosal cell activator. In addition, conventionally administered PPIs in intravenous dosage forms are often administered in larger doses than oral dosage forms. For example, a typical adult IV dose of omeprazole is greater than 100 mg/day, resulting in an oral dose of 20 to 40 mg/day. A larger IV dose is necessary to achieve the desired pharmacological effect, as many gastric mucosal cells are at rest (almost inactive) during the IV dose given to patients who have taken oral substance without oral (ηρο), so only a small amount Activity (inserted into the secretory tubular membrane) H+, K+-ATPase can be inhibited. Since the amount of IV required for the IV dose is significantly different, it will be very beneficial for compositions and methods for IV administration (where the required agent is significantly less). SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The above advantages and objects are attained by the present invention. The present invention provides an oral solution/suspension containing a proton pump inhibitor and at least one buffer. The PPI may be any substituted benzimidazole compound having H+, K+ - ATP a s e inhibitory activity and being unstable to acid. The composition of the present invention may be further formulated into a powder, a tablet, a suspension tablet, a chewable tablet, a capsule, a bi-sized tablet or a capsule, a foamed powder 'foamed lozenge, a drug 9 and a fine particle. Such dosage forms facilitate delivery mechanisms that lack any intestinal coating or delayed release, as well as contain pPI and -15- 1309168. V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (14) At least one buffer protects the PPI against acid degradation. Liquid and dry dosage forms may further comprise an anti-foaming agent, a gastric wall cell activator and a flavoring agent. In another embodiment, it is disclosed that the oral dosage form comprises a combination of an enteric coated or delayed release PPI and an antacid. These dosage forms may optionally contain a non-intestinal coated PPI. Kits utilizing the dry dosage forms of the present invention are also shown herein to provide for easy preparation of liquid compositions from dry dosage forms. According to the present invention, there is further provided a method of treating a gastric acid disorder by orally administering to a patient a pharmaceutical composition and/or dosage form disclosed herein. Furthermore, the present invention relates to a method for enhancing the medicinal activity of a proton pump inhibitor administered intravenously, wherein at least one of the gastric wall cell activators is before, during, and/or after intravenous administration of a proton pump inhibitor Oral administration to the patient. Finally, the present invention is directed to a method for most effectively performing the types and amounts of buffers suitable for individual PPIs. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Other advantages of the present invention can be readily appreciated as would be appreciated by reference to the following detailed description. Wherein: Figure 1 shows the effect of the omeprazole solution of the present invention on gastric pH in patients with gastrointestinal bleeding in the risk of pressure-related mucosal damage; Figure 2 is a flow chart illustrating the number of patients participating; Figure 3 is a bar graph illustrating the administration of omeprazole to the stomach pH before and after the omeprazole solution according to the invention of the invention - 16 - 1309168 5. The invention is illustrated by a graph Oral administration of the same as the stomach pH after the administration of the cocoa base (ChocoBase) plus the blue botoprex, and the blue spiropazole alone; Figure 5 is a graph illustrating the pH probe for confirming GERD; Figure 6 is an illustration of the graph GERD's endoscopy confirmation; Figure 7 is a graph illustrating the percentage of patients who have received any type of reflux therapy in the past; Figure 8 is a graph illustrating the efficacy of theobromine formula 1; and Figure 9 is a chart illustrating the administration of ρρι / The pH around the buffer formulation is 値. Detailed design of the invention I. In general, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a proton pump inhibitor and a buffer with or without one or more gastric cell wall activators and is non-intestinal coated, sustained or delayed release. . However, the present invention is to be construed as being limited to the specific embodiments of the invention. . For the purposes of this application, the term "proton pump inhibitor" (or "PPI") means any substituted benzimidazole having pharmacological activity as an inhibitor of H+, K+_ATPase, including but not limited to omegapril.唑mepraz〇le, lanS〇praZQle, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, Isomitol 1309168 V. Description of invention (16) Esomeprazole, pariprazole, and leminoprazole. The definition of "ρρι" also means that the active agent of the present invention can be used in the form of salts, esters, guanamines, mirror images, isomers, tautomers, prodrugs, derivatives, etc., if necessary. Administration, but the salts 'esters, guanamines, mirrors, isomers, tautomers, prodrugs, or derivatives are pharmacologically applicable, i.e., effective in the methods, compositions, and compositions of the present invention. Salts, esters, guanamines, mirror images, isomers, tautomers, prodrugs and other derivatives of active agents can be synthesized by synthetic organic chemistry and J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry; Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, 4th Ed. The skilled artisan (New York: Wiley-Interscience, 1992) was prepared using known standard procedures. The therapeutic agent of the present invention can be formulated as a single dose pharmaceutical composition or as a separate pharmaceutical dosage form. Although the most suitable route in any case will depend on the nature and severity of the condition being treated and the nature of the particular compound employed, the pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention include those suitable for oral, rectal, buccal (eg sublingual), or parenteral. (eg intravenous) for administration. As further explained in the text, PPIs typically inhibit ATPase in the same manner. Due to the difference in acid instability of the patented compounds, there is a large difference in the initial and relative efficacy. The composition of the invention contains a dry formulation 'solution and/or suspension of a proton pump inhibitor. The terms "suspension" and "solution" as used herein are interchangeable and mean a solution and/or suspension of substituted benzimidazoles. -18- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (17) After absorption of PPI (or intravenous administration), the drug is transported through the blood to various tissues and cells, including gastric parietal cells. Without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is proposed that when the PPI is a weakly alkaline dosage form and is non-ionized, it is free to pass through the physiological membrane, including the cell membrane of the gastric parietal cells. The non-ionized PPI of Xianxin is transferred into the acid-secreting part of the gastric parietal cells: secretory tubules. Once in the acidic environment of the secretory tubules, the PPI is significantly protonated (ionized) and converted to an acidic dosage form of the agent. Typically, the ionized proton pump inhibitor is membrane impermeable and forms a disulfide covalent bond with the cysteine residue in the alpha-subunit of the proton pump. Such activated dosage forms include "ΡΡΙ" as defined herein. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention contains a proton pump inhibitor, such as omeprazole, moxapril or other proton pump inhibitors and derivatives thereof, which can be used to treat or prevent gastrointestinal conditions including but not limited to activity Duodenal ulcer, gastric ulcer, dyspepsia, gastric and esophageal reflux disease (GERD), severely corrosive esophagitis, underreactive GERD, and hypersecretory conditions such as Linger's Ellison syndrome (Ζ ο 1 1 inger Ε 1 1 is ο η s ynd r ome ). Treatment of these conditions can be achieved by administering to the patient an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention. Proton pump inhibitors are administered and administered according to good medical behavior, taking into account the patient's individual clinical condition, location and method of administration, schedule of administration, and other factors known to the practitioner. The term "effective amount" is in accordance with the prior art and refers to an amount of PPI or other agent that is effective to achieve pharmacological or therapeutic improvement without undue adverse side effects, including but not limited to increasing gastric pH, reducing gastrointestinal bleeding, and reducing blood transfusion. Need, improve survival rate, faster -19- 1309168 V. Description of invention (18) Rehabilitation, activation of gastric parietal cells and inhibition of H+, K + - ATPase or improvement or elimination of symptoms 'and familiarity with the skill of the artist Other indications of the measurement. The dosage of omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitors can range from less than about 2 mg/day to about 300 mg/day. For example, the standard estimated adult daily oral dose is typically 20 mg of omeprazole, 30 mg of lansopril, 40 rag of topirazole '20 mg of riboprazole, 20 mg of escarpone 'And pharmacologically equivalent doses of Pelipprex and Limeopril. The proton pump inhibitor pharmaceutical formulation for use in the present invention can be administered orally or parenterally to a patient. For example, it can be achieved by a nasogastric tube or other tube placed in the gastrointestinal tract. In order to avoid the acute acute deficiency associated with the administration of large amounts of sodium bicarbonate, the PPI solution of the present invention is administered in a single dose without further administration of any sodium hydrogencarbonate, or a large amount of sodium bicarbonate or a buffer is not required as a whole. That is, unlike the conventional PPI solution and the administration rules outlined above, the formulation of the present invention is administered in a single dose which does not require administration of sodium bicarbonate before or after administration of the PPI. The present invention excludes the need for additional volume of water and sodium bicarbonate prior to or after administration. The amount of sodium bicarbonate administered by a single dose of the present invention is less than the amount of sodium bicarbonate administered by the prior art teachings described above. II. Preparation of Oral Liquids U.S. Patent No. 5,840,737 to Phi 1 1 ips: The oral liquid pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is prepared from mixed omeprazole intestine coated fine granules (Prilosec® AstraZeneca) or omepruri A azole base or other proton pump inhibitor or derivative thereof, and a solution comprising at least one buffer (including -20 - 1309168 V, invention instructions (19) or no gastric wall cell activator, as described below). In a specific embodiment, > can obtain white powder. , capsules, and lozenges, or omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitors obtained from parenteral solutions are mixed with sodium bicarbonate solution to achieve the desired omeprazole (or other PPI) concentration. For example, the concentration of the solution of the medium omeprazole in the solution may range from about 0. 4 mg/ml to about 10 . 0 mg / ml. The preferred concentration of omeprazole in the solution ranges from about 1 . 0 rag / m 1 to about 4. 0 mg/ml to 2. 0 mg/ml is the standard concentration 0 for Prevacid® TAP Pharmaceuticals. In C . The concentration range can be from about 0. 3 mg/ml to about 10 mg/ml, with a preferred concentration of 3 rag/1 ill. ο Although sodium bicarbonate is a preferred buffer for protecting PPI s against acid degradation> many other weak and strong bases can also be used. (eg its mixture). The “buffering agent” or “buffering agent” in the case of this series of m refers to the weak or strong base (and its mixture) suitable for any medical use, and when combined with the PPI formula or delivery (. For example, before and/or after, the amount of bioavailability of the buffer administered to the PPI is substantially sufficient to substantially prevent or inhibit the PPI from being degraded by gastric acid. Therefore, in the presence of gastric acid, the buffer of the present invention preferably has to increase the pH of the stomach to the extent that it satisfies the bioavailability of the drug to affect the therapeutic effect. Thus examples of buffers include, but are not limited to, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate magnesium hydroxide, magnesium lactate, magnesium gluconate, other magnesium salts, aluminum hydroxide> aluminum hydroxide/sodium bicarbonate coprecipitate, amine Mixture of base acid and buffering agent> Mixture of aluminum glycinate and buffer, alkamic acid salt and buffer-2 1 - 1309168 5. Mixture of invention (2〇). And a mixture of an alkali salt of an amino acid and a buffer. Additional buffering agents include sodium citrate, sodium tartrate, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, sodium polyphosphate, potassium polyphosphate, sodium pyrophosphate, potassium pyrophosphate, disodium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate, Sodium acetate, potassium metaphosphate, magnesium oxide, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium carbonate, magnesium citrate, calcium acetate, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium chloride, calcium hydroxide, calcium lactate, calcium carbonate, calcium hydrogencarbonate, and other calcium strontium The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier of the oral liquid may contain a hydrogen carbonate of a Group IA metal as a buffer, and may be prepared by mixing a hydrogen carbonate of a Group IA metal (with sodium hydrogencarbonate as a hydrazine) with water. The concentration of the IA group metal bicarbonate in the composition is usually from about 5. 0 percentage to about 6. 0 percentage. In one embodiment, the Group IA metal bicarbonate content ranges from about 3 mEq to about 45 mEq per oral administration. In another embodiment, the sodium bicarbonate used in the solution of the invention is 8. 4% is about 2 mg of omeprazole, ≥14 (or mmole) of sodium bicarbonate, and every 2 mg of omegapril. 2 mEq (mmole) to 5 mEq (mmole) range. In one embodiment, the enterocoated omeprexazole particles are obtained from a delayed release capsule (Prilosec® AstraZeneca). Alternatively, use Omega Purui test powder. The enteric-coated omeprazole granules are mixed with a solution of sodium bicarbonate (NaHC〇3) dissolved in the intestine and formed into a solution of omeprazole (8. 4%) 溶液 The solution of the invention and other dosage forms of the invention have pharmacokinetic advantages over standard intestinal coating -22 - 1309168 V, invention description (21) and timed release PPI dosage forms, including: (a) a faster agent absorption time (about 10 to 60 minutes) after the PPI solution or the dry dosage form; about 1 to 3 hours after the administration of the enteric coating drug; (b) the buffer protects the PPI from acid degradation before absorption; When the antacid is released and the PPI is being absorbed, the buffer acts as an antacid; and (d) the solution is permeable to the inner tube (eg nasogastric tube or other feeding tube (jejunum or duodenum), including small pinhole catheters) The feeding tube is administered without coagulation. Solutions, suspensions and powders for reconstitutable delivery systems include excipients such as suspending agents (eg gum, xanthan gum, cellulosic and sucrose), humectants (eg Yamanashi) Sugar alcohols), cosolvents (eg ethanol, water, PEG and polyethyl alcohol), surfactants (eg sodium lauryl sulfate, Spans, Tweens, and whale base pyridine), preservatives and antioxidants (eg Peila) And (p Arabens), vitamins E and C, and ascorbic acid), anticoagulants, coating agents, and chelating agents (eg EDTA). In addition, various addition agents can be incorporated into the solutions of the invention to enhance their stability, sterility and isoperosity. Antimicrobial preservatives (such as ambic η), antioxidants, chelating agents, and additional buffers may be added, and microbiological evidence indicates that the formulation has antimicrobial and antifungal activity. Agents and antifungal agents, such as parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, etc., may enhance the prophylactic action of microorganisms. In many cases it will be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. In addition, it is desirable to use a thickening agent such as methylcellulose to reduce the precipitation of omeprazole or other PPI or its derivatives from the suspension. -23 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (22) The liquid oral solution may further contain a flavoring agent ( Such as chocolate, thalmantin, aspartame, SARS or watermelon) or other flavoring agents stable at pH 7 to 9, anti-foaming agents (eg dimethyl eucalyptus (sime) Thicone) 80 mg, Mylicon®) and gastric wall cell activators (discussed below). The invention further comprises containing omeprezazole or other proton pump inhibitors and derivatives thereof and at least one buffering agent in a dosage form for preservation a pharmaceutical composition whereby the composition is dissolved and/or dispersed to produce a suspension suitable for enteral administration to a subject when the composition is placed in an aqueous solution. The pharmaceutical composition is in a solid prior to dissolution or suspension in the aqueous solution. Dosage Forms, Omeprezazole or other PPIs and buffers can be formed into tablets, capsules, medicinal or fine granules by methods known to those skilled in the art. The resulting omeprazole solution was stable at room temperature for several weeks and inhibited the growth of bacteria or fungi as shown in Example X below. Indeed, as demonstrated in Example XIII, this solution maintained an efficacy of over 90% for 12 months. By providing a pharmaceutical composition comprising omeprazole or other PPI and a buffer in a solid dosage form, which is later dissolved or suspended in the amount of the aforementioned aqueous solution to produce the desired concentration of omeprazole and buffer 'because no liquid is required to be transported Significantly reduce product, shipping and storage costs (reduced weight and cost) without the need to refrigerate solid dosage forms of omeprazole or solution. Once the resulting solution is mixed, it can be used to provide a dose to a single patient for a period of time or to a patient. III. Lozenges and other solid dosing agents are described in the above-mentioned U.S. Patent No. 5,840,737 to Phillips, U.S. Patent No. 5,840,737, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The suspension tablet and the foamed lozenge or powder may be swallowed or dissolved first so as to subsequently react with water, gastric secretions or other diluents to produce an aqueous dosage form of the invention. The pharmaceutical lozenges or other solid dosage forms of the present invention can be rapidly disintegrated in an aqueous medium with minimal shaking or shaking and form an aqueous solution of PPI and buffer. These lozenges use these commonly available materials to achieve these and other purposes. The lozenges or other solid dosage forms of the present invention provide a precise dosage of PPI which may be less water soluble. They are especially useful for medications for children and the elderly, and others that are somewhat more acceptable than swallowing or chewing a tablet. When the manufactured tablets have low friability, they are easy to handle. As used herein, the term "suspended tablet" means that the compressed tablet can be rapidly broken after being placed in water and rapidly dispersed to form a suspension containing a precise PPI dose. The suspension tablet of the present invention contains a therapeutic amount of a PPI, a combination of a buffer and a disintegrating agent. More specifically, the suspension tablet contains about 20 mg of omeprazole and about 4 to 30 mEq of sodium bicarbonate. Croscarmelose sodium is a disintegrating agent known for use in lozenge formulations and is available from FMC Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa. Ac-Di-Sol® is a trademark. Often mixed separately in compressed tablet formulations or combined with microcrystalline cellulose to rapidly break up the tablet. Microcrystalline cellulose, which is treated alone or in combination with other ingredients, is also a commonly used additive for compressed tablets and which promotes the ability to compress the compressibility of the tablet material. -25 - 1309168 V. Description of the Invention (24) Forces are well known. Available from Avicel®. Two Avicel® products are available, Avicel®PH is microcrystalline cellulose; and Avicel® AC-815 is a spray-dried residue co-processed with microcrystalline cellulose and calcium-sodium alginate complexes, with calcium to sodium ratio The range is about 0. 40 : 1 to about 2. 5: 1. Although AC-81 5 consists of 85% microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) and 15% sodium-sodium alginate complex, this ratio can be changed to about 75% MCC versus 25% alginate for the purposes of the present invention. Up to about 95% MCC versus 5% alginate. Depending on the particular formulation and active ingredient, the two components may be present in about equal or unequal amounts, and may be comprised of from about 1% to about 50% by weight of the tablet. In addition to the above ingredients, the suspension tablet composition may contain other ingredients commonly used in pharmaceutical lozenges, including flavoring agents, sweeteners, glidants, lubricants, or other common lozenge adjuvants, to familiarize themselves with the art. It is obvious and easy to understand. Although sodium carboxymethylether cellulose is preferred, other disintegrating agents such as crospovidone and sodium starch glycolate may also be used. In addition to the suspension tablet, the solid formulation of the present invention may be in the form of a powder, a lozenge, a capsule, or other dosage form suitable for a solid dosage form (e.g., a pharmaceutical dosage form or a foaming lozenge, tablet or powder). The inventive solution is present in the diluent or ingestion. For example, water used in gastric exudates or water used in swallowing solid dosage forms can be used as an aqueous diluent solution. The compressed tablet is a solid dosage form' which can be prepared by compacting an excipient formulation containing the active ingredient and selected to aid in handling and improving the properties of the product. The term "suspended lozenge" is often used to refer to a non-noisy, uncoated lozenge for oral ingestion, either by single compression or by pre-clamping and subsequent compression. -26- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (25) The dry oral formulation may contain excipients such as binding agents (eg, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, polyvinylpyridone, other cellulosic and starch) diluents (eg, lactose and other sugars, starch, dicalcium phosphate, and fiber). Quality) > M-4 powders (such as starch polymers and cellulosics), as well as lubricants (such as stearates and talc). Such solid dosage forms can be made as is well known in the art. Tablet formulations include J such as one or more lactose, mannitol, corn starch, potato starch 9 microcrystalline cellulose 'arabin gum, gelatin, colloidal cerium oxide, sodium cross-carboxymethyl ether, talc, magnesium stearate, Stearic acid, and other excipients> Colorants, diluents, buffers, humectants, preservatives, flavoring agents, and pharmaceutically compatible carriers. The manufacturing method can employ four known methods - or a combination: (1) dry mixing; (2) direct compression; (3) milling; and (4) water-free fine particle action. Lachman et al., The Theory and Prac t i c e 0 f I ndustrial Pharmacv M996). The tfch and other agents are also included in the film coating, preferably after oral ingestion or in contact with a diluent. Non-limiting examples of buffers which can be used in such tablets include sodium bicarbonate, soil metal salts such as calcium carbonate, calcium hydroxide, calcium lactate, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium acetate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium citrate. , magnesium aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide or magnesium aluminum hydroxide. A particularly alkaline earth metal salt which can be used in the manufacture of an acid-resistant tablet is calcium carbonate. 0 An example of a low-density alkaline earth metal salt which can be used in the production of fine particles of the present invention is ultra-light carbon acid, available from Specialty Minerals Inc. , Adams, Me 〇 -27- 1309168 V. Description of the invention (26) The density of ultra-light calcium carbonate is about 0 before treatment as in the present invention. 37 g/ml. Other acceptable buffers are also provided in the present invention. The fine particles used for the manufacture of a tablet according to a specific example of the present invention can be prepared by spray drying or pre-compression of the raw material. The alkaline earth metal salt used in the present invention has a density range of about 〇 before being processed into fine particles by any treatment. 3 g / m 1 to about 0. 55 g/ml, preferably about 0. 35 g/ml to about 0. 45 g/ml, more preferably about 0. 37 g/ml to about 0. 42 g/ml. Further, the present invention can be produced by using a micronized compound in a fine particle or a powder. Microcrystallization is a treatment that reduces the size of solid drug particles. Since the dissolution rate is directly proportional to the solid surface area and reducing the particle size will increase the solid surface area, reducing the particle size will increase the dissolution rate. Although the increase in surface area caused by micronization may cause particle coagulation to negate the benefit of micronization and is an expensive manufacturing step, it is significant for increasing the dissolution rate for relatively water-insoluble drugs such as omeprazole and other proton pumps. interest. The invention also relates to administering a kit to alleviate mixing and administration. For example, a powder or lozenge that is supplied for one month may be packaged by separating one month of thinner and reusing the plastic dose cup. More specifically, the package may contain 30 days of suspended tablets (each containing 20 mg of omegapril) ' 1 L sodium bicarbonate 8 . 4% solution, and a 30 m 1 dose cup. The user places the tablet in an empty dose cup, fills it with sodium bicarbonate to a value of 30 m 1 , waits for dissolution (can be gently stirred or shaken), and then ingests the suspension. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that such kits can contain many variations of the above components. For example, -28 - 1309168 V. Inventive Note (27), if the tablet or powder is compounded to contain PPI and a buffer, the diluent may be water, sodium bicarbonate, or other compatible diluent' and the dose cup size. May be greater or less than 30 ral. These kits can also be packaged in unit dose formulations, or in weekly, monthly, or annual kits. While the tablet of the present invention is intended to be in the form of a suspension dosage form, the tablet formed using the fine granules can also be used to form fast-cracking chewable tablets, buccal tablets, tablets, or swallowable tablets. Thus, the intermediate formulation and its method of manufacture provide another novel aspect of the invention. Foamed tablets and powders can also be prepared in accordance with the present invention. Foamed salts have been used to disperse drugs in water for oral administration. The foaming salt is a fine or coarse powder containing a pharmaceutical agent in a dry mixture, usually composed of sodium hydrogencarbonate, citric acid and tartaric acid. When this salt is added to water, the acid reacts with the base to evolve carbon dioxide gas, which is called "foaming". The composition of the foamed fine particles is selected depending on the requirements of the manufacturing process and the production of products which can be quickly dissolved in water. The two essential ingredients are at least one acid and at least one base. The base reacts with the acid to release carbon dioxide. Examples of such acids include, but are not limited to, tartaric acid and citric acid. Preferably, the acid is a composition of tartaric acid and citric acid. Examples of bases include, but are not limited to, sodium carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, and sodium hydrogencarbonate. Preferably, the base is sodium hydrogencarbonate' and the foaming composition has a pH of about 6. 0 or more. The foaming salt preferably includes the following ingredients, which are capable of producing bubbles: sodium hydrogencarbonate, citric acid, and tartaric acid. When added to water, acids and alkali react to release carbon dioxide to produce bubbles. It should be noted that any acid-base composition which can cause carbon dioxide release -29- 1309168 V. invention description (28) can be used to replace sodium hydrogencarbonate as long as the ingredient is suitable for medical use and the obtained pH is about 6.00 or higher. And a combination of citric acid and tartaric acid. It should be noted that 3 molecules of NaHC03 are required to neutralize one molecule of citric acid, and two molecules of NaHC03 are required to neutralize one molecule of tartaric acid. The proportion of the desired ingredients is as follows: Citric acid: tartaric acid: sodium bicarbonate = 1: 2:3. 44 (weight). This ratio can change and continue to produce an effective release of carbon dioxide. For example, the ratio of 1: 0 : 3 or 0: 1: 2 is also valid. The method for preparing the expanded fine particles of the present invention uses three basic methods: wet and dry fine granulation, and fusion. The fusion process is used to prepare the most commercial foaming powder. It should be noted that although these methods are intended for the preparation of fine granules, the formulations of the foaming salts of the present invention can also be prepared as troches according to artisan preparation techniques well known in the art. Wet fine granulation is the most well known method for fine particle preparation. The individual steps in the wet granulation process of tablet preparation include milling and screening of ingredients, dry powder mixing, wet concentration, fine granulation, and final grinding. Dry fine granulation involves compressing the powder mixture into a coarse lozenge or "elastic nine" in a heavy power rotary tablet press. The ball is then broken into granules by a grinding operation, usually by a vibrating granulator. Individual steps include mixing the powder, compressing (small pieces), and grinding (reducing the bomb nine or fine granulation). No steps involved in wet bonding or moisture. The fusion method is the best method for preparing the fine particles of the present invention. In this method, 'dry -30 - 1309168. V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (29) The compression (small block) step of the fine granulation method has been eliminated. Heat the powder in an oven or other suitable heat source. IV. PPI s and the gastric mucosal mites activator Applicants have unexpectedly discovered that certain compounds, such as chocolate, calcium and sodium bicarbonate, and other alkaline substances can stimulate the gastric parietal cells and enhance the pharmacological activity of the administered PPI. For the purposes of this application, "gastric wall cell activator" or "activator" shall mean any compound or mixture of compounds having such stimulating effects, including but not limited to chocolate, sodium bicarbonate, calcium (eg Calcium carbonate, calcium gluconate, calcium hydroxide, calcium acetate, and calcium glycophosphate), peppermint oil, spearmint oil, coffee, tea and cola (even decaffeinated), caffeine, theophylline, caffeine, and amine Base acids (especially aromatic amino acids such as phenylalanine and tryptophan), combinations thereof, and salts thereof. Such gastric wall cell activators are administered in an amount sufficient to produce the desired stimulatory effect without causing undesirable side effects to the patient. For example, chocolate, for unprocessed cocoa powder, is administered at a dose of about 5 mg to 2. per 20 mg of omeprazole (or other PPI at a comparable pharmacological dose). 5 g amount. The activator dose administered to a mammal (especially a human) is a reason that must be sufficient to affect the therapeutic response (i.e., enhance PPI efficacy) for a reasonable period of time. The dose intensity is determined by the particular composition used and the condition of the individual, as well as the individual weight of the subject. The size of the dose is also determined by the degree of adverse side effects that may accompany the experience, constitution, and administration of the particular composition. For each 20 rag dose of omegapril (or equivalent dose of other ρρι) -31 - 1309168 V. Inventive Note (3〇), the effective range of various gastric wall cell activators is: Chocolate (unprocessed cocoa) Powder) a 5 mg to 2. 5 g sodium carbonate - 7 mEq to 25 mEq calcium carbonate - 1 mg to 1 . 5 g gluconic acid fishing 1 mg to 1. 5 g calcium lactate - 1 mg to 1. 5 g hydration consumes 1 mg to 1. 5 g calcium acetate - 0. 5 mg to 1. 5 g Calcium Phosphate Calcium 0. 5 mg to 1. 5 g peppermint oil 1 (powder type) 1 mg to 1 g spearmint oil 1 (powder type) 1 mg to 1 g coffee a 20 ml to 240 ml tea a 20 ml to 240 ml cola a 20 ml to 240 ml caffeine a 0 . 5 mg to 1. 5 g theophylline a 0. 5 mg to 1. 5 g coffee test 0. 5 m g to 1 . 5 g phenylalanine- 0. 5 mg to 1. 5 g tryptophan 0. 5 rag to 1,5 g Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are those well known to those skilled in the art. The choice of carrier depends on the particular composition and the particular method used to administer the composition. Therefore, the applicable formulation of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is quite broad. V. EXAMPLES - 32 - 1309168 V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (31) The present invention is further illustrated by the following formulation, but should not be construed as limiting in any respect. The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of pharmacology and pharmacy. Example I L-Omeprezazole Fast-breaking Fragment Dispersion Lozenges Rapidly fragmented tablets are synthesized as follows: cross-carboxymethyl ether cellulose sodium 300 g added to contain 3 . The vortex of 0 kg deionized water was quickly stirred in the beaker. Mix the mud for 10 minutes. Place 90 g of omeprazole into the Hobart mixer bowl. After mixing, the sodium silicidose sodium cellulose was slowly added to the memiprazole in the mixer bowl to form a fine granulation, which was then placed in a tray and dried at 70 ° C for 3 hours. The dried fines were then placed in a blender and 1,500 g of Avicel® AC-815 (composed of 85% microcrystalline cellulose and 15% calcium-sodium alginate complex) and i, 5 〇〇g were added thereto. Av1Cel® PH-3 02 (microcrystalline cellulose). After the mixture was thoroughly stirred, 35 g of magnesium stearate was added and mixed for 5 minutes. The resulting mixture was compressed into tablets on a standard tablet press (Hata HS). The average weight of these tablets is about 0. 75 g' and contains about 20 mg of omeprazole. These tablets have low friability and fast chipping time. This formulation is soluble in an aqueous solution containing an immediate oral administration buffer. In addition, the suspended tablet can be swallowed entirely with the buffer solution. In both cases, the preferred solution is sodium bicarbonate. 4%. In a further variation, about 975 mg of sodium bicarbonate powder is directly mixed into the tablet per 20 mg dose of omeprazole (or a comparable amount of other PPI). The tablet is then dissolved in water -33 - 1309168. V. Description (32) or sodium bicarbonate 8. 4%, or swallowed whole with aqueous diluent. B1. 10 ms botanical formula omeprazole 10 mg (or moxapril or tablets topirazole or other PPI equivalent) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium phosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 250 rag Aspen Sweet calcium (phenylalanine) 0. 5 mg Colloidal cerium oxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Cross-carboxymethyl ether sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint oil 3 mg Maltodextrin 3 mg Mannitol 3 rag Pre-gelatinized starch 3 mg B2. 10 ms lozenge formulation PPI: one of the following: omeprazole 10 mg moxapril 15 mg tablets topiraw sodium 20 mg
-34- 1309168 五、發明說明(33) 瑞比普瑞唑鈉 10 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 乳酸鈣 375 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 375 mg 阿斯巴甜鈣(苯丙胺酸) 0.5 mg 膠體二氧化矽 12 mg 玉米澱粉 15 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 右旋糖 10 mg 薄荷油 3 mg 麥芽糊精 20 mg 甘露醇 30 mg 預明膠化澱粉 30 mg B3. 10 ms錠劑配方 PPI :下列之一: 歐米普瑞唑 10 mg 藍梭普瑞唑 15 mg 片托普瑞唑鈉 20 mg 瑞比普瑞哩鈉 10 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 碳酸氫鈉 750 mg 阿斯巴甜鈣(苯丙胺酸) 0.5 mg -35 - 1309168 五、發明說明(34) 膠體二氧化矽 12 rug 玉米澱粉 15 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 右旋糖 10 mg 薄荷油 3 mg 麥芽糊精 20 mg 甘露醇 30 mg 預明膠化澱粉 30 mg C1 . 20 mg銳劑配方 歐米普瑞唑 20 mg(或藍梭普瑞唑或片托普瑞唑或相 當效力量之其他PPI) 乳酸鈣 175 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 175 mg 碳酸氫鈉 250 mg 阿斯巴甜鈣(苯丙胺酸) 0.5 mg 膠體二氧化矽 12 mg 玉米澱粉 15 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 右旋糖 10 mg 氫氧化鈣 10 mg 薄荷油 3 mg 麥芽糊精 3 mg-34- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (33) Ribip predazole sodium 10 mg Other potency PPI Calcium lactate 375 mg Calcium phosphate 375 mg Aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal cerium oxide 12 Mg Corn Starch 15 mg Cross Carboxymethyl Cellulose Sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint Oil 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pregelatinized Starch 30 mg B3. 10 ms Tablet Formulation PPI: One: omeprazole 10 mg moxapril 15 mg tablets topirazol sodium 20 mg ribopridone sodium 10 mg equivalent potency other PPI sodium bicarbonate 750 mg aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg -35 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (34) Colloidal cerium oxide 12 rug Corn starch 15 mg Cross carboxymethyl ether cellulose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint oil 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg pregelatinized starch 30 mg C1 . 20 mg acute formula omeprazole 20 mg (or blue soprenazole or topiraprazole or other PPI equivalent) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium phosphate 175 Mg sodium bicarbonate 250 mg Bar sweet calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg corn starch 15 mg Cross carmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint oil 10 mg calcium hydroxide 3 mg 3 mg Maltodextrin
-36 - 1309168 五、發明說明(35) 甘露醇 3 mg 預明膠化澱粉 3 mg C2 . 20 mg淀劑配方 PPI :下列之一: 歐米普瑞唑 20 mg 藍梭普瑞唑 30 mg 片托普瑞唑 40 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 乳酸鈣 375 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 375 mg 阿斯巴甜鈣(苯丙胺酸) 0.5 mg 膠體二氧化矽 12 mg 玉米澱粉 15 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 右旋糖 10 mg 薄荷油 3 mg 麥芽糊精 20 mg 甘露醇 30 mg 預明膠化澱粉 30 mg C3 . 20 ms锭劑配方 PPI :下列之一:-36 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (35) Mannitol 3 mg Pregelatinized Starch 3 mg C2 . 20 mg Desiccant Formula PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Blue Thoraprazole 30 mg Tablet Top Reazole 40 mg Other potency PPI Calcium lactate 375 mg Calcium phosphate 375 mg Aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal cerium oxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Cross carboxymethyl ether sodium 12 mg Right Spirulina 10 mg Peppermint Oil 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pregelatinized Starch 30 mg C3 . 20 ms Tablet Formulation PPI: One of the following:
-37 - 1309168 五、發明說明(36) 歐米普瑞唑 20 mg 藍梭普瑞唑 30 mg 片托普瑞唑 40 rag 相當效力量之其他PPI 碳酸氫鈉 750 mg 阿斯巴甜鈣(苯丙胺酸) 0.5 mg 膠體二氧化矽 12 mg 玉米澱粉 15 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 右旋糖 10 mg 薄荷油 3 mg 麥芽糊精 20 mg 甘露醇 30 mg 預明膠化澱粉 30 mg D1.快涑溶解之錠劑 歐米普瑞唑 20 mg(或藍梭普瑞唑或片托普瑞唑或相 當效力量之其他PPI) 乳酸鈣 175 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 175 mg 碳酸氫鈉 500 mg 氫氧化鈣 50 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg-37 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (36) Omniprezazole 20 mg Blue Sophorazole 30 mg Tablets Topirazole 40 rag Other potency PPI Sodium bicarbonate 750 mg Aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal cerium oxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Cross-carboxymethyl ether sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint oil 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pre-gelatinized starch 30 mg D1. Fast涑 dissolved tablet omeprazole 20 mg (or blue soprenazole or tablet topiramate or equivalent PPI) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium phosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 500 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 Mg Cross Carboxymethyl Cellulose Sodium 12 mg
-38 - 1309168 五、發明說明(37) D2.快涑溶解之.錠劑 PPI :下列之一: 歐米普瑞唑 20 mg 藍梭普瑞唑 30 mg 片托普瑞唑 40 mg 瑞比普瑞唑鈉 20 mg 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂 20 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 乳酸鈣 300 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 300 mg 氫氧化鈣 50 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg D3.快速溶解之錠劑 PPI :下列之一 ·· 歐米普瑞唑 20 mg 藍梭普瑞唑 30 mg 片托普瑞唑 40 mg 瑞比普瑞唑鈉 20 mg 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂 20 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 碳酸氫鈉 700 mg-38 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (37) D2. Fast dissolving. Tablet PPI: one of the following: omeprazole 20 mg moxapril 30 mg tablets topirazole 40 mg ribipril Sodium oxazide 20 mg Essoproprazole magnesium 20 mg Other potency PPI Calcium lactate 300 mg Calcium phosphate 300 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 mg Cross-carboxymethyl ether sodium 12 mg D3. Fast-dissolving tablets PPI : one of the following · omeprazole 20 mg moxapril 30 mg tablets topirazole 40 mg riboprazole sodium 20 mg esapanopridazole magnesium 20 mg equivalent potency other PPI carbonic acid Sodium Hydroxide 700 mg
-39- 1309168 五、發明說明(3S) 磷酸三鈉十二水合物 100 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg E1. 口服用復原之粉末(或經 鼻胃管) 歐米普瑞唑 20 rag(或藍梭普瑞唑或片托普瑞唑或相 當效力量之其他PPI) 乳酸鈣 175 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 175 mg 碳酸氫鈉 500 mg 氫氧化鈣 50 mg 甘油 200 mg E2. 口服用復原之粉末(或經 鼻胃管) PPI :下列之一: 歐米普瑞唑 20 mg 藍梭普瑞哇 30 mg 片托普瑞哇 40 mg 瑞比普瑞唑鈉 20 mg 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂 20 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 乳酸鈣 300 mg-39- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (3S) Trisodium phosphate dodecahydrate 100 mg Cross-carboxymethyl ether sodium 12 mg E1. Oral reconstituted powder (or nasogastric tube) Omeprezol 20 rag ( Or blue soprenazole or topiraprazole or other PPI of equivalent potency) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium phosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 500 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 mg Glycerin 200 mg E2. Oral reconstituted powder ( Or via nasogastric tube) PPI: one of the following: omeprazole 20 mg ransapride 30 mg tablets topiraw 40 mg riboprazole sodium 20 mg esapanopridazole magnesium 20 mg Other PPI Calcium Lactate 300 mg
-40 - 1309168 五、發明說明(39) 甘油磷酸鈣 300 mg 氫氧化鈣 50 mg 甘油 200 mg E3 . 口服用復原之粉未(或經 鼻胃管) PPI :下列之一: 歐米普瑞唑 20 mg 藍梭普瑞唑 30 mg 片托普瑞唑 40 mg 瑞比普瑞嗖鈉 20 mg 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂 20 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 碳酸氫鈉 850 mg 磷酸三鈉 50 mg F1. 10 ms淀劑配方 歐米普瑞嗖 10 mg(或藍梭普瑞唑或片托普瑞唑或相 當效力量之其他PPI) 乳酸鈣 175 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 175 mg 碳酸氫鈉 250 mg 聚乙二醇 20 mg-40 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (39) Calcium Phosphate Calcium 300 mg Calcium Hydroxide 50 mg Glycerin 200 mg E3 . Oral Reconstituted Powder (or Nasogastric Tube) PPI: One of the following: Omeprezol 20 Mg moxapril 30 mg tablets topirazole 40 mg ribopridone sodium 20 mg esapanopridazole magnesium 20 mg equivalent potency other PPI sodium bicarbonate 850 mg trisodium phosphate 50 mg F1. 10 ms precipitant formulation Omegapril 10 mg (or blue soprenazole or topoterone or other PPI) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium phosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 250 mg Polyethylene glycol 20 mg
-41 - 1309168 五、發明說明(40) 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 薄荷油 3 mg 矽酸鎂 1 mg 硬脂酸鎂 1 mg F2. 10 ms錠劑配方 PPI :下列之一: 歐米普瑞唑 10 mg 藍梭普瑞唑 15 mg 片托普瑞唑鈉 20 mg 瑞比普瑞唑鈉 10 mg 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂 10 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 乳酸鈣 475 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 250 mg 聚乙二醇 20 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 薄荷油 3 mg 矽酸鎂 10 mg 硬脂酸鎂 10 mg F3. 10 ms錠劑配方 PPI :下列之一: -42 - 1309168 五、發明說明(41) 歐米普瑞唑 10 mg 藍梭普瑞嗖 15 mg 片托普瑞唑鈉 20 mg 瑞比普瑞唑鈉 10 mg 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂 10 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 碳酸氫鈉 700 mg 聚乙二醇 20 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 薄荷油 3 mg 矽酸鎂 10 mg 硬脂酸鎂 10 mg G1. 10 ms錄劑配方 歐米普瑞唑 10 mg(或藍梭普瑞哇或片托普瑞唑或相 當效力量之其他PPI) 乳酸鈣 200 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 200 mg 碳酸氫鈉 400 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 預明膠化澱粉 3 rag G2. 10 mg淀劑配方-41 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (40) Cross-carboxymethyl ether cellulose sodium 12 mg Peppermint oil 3 mg Magnesium citrate 1 mg Magnesium stearate 1 mg F2. 10 ms tablet formulation PPI: one of the following: Omega Resorcin 10 mg moxapril 15 mg tablets topirazol sodium 20 mg riboprazole sodium 10 mg esprom proprazole magnesium 10 mg equivalent potency other PPI calcium lactate 475 mg calcium glycerophosphate 250 Mg polyethylene glycol 20 mg cross sodium carbocresol 12 mg peppermint oil 3 mg magnesium citrate 10 mg magnesium stearate 10 mg F3. 10 ms tablet formulation PPI: one of the following: -42 - 1309168 DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (41) Omeprexazole 10 mg Blue Thorarum 15 mg Tablets Topotez sodium 20 mg Ribrepazole sodium 10 mg Aesopipprozol magnesium 10 mg A considerable amount of other PPI carbonic acid Sodium Hydroxide 700 mg Polyethylene Glycol 20 mg Cross Sodium Carboxymethyl Cellulose Sodium 12 mg Peppermint Oil 3 mg Magnesium Citrate 10 mg Magnesium Stearate 10 mg G1. 10 ms Recording Formulation Omegaprezazole 10 mg (or Blue Sopreva or tablets topirazole or equivalent PPI) calcium lactate 200 mg glycerol Calcium 200 mg 400 mg sodium bicarbonate cross carmellose sodium 12 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 rag G2. 10 mg starch formulation
-43 - 1309168 五、發明說明(42) PPI :下列之一: 歐米普瑞唑 10 mg 藍梭普瑞唑 15 mg 片托普瑞唑鈉 20 mg 瑞比普瑞唑鈉 10 mg 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂 10 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 乳酸鈣 400 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 400 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 預明膠化澱粉 3 mg G3. 10 ms錠劑配方 PPI :下列之一: 歐米普瑞嗖 10 mg 藍梭普瑞唑 15 mg 片托普瑞唑鈉 20 mg 瑞比普瑞唑鈉 10 mg 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂 10 mg 相當效力量之其他PPI 碳酸氫鈉 750 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 12 mg 預明膠化澱粉 3 mg -44- 1309168 五、發明說明(43) 此實施例之全部錠劑及粉末可整個吞嚥,咀嚼或於投藥 前混與水溶液介質。-43 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (42) PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Blue Thoraprazole 15 mg Tablets Topotez sodium Sodium 20 mg Ribrepazole sodium 10 mg Esso honey Reazole magnesium 10 mg Other potency PPI Calcium lactate 400 mg Calcium phosphate 400 mg Cross-carboxymethyl ether sodium 12 mg Pre-gelatinized starch 3 mg G3. 10 ms tablet formulation PPI: one of the following: Omega Rexen 10 mg saponin 15 mg tablets topirazol sodium 20 mg riboprazole sodium 10 mg escarpone praprazole magnesium 10 mg equivalent potency other PPI sodium bicarbonate 750 mg cross carboxymethyl Ether cellulose sodium 12 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 mg -44 - 1309168 V. Description of the invention (43) All the tablets and powders of this example can be swallowed whole, chewed or mixed with an aqueous medium before administration.
實施例II PPI及緩衝劑之標進綻劑 使用標準錠劑壓搾機製備1 0個錠劑,每一錠劑含有約 20 mg歐米普瑞唑及975 mg碳酸氫鈉均勻分散於錠劑中。 爲測試錠劑的碎裂速率,各添加到60 m 1水。使用先進製 備之液體歐米普瑞唑/碳酸氫鈉溶液作爲視覺比較測定儀 ,觀察每一錠劑在3分鐘內完全分散。 另一硏究使用根據此實施例合成之錠劑,於5位危急性 照料之成人病患評估錠劑的生物活性。每一受試者透過鼻 胃管以少量水投與一個錠劑,並使用紙度量偵測鼻胃管吐 氣之pH。評估每一病人pH達6小時且維持於4以上,於 是證明錠劑於這些病人的治療益處。 錠劑亦可以刀子鑽出975 mg錠劑中央的碳酸氫鈉USP 製備之。然後將大部分被移除之碳酸氫鈉粉末與20 rog Prilosec®膠囊磨碎,所得混合物裝入錬劑洞內並以甘油 密封。 眚施例III PPI核心綻劑 錠劑以二步驟法製備。首先,如習知將約20 mg歐米普 瑞唑形成於錠劑中作爲核心。第二’使用約975 rog錠劑 碳酸氫鈉USP均勻圍繞核心以形成碳酸氫鈉的外保護層。 -45 - 1309168 五、發明說明(44)EXAMPLE II PIP and buffered standard granules 10 tablets were prepared using a standard tablet press, each tablet containing about 20 mg of omeprazole and 975 mg of sodium bicarbonate dispersed uniformly in the tablet. To test the rate of fragmentation of the tablets, each was added to 60 m of water. An advanced prepared liquid omeprazole/sodium bicarbonate solution was used as a visual comparison meter, and each tablet was observed to be completely dispersed within 3 minutes. Another study used the lozenges synthesized according to this example to evaluate the biological activity of the lozenges in 5 adult patients with acute care. Each subject was administered a small amount of water through a nasogastric tube and used a paper metric to detect the pH of the nasogastric tube. Each patient's pH was assessed for 6 hours and maintained above 4, thus demonstrating the therapeutic benefit of the lozenge in these patients. Tablets can also be prepared by knives drilling 975 mg of sodium bicarbonate in the center of sodium bicarbonate USP. Most of the removed sodium bicarbonate powder was then ground with 20 rog Prilosec® capsules and the resulting mixture was placed in a tincture cavity and sealed with glycerin. EXAMPLE III PPI Core Fraction Tablets are prepared in a two-step process. First, as it is conventionally, about 20 mg of omeprazole is formed in a tablet as a core. Second 'Using about 975 rog tablet sodium bicarbonate USP evenly surrounds the core to form an outer protective layer of sodium bicarbonate. -45 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (44)
核心及外層皆可使用標準黏結劑及其他賦形劑製備,產生 最後加工好之醫藥可接受錠劑。錠劑可與一杯水整個吞嚥 實施例I V 發泡錠劑及細粉 時間間斷 測量之t)H 接近投藥之前 2 投藥後1小時 7 投藥後2小時 6 投藥後4小時 6 投藥後6小時 5 投藥後8小時 4 將20 mg Prilosec®膠囊之細粒倒入硏缽中並以杵磨碎 爲細粉。然後以約958 mg碳酸氫鈉USP、約832 mg檸檬 酸USP、及約312 mg碳酸鉀USP幾何稀釋歐米普瑞唑粉末 ,形成發泡歐米普瑞唑粉末之均質混合物。然後此粉末添 加到約60 ml水,於是粉末與水反應產生泡泡。泡泡溶液 產生歐米普瑞唑之及主要的抗酸劑檸檬酸鈉及檸檬酸鉀。 然後將此溶液口服投與一成人男性受試者,並使用 pHydrion試紙測量胃部pH。結果如下: 熟習醫藥合成者將明瞭大粉末可使用上述成分比例製造 以及利用標準黏結劑及賦形劑將該粉末壓擠到錠劑內。 此等錠劑之後與水混合以活化發泡劑並產生所欲溶液。此 -46- 1309168 五、發明說明(45) 外,可以藍梭普瑞唑30 nig(或相當效力量之其他PPI)取 代歐米普瑞唑。 發泡粉末及錠劑可另外製成配方,利用上述混合物但添 加額外200 mg碳酸氫鈉USP以產生較高pH之溶液。再者 ,可使用100 mg甘油磷酸鈣或100 rag乳酸鈣代替過多的 2 00 mg碳酸氫鈉。亦可添加相同的組合。 實施例V 胃膜壁細胞活化子“Choco-BaseTM”配方及功效 兒童以非典型的表現形式受到胃與食道回流症(GERD)的 影響。這些非典型症狀中有許多難以用傳統藥物控制,例 如H2 _組織胺拮抗劑,西沙普來得(c i s ap r i de )或硫糖鋁 (s u c r a 1 f a t e )。PPI s較其他試劑能更有效控制胃部pH及 GERD症狀。但無法取得易於投與幼小兒童之PPIs劑量劑 型。爲對付此問題,申請人使用溶於經緩衝之巧克力懸浮 液之歐米普瑞哩或藍梭普瑞哩(Choco-Base)於表現GERD 的兒童。 申請人交付 University of Missouri-Columbia 進行表 現GERD兒童之追溯評估,從1 9 9 5至1 998年接受根據下 列配方1所述製備之實驗性歐米普瑞唑或藍梭普瑞唑 Choco-Base懸浮液治療者。數據包括全部病人後續資訊, 足夠推斷出結論關於治療前/後(通常>6個月)。25位病人 符合此評估準則。年齢範圍爲數週齡到大於5歲。大部分 病人在改善GERD影響方面有許多未成功的嚐試經歷。病 -47- 1309168 —---- 五、發明說明(46) 歷顯不各種藥物之許多試驗。 主要硏究員爲求數據收集之一致性,檢閱全部圖表。當 獲自大學圖表爲不充足之數據時,爲求後續數據試圖於地 方基層照顧醫師之辦公室檢閱圖表。若仍得不到資料檢閱 ’爲求後續數據則試圖接洽家庭。若仍得不到數據,則將 這些病人視爲無法避免。 詳細檢閱病人圖表。數據註釋爲治療開始之日期,治療 終止之日期,以及任何對治療反應以外之終止原因。如同 其他任一內科疾病般,也記錄病人的族群統計資料。內科 疾病大略分爲相關聯或惡化GERD者以及不相襴聯或惡化 GERD 者。 審查病人圖表以證明對治療之反應。由於此爲大量的參 考總數,因此根據計分、辦公室訪問、及ED訪問之症狀 學定量化之追溯檢閱是困難的。因此,申請人審査圖表以 證明病人症狀之所有變化。審查並記錄任何指向改善、衰 退或缺乏變化之數據。 結果 確定之全部 3 3位小兒科病患在 Un i v e r s i t y 〇 f Mi s sour i-Col umbi a已處以上述懸浮液。33位病人中有9 位排除於本硏究,全部皆因以PPI治療之治療開始、期間 或結果之有關數據不足。於是就剩下具有足夠數據之24 位病人作出結論。 剩餘24位病人中,1 8位是男性以及6位是女性。完成 -48- 1309168 五、發明說明(47) PPI治療時之年齡範圍爲兩週齡到9歲。治療開始年齡中 位數爲26 · 5個月[平均爲37個月]。在早期,通常以內視 鏡證明以及pH探針確認回流。最後,通常在另一次手術 時(最常爲T -管或腺樣增殖切除術),丟棄PH探針並以內 視鏡爲證明回流之唯一方法。7位病人具有GERD的pH探 針確認’ 1 8位具有回流的內視鏡確認(包括全部8位進行 pH探針)(參閱第5及第6圖)。最常以圓石化氣管壁,喉 及咽圓石化如一些病人中所發現般於內視鏡診斷回流。6 位病人沒有GERD之pH也沒有內視鏡證明,但僅根據症狀 學於PPI治療中試驗。 過去病歷於每一圖表中經確認。10位病人有回流相關聯 之診斷。這些最常見爲腦中風,早熟及皮爾羅賓序列 (Pierre Robin sequence)。其他診斷爲夏柯-馬利-土氏 症(Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease) ’ 凡樂心面症候群 (Velocardiofacial syndrome),道氏症候群(Down syndrome)以及迪喬治氏症候群(De George,s syndrome) 。也確認非回流病歷,並分開記錄(參閱下面表2 )。 病人通常來自地方家庭開業診所、小兒科醫師、或其他 專業小兒科健康照料之轉診病人。大部分病人與耳鼻喉有 關’以上呼吸道問題、竇炎、或週期性/慢性中耳炎,如 基層之照料醫師所報告對醫藥治療具抗性。記錄並計分最 吊見於③些病人之症狀及症候。所有症候及症狀分爲6種 主要類型:(I)鼻;(2)耳;(3)呼吸道;(4)胃腸道;(5) -49- 1309168 五、發明說明(48) 睡眠相關;及(6 )其他。最常見問題落在一或全部前3種 類型(參閱下面表1)。 大部分病人在過去已經歷以抗體、類固醇類、氣喘藥、 及其他診斷-適當之治療形式之醫藥治療處理。此外,9位 病人在過去曾有回流治療,最常見爲傳統治療形式,例如 床頭提高30。,避免晚上點心,避免咖啡因性飮料以及西 沙普來得(cisapride)及雷那太定(ranitidine)(參閱第7 圖)。 用於此組病人之質子幫浦抑制劑懸浮液爲藍梭普瑞唑或 歐米普瑞哩之Choco-Base懸浮液。給藥十分一致,病人 接受10或20 mg歐米普瑞唑以及23 rag藍梭普瑞唑。最 初,在1996年4月治療時,首先開始使用10 mg歐米普 瑞唑。在此初始期,有3位病人最初每天經口處以10 mg 歐米普瑞唑。隨後3位全部增加到每天經口處以20 mg之 歐米普瑞唑或每天經口處以23 mg之藍梭普瑞唑。其餘病 人全部給予20 mg歐米普瑞唑或23 mg藍梭普瑞唑之治療 ,除其中有一案例是使用30 mg藍梭普瑞唑。病人經指示 每天攝取他們的劑量一次’大部分案例以晚上爲佳。懸浮 液全部透過位於 Green Meadows 之 University of Missouri Pharmacy塡裝。如此可透過再塡裝數據追蹤使 用情形。 大部分病人反應較偏愛及耐受於每天一次投藥Choco_ Ba s e質子幫浦抑制劑懸浮液。2位病人已證明不良之影響 -50 - 1309168 五、發明說明(49) 與PPI懸浮液的使用有關。1位病人的母親描述增加打嗝 及消化不良之情形,此被認爲與治療失敗有關。根據另一 病人的母親描述有少量的血便。此病人的糞便未曾經測試 ,因爲治療中斷立即消除血便情形,而無進一步的後遺症 。其他23位病人沒有證據證明有不良影響。 根據臨床記錄的審查及圖表審查將病人大槪分類爲:(1) 有改善;(2)沒改變;(3)失敗:及(4)不確定。24位病人 具有足夠數據貫徹到底,1 8位顯示隨PPI之治療開始,症 狀有改善[72%]。沒反應之7位經分析並歸類。3位顯示在 治療時症狀及臨床結果沒改變,1位抱怨治療時症狀惡化 ,1位病人的療法係爲手術的預防法,以及2位在開始之 後就停止治療(參閱第8圖)。不顧可得到結論之前停止治 療之案例以及PPI治療純粹爲預防動機之案例,剩下 (17/21)81%的病人對Choco-Base懸浮液有反應。此表示 19% (4/21)的病人沒有從PPI治療接受到明顯的益處。所 有病人中只有4%抱怨症狀惡化及4%(1/21)有副作用及輕 微血便一旦治療中斷即完全解決。 討論 GERD於小兒科族群是相當常見,影響幾乎50%的新生兒 。即使大部分的嬰兒長大後不再有生理性回流,病態性回 流仍於兒童期影響約5%的兒童。近來相當重要的數據指出 回流爲食道以外區域的病原因子。GERD已被歸因於寶炎、 齲齒、耳炎'氣喘、呼吸暫停、喚起、肺炎、支氣管炎、 -51 - 1309168 五、發明說明(5〇) 及咳嗽等等。不管回流的常見本質,似乎對於回流的治療 少有改善,尤其在非手術情況。 對於小兒科族群中GERD之治療的治療標準,已從傳統 治療進展到組合前動力劑(pro-kinetic agent)與H-2阻 斷劑之治療。但是很多病人在此治療計畫中失敗而成爲等 待手術者。成人中,PPI治療在90%胃與食道回流症治療 之病人中有效。作爲對H-2阻斷劑之醫療替代方面,質子 幫浦抑制劑尙未廣泛硏究於小兒科族群。缺乏此數據的部 分原因可能關係到缺乏適當劑量配方給如此幼小的族群, 主要爲2歲以下,他們無法吞嚥膠囊或錠劑。希望有適用 的液體配方(溶液或懸浮液),具有良好適口性,例如可用 於口服之抗生素、解充血藥、抗組織胺、H-2*阻斷劑、西 沙普來得、梅託克羅普酸胺(metoclopramide)等等。使用 藍梭普瑞唑細粒(從明膠膠囊移除)並撒於蘋果醬上,已經 食品及藥物管理局批准作爲藥物投與成人(不可投與兒童) 之一替代方法。所發表數據缺乏藍梭普瑞唑淋撒法在兒童 之功效。已硏究歐米普瑞唑以撒上物於成人之生物等値性 ,且相較於標準膠囊時出現可產生歐米普瑞唑血淸濃度。 再次地無法得到歐米普瑞唑撒上物於兒童之數據。歐米普 瑞唑之另一缺點爲味道像奎寧。即使懸浮於果汁,蘋果醬 等等,一旦咀嚼到一細粒即可輕易感受到該藥物的天然苦 味。爲此原由,申請人終於發展出使用藍梭普瑞唑於 Choco-Base。片托普瑞唑及瑞比普瑞唑僅能以腸塗覆錠劑 -52 - ^09168 五、發明說明(51) 獲取。目前在美國尙未有任一質子幫浦抑制劑獲准用於小 兒科。係因有部分爭論在需要多少適當劑量於此組病人。 Israel D.等人最近的評論提議,有效的PPI劑量應高於 最初發表之劑量,亦即從0.7 mg/kg至2或3 mg/kg歐米 普瑞哩。由於即使>50 mg/kg也未發現PPIs的毒性,因此 顯示鮮少危險性與較高劑量相關聯。基於University of Mi ssouri的觀察與該評論之發現一致,申請人制定每日 10 ral Choco-Base懸浮液之簡單的固定劑量療程。此 1〇 ml劑量提供20 mg歐米普瑞唑或23 mg藍梭普瑞唑。 於 IC U 設定,U n i v e r s i t y 〇 f M i s s 〇 u r i - C ο 1 u m b i a 已使 用未經調味的PPI懸浮液於各種不同管子(鼻胃管,g-管 ’空腸餵食管,十二指腸管等等)每日給予一次預防壓力 性潰瘍。似乎唯一合邏輯的是若此治療可製作成適口劑型 ’則具有許多理想的藥物特性適於小兒科族群。第一,必 須是液體,因此可在早先年齡投與。第二,若作成具有風 味可助於降低不服從之情形。第三,可提供每日投藥一次 ,亦可助於降低不服從之情形。在進行中申請人發現投藥 可經標準化,而幾乎消除投藥的複雜性。Both the core and the outer layer can be prepared using standard binders and other excipients to produce a final processed pharmaceutical acceptable lozenge. The lozenge can be swallowed with a cup of water. The swallowing tablet of Example IV foaming lozenge and fine powder time interval measurement t) H is close to the administration before 2 hours after administration 7 hours after administration 2 hours after administration 4 hours after administration 6 hours after administration 5 administration After 8 hours 4, 20 mg of Prilosec® capsules were poured into a crucible and ground to a fine powder. The omeprazole powder was then geometrically diluted with about 958 mg sodium bicarbonate USP, about 832 mg citric acid USP, and about 312 mg potassium carbonate USP to form a homogeneous mixture of foamed omeprazole powder. This powder was then added to about 60 ml of water, and the powder reacted with water to produce a bubble. The bubble solution produces omeprazole and the main antacids sodium citrate and potassium citrate. This solution was then orally administered to an adult male subject and the pH of the stomach was measured using a pHydrion test strip. The results are as follows: Those skilled in the art will recognize that large powders can be made using the above ingredients and that the powder is compressed into the tablet using standard binders and excipients. These tablets are then mixed with water to activate the blowing agent and produce the desired solution. This -46- 1309168 V. Inventive Note (45), it is possible to replace omeprazole with moxapril 30 nig (or other PPI of comparable potency). Foamed powders and lozenges can be formulated separately, using the above mixture but adding an additional 200 mg of sodium bicarbonate USP to produce a higher pH solution. Alternatively, 100 mg of calcium glycerophosphate or 100 rag of calcium lactate can be used in place of excess 200 mg of sodium bicarbonate. You can also add the same combination. EXAMPLE V Formulation and efficacy of the gastric cell wall activator "Choco-BaseTM" Children are affected by gastric and esophageal reflux disease (GERD) in atypical forms. Many of these atypical symptoms are difficult to control with traditional drugs, such as H2 _ histamine antagonists, cisapride (c i s ap r i de ) or sucralfate (s u c r a 1 f a t e ). PPI s is more effective than other agents in controlling gastric pH and GERD symptoms. However, it is not possible to obtain a dosage form of PPIs that is easy to administer to young children. To cope with this problem, Applicants used Omegapril or Choco-Base in a buffered chocolate suspension to express GERD in children. The applicant delivered the University of Missouri-Columbia for retrospective assessment of children with GERD and received experimental omeprazole or lansoprazole Choco-Base suspension prepared according to the following formula 1 from 1959 to 1998. Liquid therapy. The data includes all patient follow-up information, sufficient to infer conclusions about pre-/post-treatment (usually > 6 months). 25 patients met this assessment criteria. The annual range ranges from several weeks to more than 5 years old. Most patients have many unsuccessful attempts to improve the effects of GERD. Disease -47- 1309168 —---- V. INSTRUCTIONS (46) There have been many trials of various drugs. The main researcher reviews all the charts for consistency in data collection. When the data obtained from the university chart is insufficient, the follow-up data is attempted to review the chart at the local care physician's office. If you still can't get the data review, try to get in touch with the family for the follow-up data. If the data is still not available, these patients are considered unavoidable. Review the patient chart in detail. Data notes are the date of treatment initiation, the date of treatment termination, and any reason for termination of response to treatment. As with any other medical condition, the patient's ethnic statistics are also recorded. Medical diseases are roughly divided into those associated with or worsening GERD and those who do not associate with or worsen GERD. Review the patient chart to demonstrate response to treatment. Since this is a large number of references, retrospective review of symptomatic quantification based on scoring, office visits, and ED visits is difficult. Therefore, the applicant reviews the chart to demonstrate all changes in the patient's symptoms. Review and document any data that points to improvement, decline, or lack of change. Results All 3 3 pediatric patients were identified as having the above suspension in Un i v e r s i t y 〇 f Mi s sour i-Col umbi a. Nine of the 33 patients were excluded from the study, all of which were insufficient due to the onset, duration, or outcome of treatment with PPI. So 24 patients with enough data left to draw conclusions. Of the remaining 24 patients, 18 were male and 6 were female. Completion -48- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (47) The age range for PPI treatment ranges from two weeks to nine years. The median age of treatment initiation was 26 · 5 months [average of 37 months]. In the early stages, reflux is usually confirmed by endoscopic proof and pH probe. Finally, usually at another surgery (most often T-tube or adenoid proliferative resection), the PH probe is discarded and the endoscope is the only way to demonstrate reflow. Seven patients had a pH probe with GERD confirming that '18 endpoints with reflux endoscopy confirmed (including all 8 positions for pH probes) (see Figures 5 and 6). It is most common to diagnose reflux in an endoscope with a round petrochemical wall, a laryngeal and a pharyngeal petrochemical as found in some patients. Six patients did not have the pH of GERD and no endoscopy, but only in the PPI treatment based on symptoms. Past medical records were confirmed in each chart. Ten patients had a diagnosis associated with reflux. These are most commonly stroke, precocious and Pierre Robin sequences. Other diagnoses are Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease' Velocardiofacial syndrome, Down syndrome, and De George, s syndrome . Non-reflow medical records were also confirmed and recorded separately (see Table 2 below). Patients are usually referred from local family practice clinics, pediatricians, or other professional pediatric health care referral patients. Most patients are related to ENT. The above respiratory problems, sinusitis, or periodic/chronic otitis media, as reported by the care physician at the grassroots level, are resistant to medical treatment. Recording and scoring are most commonly seen in the symptoms and symptoms of three patients. All symptoms and symptoms are divided into 6 main types: (I) nasal; (2) ear; (3) respiratory tract; (4) gastrointestinal tract; (5) -49- 1309168 5. Description of invention (48) sleep related; (6) Others. The most common problems fall into one or all of the first three types (see Table 1 below). Most patients have in the past experienced medical treatment with antibodies, steroids, asthma medications, and other diagnostically appropriate forms of treatment. In addition, nine patients have had reflux therapy in the past, most commonly in the form of traditional treatments, such as an increase in bedside 30. Avoid evening snacks, avoid caffeine dips and cisapride and ranitidine (see Figure 7). The proton pump inhibitor suspension used in this group of patients was a Choco-Base suspension of moxapril or omepril. The administration was very consistent and the patient received 10 or 20 mg of omeprazole and 23 rag of blue spiropril. Initially, when treated in April 1996, 10 mg of omeprazole was first used. During this initial period, 3 patients initially received 10 mg of omeprazole daily. The subsequent 3 were all added to 20 mg of omeprazole or 23 mg of blue drusopyrazole per day. The remaining patients were treated with 20 mg of omeprazole or 23 mg of lansoprazole, except for one case using 30 mg of lansoprazole. The patient is instructed to take their dose once a day. Most of the cases are better at night. The suspension was completely filtered through the University of Missouri Pharmacy at Green Meadows. This allows you to track usage by re-arming data. Most patients responded more favorably and tolerated once a day to dose the Choco_ Ba s e proton pump inhibitor suspension. Two patients have demonstrated adverse effects -50 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (49) Relevant to the use of PPI suspension. The mother of one patient described increased snoring and dyspepsia, which was thought to be associated with treatment failure. A small amount of blood stool is described according to the mother of another patient. The patient's stool has not been tested because the treatment interruption immediately eliminates the bloody stool without further sequelae. The other 23 patients had no evidence of adverse effects. Patients were classified according to clinical records review and chart review as: (1) improved; (2) unchanged; (3) failed: and (4) uncertain. Twenty-four patients had sufficient data to follow through, and 18 showed an improvement in symptoms with PPI treatment [72%]. The 7 unresponsive 7 were analyzed and classified. Three of them showed no change in symptoms and clinical outcomes during treatment, one complained that the symptoms worsened during treatment, one patient's treatment was surgical prevention, and two patients stopped treatment after the start (see Figure 8). Regardless of the case where the treatment was stopped before the conclusion was reached and the case where PPI treatment was purely a motive for prevention, the remaining (17/21) 81% of the patients responded to the Choco-Base suspension. This means that 19% (4/21) of patients did not receive significant benefit from PPI treatment. Only 4% of all patients complained of worsening symptoms and 4% (1/21) had side effects and mild bloody stools were completely resolved once treatment was discontinued. Discussion GERD is quite common in pediatric populations, affecting almost 50% of newborns. Even though most babies no longer have physiological reflux after they grow up, morbid regurgitation still affects about 5% of children in childhood. Recent important data point to reflux as a cause of disease outside the esophagus. GERD has been attributed to Baoyan, dental caries, otitis, asthma, apnea, arousal, pneumonia, bronchitis, -51 - 1309168, invention instructions (5〇) and coughing. Regardless of the common nature of reflux, it seems that there is little improvement in the treatment of reflux, especially in non-surgical situations. Therapeutic criteria for the treatment of GERD in the pediatric population have progressed from traditional treatment to the treatment of pro-kinetic agents and H-2 inhibitors. However, many patients fail in this treatment plan and become waiters for surgery. In adults, PPI is effective in 90% of patients treated with gastric and esophageal reflux. As a medical alternative to H-2 blockers, proton pump inhibitors have not been widely studied in pediatric populations. Part of the reason for the lack of this data may be related to the lack of proper dosage formula for such young populations, mainly under 2 years of age, who are unable to swallow capsules or lozenges. It is desirable to have a suitable liquid formulation (solution or suspension) with good palatability, such as antibiotics, decongestants, antihistamines, H-2* blockers, cisapride, and Metoprolap. Metoclopramide and the like. The use of moxapril fines (removed from gelatin capsules) and sprinkled on applesauce has been approved by the Food and Drug Administration as an alternative to the drug administration to adults (non-adoptable children). The published data lacks the efficacy of the blue-spirol prednisolone method in children. It has been investigated that omeprazole is highly entangled in adult organisms and can produce omeprezazole blood stasis compared to standard capsules. Once again, it is impossible to obtain data on the use of omeprazole. Another disadvantage of omeprazole is that it tastes like quinine. Even if it is suspended in juice, applesauce, etc., once it is chewed to a fine grain, the natural bitterness of the drug can be easily felt. For this reason, the applicant finally developed the use of blue botoprazole in Choco-Base. Topiprazole and ribiprazole can only be obtained by intestine-coated tablets -52 - ^09168 5. Inventive Note (51). Currently, no proton pump inhibitors have been approved for use in pediatrics in the United States. Because of some debates, how many appropriate doses are needed for this group of patients. A recent review by Israel D. et al. suggests that the effective PPI dose should be higher than the originally published dose, ie from 0.7 mg/kg to 2 or 3 mg/kg of omepril. Since no toxicity of PPIs was observed even with >50 mg/kg, little risk was shown to be associated with higher doses. Based on the findings of the University of Mi ssouri, the applicants developed a simple fixed-dose course of 10 ral Choco-Base suspension per day. This 1 〇 ml dose provides 20 mg of omeprazole or 23 mg of lansoprazole. For IC U settings, U niversity 〇f M iss 〇uri - C ο 1 umbia has used unflavored PPI suspension in a variety of different tubes (nasal tube, g-tube 'jejunal feeding tube, duodenal tube, etc.) per One day to prevent pressure ulcers. It seems only logical that if this treatment can be made into a palatable dosage form, then there are many desirable pharmaceutical properties for the pediatric population. First, it must be liquid, so it can be administered at an earlier age. Second, creating a taste can help reduce disobedience. Third, it can be provided once a day, which can also help reduce the situation of disobedience. In the midst of the applicant's discovery, the drug can be standardized, and the complexity of the drug is almost eliminated.
Cho c 〇 - Ba s e爲一產品可保護酸不穩定性藥物(例如質子 幫浦抑制劑)免於酸降解。最先給予Choco-Base處方之少 許患有回流的小兒科病患是患病較重的病人。他們已優先 治療並經pH探針及內視鏡診斷。在最早幾個月中,申請 人每天處以10 mg歐米普瑞唑(1 mg/kg),發現些許不起 53 - 1309168 五、發明說明(52) 作用之情形,並立即增加劑量至20 rag歐米普瑞唑 (2 ra g / k g )。約於硏究途中’申請人開始利用每天經口處 以23 mg之藍梭普瑞唑。於是申請人的標準治療爲每天一 次20 mg歐米普瑞哩或23 mg藍梭普瑞哩。多出的3 mg 藍梭普瑞唑僅因最終濃度爲2.25 tng/ml,且申請人希望保 持投藥的簡易,故使用10 ml懸浮液。 經處理之病人代表第三期照護中心之族群,原本就患病 較重且對過去的醫療具有抗性。全部72%成功率稍微低於 PPIs於成人族群之90%成功率,但此可歸因於他們患疾病 的難以治療之本性,大部分爲先前之非PPI治療失敗。本 硏究之族群不代表一般實行之族群。 結論 PPI治療爲小兒科族群中回流相關症狀治療之有益的醫 療選擇。該治療每曰一次投藥及標準投藥流程組合與適口 配方,使其成爲一理想的藥劑。 表1 症狀 病人人數 鼻: 35 竇炎 7 充血 8 鼻排出物 16 其他 4 耳: 26 -54- 1309168 五、發明說明(53) 中耳炎 17 耳漏 9 呼吸道·‘ 34 咳嗽 10 喘鳴 11 呼吸道病痛·‘ 5 肺炎 2 其他 6 胃腸道: 10 腹痛 1 回流/樞吐 4 其他 4 睡眠障礙: 11 其他 2 表2 回流關聯性: 12 早熟 5 皮爾羅賓(Pierre-Robin) 2 腦中風 2 道氏症候群(Down syndrome) 1 夏柯-馬利-土氏症(Charcot- 1 Marie-Tooth disease) -55 -Cho c 〇 - Ba s e is a product that protects acid labile drugs (such as proton pump inhibitors) from acid degradation. The first pediatric patients who were given a Choco-Base prescription with reflux were the more ill patients. They have been treated with priority and diagnosed with pH probes and endoscopy. In the first few months, the applicant was given 10 mg of omeprazole (1 mg/kg) every day, and found that it could not afford 53 - 1309168 5. The effect of the invention (52), and immediately increased the dose to 20 rag Omega. Prezol (2 ra g / kg ). On the way to research, the applicant began to use 23 mg of blue drusopyrazole every day. The standard treatment for the applicant is then 20 mg of omegapril or 23 mg of lansopril once daily. The extra 3 mg of thuridine was only used at a final concentration of 2.25 tng/ml, and the applicant wanted to keep the administration simple, so 10 ml of suspension was used. The treated patients represent the ethnic group of the third care center, which was originally sick and resistant to past medical care. The overall 72% success rate is slightly lower than the 90% success rate of PPIs in the adult population, but this can be attributed to their intractable nature of the disease, mostly due to previous non-PPI treatment failure. The ethnic group of this study does not represent the ethnic group that is generally practiced. Conclusion PPI therapy is a beneficial medical option for the treatment of reflux-related symptoms in pediatric populations. This treatment combines a single administration and a standard dosing process with a palatable formula, making it an ideal agent. Table 1 Symptoms Number of patients Nasal: 35 Sinusitis 7 Congestion 8 Nasal discharge 16 Others 4 Ears: 26 -54- 1309168 V. Invention description (53) Otitis media 17 Otorrhea 9 Respiratory tract · ' 34 Cough 10 Wheezing 11 Respiratory pain · ' 5 Pneumonia 2 Other 6 Gastrointestinal tract: 10 Abdominal pain 1 Reflow / pivotation 4 Other 4 Sleep disorders: 11 Other 2 Table 2 Reflux correlation: 12 Early maturing 5 Pierre-Robin 2 Brain stroke 2 Dow syndrome (Down syndrome 1 Charcot-1 Marie-Tooth disease -55 -
1309168 五、發明說明(54) 凡樂心面症候群 1 (Velocardiofacial syndrome ) 其他病歷 12 裂顎畸形 3 氣喘 3 孤獨癖 2 猝發症 1 糖尿病 1 ' 聲門下狹窄 1 氣管造口關聯性 1 Choco-Base產品如下配方 1 配方1 A部分成分 數量(mg) 歐米普瑞唑 200 蔗糖 26000 碳酸氫鈉 9400 可可粉 1800 玉米糖漿固體 6000 酪蛋白酸鈉 1000 大豆卵磷脂 150 氯化鈉 35 磷酸三鈣 20 -56 -1309168 V. Description of invention (54) Verocardiofacial syndrome 1 Other medical records 12 颚 颚 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Formulation 1 Formulation 1 Part A Component Quantity (mg) Omniprezol 200 Sucrose 26000 Sodium Bicarbonate 9400 Cocoa Powder 1800 Corn Syrup Solid 6000 Sodium Caseinate 1000 Soy Lecithin 150 Sodium Chloride 35 Tricalcium Phosphate 20 -56 -
1309168 五、發明說明(π) 磷酸二鉀 12 二氧化矽 5 硬脂醯乳酸鈉 5 B部分成分 數量(ml) 蒸餾水 100 合成操作指南 添加B部分到A部分以產生全 部體積約130 ml含有歐米普瑞唑 濃度約1 .5 mg/ml 配方2 A部分成分(mg) 數量(mg) 蔗糖 26000 可可粉 1800 玉米糖漿固體 6000 酪蛋白酸鈉 1000 大豆卵磷脂 150 氯化鈉 35 磷酸三鈣 20 磷酸二鉀 12 二氧化矽 51309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (π) Dipotassium Phosphate 12 Ceria 5 Sodium Stearate Sodium Lactate 5 Part B Quantity (ml) Distilled Water 100 Synthesis Procedure Guide Add Part B to Part A to produce a total volume of about 130 ml containing omepruri The concentration of azole is about 1.5 mg/ml. Formulation 2 Part A (mg) Quantity (mg) Sucrose 26000 Cocoa powder 1800 Corn syrup solid 6000 Sodium caseinate 1000 Soy lecithin 150 Sodium chloride 35 Tricalcium phosphate 20 Dipotassium phosphate 12 cerium oxide 5
-57 - 1309168 五、發明說明(56) 硬脂醯乳酸鈉 5 B部分成分 數量 蒸餾水 100 ml 碳酸氫鈉 8400 mg 歐米普瑞唑 200 mg 合成操作指南 徹底混合B部分之組成分,然 後添加到A部分。得到全部體 積約130 ml含有歐米普瑞唑濃 度約 1 . 5 mg/ml-57 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (56) Stearic acid sodium lactate 5 B Partial quantity Distilled water 100 ml Sodium bicarbonate 8400 mg Omeprazole 200 mg Synthetic operation guide Thoroughly mix the components of Part B and then add to Part A . A total volume of about 130 ml was obtained containing a concentration of omeprazole of about 1.5 mg/ml.
配方3 A部分成分(mg ) 數量(mg) 蔗糖 26000 碳酸氫鈉 9400 可可粉 1800 玉米糖漿固體 6000 酪蛋白酸鈉 1000 大豆卵磷脂 150 氯化鈉 35 磷酸三鈣 20 -58 - 1309168 五、發明說明(57) 磷酸二鉀 12 二氧化矽 5 硬脂醯乳酸鈉 5 B部分成分 數量 蒸餾水 100 ml 歐米普瑞唑 200 mg 合成操作指南 此配方在使用時由藥師復原。 首先混合B部分,然後均勻的 與A部分的組成分混合。最終 產生體積約130 ml含有歐米普 瑞唑濃度約1.5 mg/mlFormulation 3 Part A (mg) Quantity (mg) Sucrose 26000 Sodium bicarbonate 9400 Cocoa powder 1800 Corn syrup solid 6000 Sodium caseinate 1000 Soy lecithin 150 Sodium chloride 35 Tricalcium phosphate 20 -58 - 1309168 V. Description of invention (57) Dipotassium Phosphate 12 Ceria 5 Stearic Acid Sodium Lactate 5 Part B Quantity Distilled Water 100 ml Omeprazole 200 mg Synthetic Procedures This formula is reconstituted by the pharmacist during use. Mix Part B first, then mix it evenly with the component of Part A. The final production volume is about 130 ml and contains omeprazole at a concentration of about 1.5 mg/ml.
配方4 A部分成分(mg) 數量(mg) 蔗糖 26000 可可粉 1800 玉米糖漿固體 6000 酪蛋白酸鈉 1000 大豆卵磷脂 150 氯化鈉 35Formulation 4 Part A (mg) Quantity (mg) Sucrose 26000 Cocoa Powder 1800 Corn Syrup Solid 6000 Sodium Caseinate 1000 Soy Lecithin 150 Sodium Chloride 35
-59- l3〇9l68 、發明說明(58 ) <磷酸三鈣 20 ^磷酸二鉀 12 \二氧化矽 5 ^硬脂醯乳酸鈉 5 < B部分成分 數量 <蒸飽水 100 ml <碳酸氫鈉 8400 mg <歐米普瑞唑 200 rag — <合成操作指南 此配方在使用時由藥師復原。 首先混合B部分,然後均勻的 與A部分的組成分混合。最終 產生體積約130 ml含有歐米普 <瑞唑濃度約I .5 mg/ml 全部四種上述配方中,可以相當效力量之藍梭普瑞唑或 其他PPI取代歐米普瑞唑。例如可以3 00 mg藍梭普瑞唑 取代200 rag歐米普瑞唑。此外,可以阿斯巴甜取代蔗糖 ’以及下列其他成分可運用作爲載劑、佐劑及賦形劑:麥 芽糊精、香草、角叉菜、單或雙甘油酯、以及乳酸單甘油 酯。熟習該技藝者將瞭解並非需要全部成分才能產生安全 且有效之Choc〇-Base配方。 -60 - 1309168 五、發明說明(59) 歐米普瑞唑粉末或腸塗覆細粒可用於每一配方。若使用 腸塗覆細粒,則塗覆可於合成過程中經水溶液稀釋劑溶解 或經硏製作用去活化。 此外申請人使用pH測量器(Fisher Scientific)於一成 人病患人分析瑞比普瑞哩C h 〇 c 〇 - B a s e配方相較於單獨瑞 比普瑞唑對胃部pH之影響。先給予該病人藍梭普瑞唑之 30 mg 口服膨囊(Prevacid®),然後在投藥後0,4,8,12 及1 6小時測量病人胃部pH。結果舉例說明於第4圖。 ChocoBase產品是根據上述配方1合成,除以300 mg藍 梭普瑞唑取代瑞比普瑞唑之外。在投與單單瑞比普瑞唑後 18小時,口服頭與30 mg劑量之藍梭普瑞唑Choco-Base 。在投與單單瑞比普瑞唑劑量18,19,24,28,32,36, 40,48,52及56小時後,使用pH測量器測量胃部pH。 第4圖舉例說明藍梭普瑞唑/可可粉之組合在19-56小 時,相較於單獨瑞比普瑞唑在4-18小時造成較高pH。因 此,藍梭普瑞唑與巧克力之組合可增強藍梭普瑞唑的藥理 活性。可能由於胃激素之釋放,結果證實碳酸氫鈉以及巧 克力與鈣皆可刺激質子幫浦的活化。質子幫浦抑制劑是經 由功能性抑制質子幫浦以及有效阻斷被活化的質子幫浦來 作用(主要爲嵌入分泌小管膜者)。經由進一步投與質子幫 浦抑制劑與一活化子或增強子,使得質子幫浦的活化與吸 收及隨後胃膜壁細胞集中質子幫浦抑制同步化。如第4圖 之舉例說明,此組合比單單投與質子幫浦抑制劑時’造成 -61- 1309168 五、發明說明(6〇 ) 更長期之藥理功效。 實施例V T 組合錠劑運扶藥九與定時釋放劑量__之_££1 使用已知方法經由形成1 0 mg歐米普瑞唑粉末混與 7 50 mg碳酸氫鈉之內核心,以及10 mg歐米普瑞唑腸塗覆 細粒混與已知之結合劑及賦形劑的外核心來合成錠劑。攝 取整個錠劑後,錠劑溶解且內核心分散於胃部’經吸收產 生立即的治療功效。腸塗覆細粒則稍後在十二指腸被吸收 以於後來的投藥循環中提供症狀的減輕。此錠劑特別可用 於病人遭受介於傳統投藥間(例如睡覺時或早晨時刻)之突 破性胃炎。 實施例VIT 治療件應用 病人若符合下列準則,則爲可評估的:具有兩項或多項 SRMD的危險因子(機械性給予氧氣、頭部受傷、嚴重燒傷 、敗血症、多處創傷、成人呼吸道病痛症候_、重大手術 、急性腎衰竭、多項操作過程、凝血病、顯著高血壓、酸 鹼失調、及肝衰竭)’參加硏究前的胃部pH尨4,以及沒有 共同預防法於SRMD。 歐米普瑞唑溶液製備自經由混合1 〇 m 1之8.4%碳酸氫鈉 與內含歐米普瑞唑之20 mg膠囊(Merck & Co. Inc., West Point,PA)以產生具有終濃度2 mg/m丨之歐米普瑞 唑溶液。 -62 - 1309168 五、發明說明(61) 鼻胃管置於病人體內及經緩衝之40 mg歐米普瑞唑溶液 (2 mg歐米普瑞唑/1 ml NaHC03-8_4%)的歐米普瑞唑服法 規則,每天於8小時內40 m g相同之經緩衝歐米普瑞π坐溶 液’然後20 rag相同之經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液,達5天。 每次投與歐米普瑞唑溶液之後,停止鼻胃的抽吸動作30 分鐘。 11位病人可評估。全部病人經機械性給予氧氣。開始投 藥40 mg經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液後2小時,全部病人增加 胃部pH至大於8如第1圖所示。投與20 mg歐米普瑞唑 溶液時,11位病人中有1 0位維持胃部pH大於或等於4。 1位病人每天需要40 mg歐米普瑞唑溶液(閉合性頭傷,共 5項SRMD危險因子)。2位病人在接受傳統靜脈內H2-拮抗 劑時進展爲臨床上明顯上胃腸道出血之後,改爲歐米普瑞 唑溶液。兩案例在24小時之後皆平息出血情形。臨床上 明顯上胃腸道出血未發生在其他9位病人。整體死亡率爲 27%,歸因於上胃腸道出血的死亡率爲0%。開始歐米普瑞 唑治療之後,1位病人發展爲肺炎,以及隨著開始歐米普 瑞唑治療出現在另一位病人。預防作用的平均長度爲5天 〇 醫藥經濟之分析顯現差異於SRMD預防的全部照料成本 〇 芮尼太丁(Zantac®)持續靜脈內注入液(150 mg/24小時 )x5天爲美金125.50元; -63 - 1309168 五、發明說明(62) 賽門太丁(Tagamet®)持續靜脈內注入液(9050 mg/24小 時)x5天爲美金109.61元; 硫糖鋁1 g泥狀物一天四次於每一鼻胃管X5天爲美金 7 3 . 0 0元;以及 經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液之療程每一鼻胃管x5天爲美金 65.70 元。 此實施例根據增加胃部pH、經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液的安 全性及成本,舉例說明本發明之經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液在 作爲預防SRMD方法之功效。 實施例VIII 在pH之影響 進行實驗以測定歐米普瑞唑溶液投與(2 mg歐米普瑞唑 /1 ml NaHC03-8.4%)對於透過鼻胃管之後續pH測量正確 性之影響。 製備全部40 mg經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液之後,以實施例 VII之方法,通常透過鼻胃(ng)管投與劑量到胃。收集來 自9個不同單位的鼻胃管以進行評估。根據USP製備人工 胃液(gf)。使用 Microcomputer Portable pH meter 型 6007(Jenco Electronicx Ltd.,Taipei, Taiwan)進行二 次pH記錄。 第一,鼻胃管的最末部分(tp)置入含有胃液之玻璃燒杯 內。透過每一管子吸出5 ml整份之胃液並記錄pH:此稱 爲“前歐米普瑞唑溶液/懸浮液測量(Pre_omePrazole -64 - 1309168 五、發明說明(63) solution/suspension measurement)” 。第一 ’每〜鼻胃 管的最末部分(tp)從含胃液之燒杯移除,並置入一空燒杯 內。透過每一鼻胃管運送20 mg歐米普瑞唑溶液,然後以 l〇ml自來水沖洗。每一鼻胃管的最末部分(tp)置回胃液 中。培育1小時之後,透過每一管子吸出5ml整份之胃 液並記錄pH;此稱爲“第一次投藥SOS [經簡化歐米普瑞 唑溶液]後測量”。第三,經過另一小時後,重覆第二步 驟;此稱爲“第二次投藥SOS [經簡化歐米普瑞唑溶液]後 測量”。除前歐米普瑞唑溶液測量之外,第二及第三步驟 之後檢驗胃液pH三次。在pH測量中,+/-0.3單位之變化 視爲有意義。使用F r i e d m a η測試比較結果。f r丨e d m a n測 試爲變異數的二方分析,用於超過兩個相關樣本有影響時 ,如同於重覆測量。 這些實驗結果槪述於表3。 _____ 表 3 ngl ng2 ng3 ng4 ng5 ng6 ng7 ng8 ng9 [l]gf Pre SOS 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 [2]gf p 1st投藥 1.3—檢驗 gf pH 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 [3]gf p 2nd投藥 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.3-59- l3〇9l68 , invention description (58 ) <tricalcium phosphate 20 ^dipotassium phosphate 12 \2 cerium oxide 5 ^ stearin sodium lactate 5 < part B component quantity <saturated water 100 ml <carbonic acid Sodium Hydroxide 8400 mg <Omeprezol 200 rag — <Synthesis Instructions This formulation is reconstituted by the pharmacist when in use. Mix Part B first, then mix it evenly with the component of Part A. The final production volume of about 130 ml contains Omega <Reazole concentration of about 1.5 mg / ml. In all four of the above formulations, omeprazole can be replaced by a considerable amount of moxapril or other PPI. For example, 300 rag omeprazole can be replaced by 300 mg of moxaprilazole. In addition, aspartame can be substituted for sucrose and the following other ingredients can be used as carriers, adjuvants and excipients: maltodextrin, vanilla, carrageenan, mono or diglycerides, and lactic acid monoglyceride. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that not all ingredients are required to produce a safe and effective Choc(R)-Base formulation. -60 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (59) Omniprezazole powder or intestinal coated fine particles can be used in each formulation. If the intestinal coated fine particles are used, the coating may be dissolved by aqueous solution diluent during the synthesis or by deuteration. In addition, the Applicant used a pH meter (Fisher Scientific) to analyze the effect of Ribuprid® C h 〇 c 〇 - B a s e formulation on gastric pH in a single patient compared to ribiprazole alone. The patient was given a 30 mg oral sac (Prevacid®), which was then measured at 0, 4, 8, 12 and 16 hours after administration. The results are illustrated in Figure 4. The ChocoBase product was synthesized according to Formulation 1 above, divided by 300 mg of dantrolazole to replace ribiprazole. 18 hours after the administration of ribopridazole alone, oral head and 30 mg dose of Chrysosporide Choco-Base. After administration of a single ribiprazole dose of 18, 19, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 48, 52 and 56 hours, the pH of the stomach was measured using a pH meter. Figure 4 illustrates that the combination of the blue psoprezazole/cocoa powder resulted in a higher pH at 19-56 hours compared to ribiprazole alone for 4-18 hours. Therefore, the combination of blue botoprez and chocolate enhances the pharmacological activity of blue prepizole. Probably due to the release of stomach hormones, it was confirmed that sodium bicarbonate, as well as chocolate and calcium, can stimulate the activation of the proton pump. Proton pump inhibitors act by functionally inhibiting the proton pump and effectively blocking the activated proton pump (mainly embedded in the secretory tubule). Further activation of the proton pump activation and absorption and subsequent suppression of concentrated proton pump inhibition by the gastric wall cells is achieved by further administration of a proton pump inhibitor with an activator or enhancer. As exemplified in Fig. 4, this combination has a longer-term pharmacological effect than when a proton pump inhibitor is administered alone, resulting in a -61- 1309168 V. invention description (6〇). EXAMPLES VT Combination Lozenges Convenient Drugs and Timed Release Dose ___££1 Using a known method to form a core of 7 50 mg sodium bicarbonate via 10 mg of omeprazole powder, and 10 mg The omeprazole enteric coated fines are mixed with the outer core of known binders and excipients to synthesize the tablets. After the entire tablet is taken, the tablet dissolves and the inner core is dispersed in the stomach' absorbed to produce immediate therapeutic efficacy. The intestinal coated fine particles are later absorbed in the duodenum to provide relief of symptoms in subsequent administration cycles. This lozenge is particularly useful for patients suffering from sudden gastritis between traditional administrations (e.g., when sleeping or at morning). Example VIT Therapeutic application patients are evaluable if they meet the following criteria: risk factors with two or more SRMDs (mechanical administration of oxygen, head injuries, severe burns, sepsis, multiple traumas, adult respiratory ailments) _, major surgery, acute renal failure, multiple procedures, coagulopathy, significant hypertension, acid-base disorders, and liver failure) 'Participate pH before the study of pH 尨 4, and no joint prevention method for SRMD. The omeprazole solution was prepared by mixing 1 〇m 1 of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate with 20 mg of omeprazole (Merck & Co. Inc., West Point, PA) to give a final concentration of 2 Omegaprezazole solution of mg/m丨. -62 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (61) Omeprexazole in a patient's body and buffered 40 mg of omeprazole solution (2 mg of omeprazole / 1 ml of NaHC03-8_4%) The rule is that 40 mg of the same buffered omegapurine π sitting solution is then taken in 8 hours per day and then 20 rag of the same buffered omegaprezazole solution for 5 days. After each administration of the omeprazole solution, the nasal aspiration was stopped for 30 minutes. 11 patients were evaluable. All patients were given oxygen by mechanical means. Two hours after the start of administration of 40 mg of buffered omegaprezazole solution, all patients increased the pH of the stomach to greater than 8 as shown in Figure 1. When 20 mg of omeprazole solution was administered, 10 of 11 patients maintained a gastric pH greater than or equal to 4. One patient required 40 mg of omeprazole solution (closed head injury for a total of 5 SRMD risk factors) per day. Two patients changed to a clinically apparent upper gastrointestinal bleeding after receiving a conventional intravenous H2-antagonist, and were changed to the omeprazole solution. Both cases calmed the bleeding after 24 hours. Clinically, upper gastrointestinal bleeding did not occur in the other 9 patients. The overall mortality rate was 27%, and the mortality rate due to upper gastrointestinal bleeding was 0%. After the start of omeprazole, one patient developed pneumonia and appeared in another patient with the start of omeprazole. The average length of the preventive effect is 5 days. The analysis of the medical economy shows that the total cost of care for SRMD prevention is different from that of Zantac® continuous intravenous infusion (150 mg/24 hours) x 5 days for US$125.50; -63 - 1309168 V. Description of invention (62) Tagamet® continuous intravenous infusion (9050 mg/24 hours) x5 days for US$109.61; Sucralfate 1 g for four times a day Each nasogastric tube is US$73.0 for X5 days; and the treatment of buffered omeprazole solution is US$65.70 for each nasogastric tube x5 days. This example illustrates the efficacy of the buffered omeprazole solution of the present invention as a method of preventing SRMD based on increasing gastric pH, safety of buffered omeprazole solution, and cost. Example VIII Effect on pH An experiment was conducted to determine the effect of administration of omeprazole solution (2 mg of omeprazole / 1 ml of NaHC03-8.4%) on the correctness of subsequent pH measurements through the nasogastric tube. After preparing all 40 mg of the buffered omeprazole solution, the dose was administered to the stomach, usually through a nasogastric (ng) tube, by the method of Example VII. Nasogastric tubes from 9 different units were collected for evaluation. Artificial gastric juice (gf) was prepared according to USP. Two pH recordings were performed using a Microcomputer Portable pH meter type 6007 (Jenco Electronicx Ltd., Taipei, Taiwan). First, the last part (tp) of the nasogastric tube is placed in a glass beaker containing gastric juice. Aspirate 5 ml of whole gastric juice through each tube and record the pH: this is called "pre-omeprazole -64 - 1309168, (63) solution/suspension measurement". The first portion (tp) of each of the nasogastric tubes is removed from the beaker containing the gastric juice and placed in an empty beaker. Transfer 20 mg of omeprazole solution through each nasogastric tube and rinse with l〇ml of tap water. The last part of each nasogastric tube (tp) is returned to the gastric juice. After 1 hour of incubation, 5 ml of the whole gastric juice was aspirated through each tube and the pH was recorded; this was called "measured after the first administration of SOS [simplified omeprazole solution]". Third, after another hour, repeat the second step; this is called “measure after the second administration of SOS [simplified omeprazole solution]”. In addition to the pre-omeprazole solution measurement, the gastric juice pH was tested three times after the second and third steps. In the pH measurement, a change of +/- 0.3 units is considered meaningful. The comparison results were tested using F r i e d m a η. The f r丨e d m a n test is a two-way analysis of the variance, used when more than two related samples have an effect, as in repeated measurements. The results of these experiments are summarized in Table 3. _____ Table 3 ngl ng2 ng3 ng4 ng5 ng6 ng7 ng8 ng9 [l]gf Pre SOS 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 [2] gf p 1st administration 1.3 - test gf pH 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 [3 ]gf p 2nd administration 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.3
1.3—撿驗 gf pH --- - SOS nH^Q·〇 -65- 1309168 五、發明說明(64) 表3舉例說明實驗過程期間進行PH測量之結果。這些 結果闡明歐米普瑞唑溶液投與對於透過相同鼻胃管所得後 續pH測量之正確性,無統計意義之潛在影響。 實施例了 X 經_顧衝歐米普瑞唑溶液於給予氬氣病人之功效 進行實驗以測定經緩衝歐米普瑞唑溶液於機械給予氧氣 之病情危急病人(具有至少一項壓力關聯性黏膜受損附加 因子)之功效,安全性及成本。 &A : 75位成人,係爲機械給予氧氣之病人,具有至少 一項壓力關聯性胃黏膜受損附加因子。 介入:每日剛開始病人接受2 0 m 1歐米普瑞唑溶液(依 據實施例VII製備且含有40 mg歐米普瑞唑),6-8小時之 後第二次給藥20 ml,然後10 1»1( 20 mg)。根據本發明之 歐米普瑞哩溶液是透過鼻胃管投與,隨後給予5-10 ml自 來水。每次投與後1至2小時後鉗住鼻胃管。 涸1量及主要結果:最初的結果測量爲臨床上明顯的胃腸 道出血,其測定係經由內視鏡評估、鼻胃管抽吸檢驗、或 無法以灌洗淸除且於血球容積計減少5%有關之血質-陽性 咖啡底材物質。第二次功效測量爲第一次投與歐米普瑞唑 後4小時測量之胃部pH、開始投與歐米普瑞唑之後測量的 平均胃部pH、以及歐米普瑞唑治療期間測量之最低胃部 pH。安全性相關結果包括有害情形的發生率及肺炎的發生 率。於接受歐米普瑞唑懸浮液之後,沒有病人遭遇臨床上 -66 - 1309168 五、發明說明(65) 明顯上胃腸道出血。歐米普瑞唑之後4小時的胃部pH爲 7.1(平均),開始歐米普瑞唑後之平均胃部1)}1爲6.8(平均) ’以及開始歐米普瑞唑後之最低pH爲5 . 6 (平均)。肺炎的 發生率爲1 2%。於此高危險群中沒有病人遭受有害情形或 歸因於歐米普瑞唑的藥物交互作用。 篮ϋ_:歐米普瑞唑溶液防止臨床上明顯上胃腸道出血, 以及在機械給予氧氣病危照顧之病人維持胃部pH大於5.5 且不產生毒性。 材料及方法: 硏究法則係經位在Columbia之Institutional Review Board for the University of Missouri 批准。 硏究族群:進入 Un i ve r s i t y o f Mi s s ou r i Hos p i t a 1 手 術加護病房及燒傷單位,具有完整胃,於適當處置一鼻胃 管,以及進入加護病房至少48小時之所有成人病患(>18 歲)皆列入本硏究之考慮對象。欲包含於本發明之病人亦 須胃部pH<4,經機械性給予氧氣,以及具有一項開始歐米 普瑞唑懸浮液之後最少24小時之下列附加危險因子:淸 醒程度改變之頭傷,大範圍燒傷(>20%體表面積),急性腎 衰竭,酸鹼失調,多處創傷,凝血病,多項操作過程,昏 迷,低血壓超過1小時,或敗血症(參閱第4圖)。敗血症 定義爲存在侵略性致病生物或其毒素於血液或組織導致全 身性反應,包括下列之兩項或多項:溫度高於3 8°C或低於 36t,心率大於90跳/分鐘,呼吸率大於20呼吸次/分鐘 -67- 1309168 五、發明說明(66) (或p〇2少於75 mniHg),以及白血球細胞計數大於12,000 或少於4,000細胞/_3或超過10%群(Bone,Let’s Agree on Terminology: Definitions of Sepsis, CRIT. Care Med.,1 9:27( 1 991 ))。也包括H2-拮抗劑治療失敗或接受 H2 -拮抗劑治療時經歷不良情況之病人。 若透過鼻胃管接受吖唑(azole)抗真菌劑,可能吞血(例 如臉部及/或竇骨折,口腔撕裂),具有嚴重血小板減少症 (例如血小板計數少於30,000細胞/mm3),透過鼻胃管接 受餵食,或具有迷走神經切除術、幽門造口術、或胃造口 術病歷之病人則排除於本硏究。此外,進入加護病房(沒 有預防)之後48小時胃部pH大於4之病人不適合參與。 非壓力關聯性黏膜受損〔例如經內視鏡證實之靜脈曲張性 出血或默利-魏司氏撕裂(Mallory-Weiss tears),口腔損 害,因置入鼻胃管引起之鼻撕裂〕而發展出中消化道內出 血之病人,不包括於有效評估並分類爲具有非壓力關聯性 胃黏膜出血。排除的原因爲非壓力關聯性黏膜出血於有效 相關結果(例如利用鼻胃吸出物檢視以界定臨床上顯著的 上胃腸道出血)之混淆影響。 硏究藥物投與:歐米普瑞唑溶液是在投與之前由病人的 護士利用下列指示立即製備:將一或兩個20 mg歐米普瑞 膠囊內容物倒入10 ml空針筒(具有20 口徑針頭),其中 活塞已移除。(歐米普瑞唑延遲釋放膠囊,Merck Co. Inc., West Point,PA);放回活塞並去除針頭蓋;收取 -68 - 1309168 五、 發明說明(67 ) 10 m 1 之8.4%碳酸氫鈉溶液(或20 ml於給予40 mg歐 米 普 瑞 唑 者)(Abbott Laboratories, North Chic ago , IL) 以 產 生 終濃度爲2 mg歐米普瑞唑於每m 1 8.4%碳 酸氫鈉 溶 液 » 並 使腸塗覆之歐米普瑞唑小九完全碎裂,約 30分鐘( 攪 動 有 所助益)。歐米普瑞唑於所得製備物爲部 分溶解 及 部分 懸 浮。製備物外觀應爲乳白色含有細微的沉 澱物, 且 投 與 之 前需搖動。此溶液不與酸性物質投與。進 行高壓 液 相 層 析 法硏究,證明該簡化之歐米普瑞唑懸浮液 製備物 在 室 溫 可 維持>99%效力達7天。此製備物貯存在室 溫時仍 舊 iffi y» 細 囷 及無真菌污染達30天(參閱表7)。 歐 米 普瑞唑溶液之初劑量爲40 mg,隨後6至 8小時 後 爲 第 二 次40 mg劑量,然後在上午8點投與每曰 20 rag 劑 量 〇 每 次投藥是透過鼻胃管投與。然後以5_10 η 11自來水 沖洗 鼻 胃管,並鉗住至少1小時。歐米普瑞唑治 療持續 至 不 再 需 要壓力性潰瘍之預防爲止(通常在鼻胃管 移除之 後 且 病 人 可由口攝取水/食物,或病人移除機械性 給予氧 之 後 ) 初 次 結果測量:本硏究中初次結果測量係爲以 內視鏡 證 明 之 壓 力關聯性黏膜出血、或5分鐘灌洗後未淸 除鼻胃 管 鮮 血 、 或持續 Gastroccult(SmithKline Diagnostic s, Sunnyv i 1 1 e , CA )陽性咖啡底材物質連續4小時而經灌洗( 至 少 100 ml)未淸除且於血球容積計造成5¾減少 ,所定 義 之 臨 床 上顯著之壓力關聯性黏膜出血率。 -69- 1309168 五、發明說明(⑽) 第二次結罢涮景:第二次功效測量爲投與歐米普瑞唑後 4小時測量之胃部PH、開始投與歐米普瑞唑之後測量的平 均胃部pH、以及歐米普瑞唑投與期間測量之最低胃部pH 。透過鼻胃管吸出胃部內容物後立即測量胃部pH。使用 pH 試紙(pHydr ion 經改良 pH 試紙,Microessential La t oratory, Brooklyn, NY)測量胃部吸出物pH。測試紙 條的pH範圍爲1至1 1,以一pH單位增加。歐米普瑞唑溶 液治療開始之前,每次即將投藥之前,以及投藥之間每4 小時測量胃部pH。 其他第二次結果測量爲不良情形(包括藥物交互作用)及 肺炎之發生率。記錄硏究期間產生之任何不良情形。使用 疾病預防及控制中心定義院內肺炎適用之指標定義肺炎 (Garner等人,1 988 )。根據這些標準,患有肺炎的病人是 指胸腔之身體檢查中叩診爲羅音(rales)或沉悶,或胸腔X 光片圖顯示新的或進行中之滲入物、堅實化、空洞形成、 或胸膜滲液,以及具有至少兩項下列情形:新的膿痰或痰 的特徵改變、從血液培養分離出生物體、發燒或白血球增 多、或明顯感染自防護性採樣刷或支氣管與肺泡灌洗。病 人符合肺炎標準以及接受抗微生物劑治療肺炎者,包括於 肺炎發生率計算中。投與硏究藥物之第一劑以決定歐米普 瑞唑懸浮液開始前是否出現肺炎之前,這些標準也被使用 作爲初始篩選。 昭顧之成本分析:對於使用歐米普瑞唑溶液於壓力性潰 -70 - 1309168 五、發明說明(69) 瘍之預防,進行醫藥經濟評估。評估包括全部藥物成本( 取得與投與),與不良情形相關聯之實際成本(例如精神錯 亂之精神病治療性諮商),與臨床上明顯上胃腸道出血相 關聯之成本。全部藥物成本之計算是將歐米普瑞唑20 mg 膠囊' 50 ml碳酸氫鈉藥瓶、以及10 ml含針頭針筒、照 料時間(藥物投與,pH偵測)、配藥時間(藥物製備)、以及 處置成本之平均慣用成本加起來。與臨床上明顯上胃腸道 出血相關聯之成本包括內視鏡費用及伴隨之諮詢費、停止 出血所需之步驟(例如手術、止血劑、內視鏡步驟)、增長 住院時間(由照料之醫師評斷)、以及用於治療胃腸道出血 藥劑之成本。 統計分析:使用配對t -試驗(二尾)比較投與歐米普瑞唑 溶液前後之胃部pH,並比較投與歐米普瑞唑溶液前之胃部 pH與開始歐米普瑞唑溶液後測量之平均及最低胃部pH値 結果 · 77位病人符合包括及排除標準並接受歐米普瑞唑溶液( 參閱第2圖)。兩位病人因未繼續歐米普瑞唑投與程序而 從有效評估排除。在一案例中,首次兩劑量投與之前歐米 普瑞唑腸塗覆藥九未完全碎裂,而造成對胃部pH不穩定 之影響。當給予病人一劑歐米普瑞唑溶液時,胃部pH盡 快增加至6以上(其中歐米普瑞唑之腸塗覆藥九已完全碎 裂)。 -71 - 1309168 五、發明說明(7〇) 第二項排除的理由爲投與歐米普瑞唑劑量之後未關掉鼻 胃抽吸作用。如此造成胃部pH的短暫影響。以後續的歐 米普瑞嗖劑量來關掉抽吸作用,並達到胃部pH的調控。 兩位病人被視爲效力失敗,因爲在標準歐米普瑞唑20 mg/ 天保持劑量上,歐米普瑞唑無法維持適當胃部pH之調控 。當歐米普瑞唑劑量增加至40 mg/天(40 mg —次/天或 2 0 mg二次/天)時,於兩位病人皆可維持胃部pH於4以上 。這兩位病人包含於安全及效力評估,包括胃部pH分析 。宣告兩位病人失敗之後,就不再追蹤他們的pH値。 剩下75病人之年齡範圍從18歲到87歲,42位病人是 男性以及3 3位病人是女性。全部病人在硏究期間是以機 械性給予氧氣。表4顯示於本硏究中病人表現之壓力關聯 性出血之危險因子的頻率。於此族群中最常見的危險因子 是機械性給予氧氣及重大手術。任一病人之危險因子範圍 是2到10,平均爲3 (±1)(標準偏差)。5位病人參加此硏 究在持續接受芮尼太丁(150 mg/24小時)或賽門太丁 (900 mg/24小時)灌入時,發生臨床上顯著出血。於全部 5案例中,開始歐米普瑞唑治療之後36小時內平息出血且 升高胃部pH至5以上。3位病人是在接受H2-拮抗劑(如 上槪述之劑量)時發生兩連續胃部pH値低於3之後參加。 於全部3案例中,開始歐米普瑞唑治療之後4小時內升高 胃部pH至5以上。其他4位病人是在H2 •拮抗劑治療期間 患有精神混亂(n = 2 )或血小板減少症(n = 2 )之後參加此硏究 -72 - 1309168 五、發明說明(71) 。轉移治療後36小時內解除這些不良情形。 壓力關聯件黏腥,屮,血及死r率:65位接受經緩衝歐米普 瑞唑溶液作爲他們最初預防對抗壓力關聯性黏膜出血之病 人,沒人發生明顯的或臨床上顯著上胃腸道出血。在參加 硏究之前已進展爲上胃腸道出血之5位病人中有4位在開 始歐米普瑞唑溶液1 8小時內減少出血至僅出現隱血 (G a s t r 〇 c c u 1 t陽性),而於3 6小時內全部病人已停止出血 。此群病危病人之整體死亡率爲7%。沒有人因上胃腸道出 血或歐米普瑞唑溶液之使用而死亡。 胃部pH :平均(±標準偏差)前-歐米普瑞唑胃部pH爲 3 _ 5± 1 . 9。歐米普瑞唑投與4小時內,胃部pH升高至 7.1±1.1(參閱第3圖),此差異是有意義的(?<0.001)。前 -歐米普瑞唑胃部pH以及歐米普瑞唑投與期間測量之平均 與最低胃部pH(分別爲6.8±0.6以及5.6±1.3)之差異也具 有統計意義(p<0 · 001 )。 安-全".性:歐米普瑞唑溶液於病危病人組中具有良好耐受 性。只有1位病人遭受敗血症之不良情形,可能爲藥物關 聯性血小板減少症。但血小板計數持續降低至歐米普瑞唑 之後就停止。然後血小板計數回到正常,不管歐米普瑞唑 治療之重建。需注意,1位病人於噴出換氣筒持續向上排 出位於她胃部的所有液體並透過嘴排出,因此無法繼續給 與歐米普瑞唑。於此硏究期間沒有注意到臨床上顯著與歐 米普瑞唑的藥物交互作用。如上所述,接受碳酸氫鈉之病 -73- 1309168 五、發明說明(72) 人可能關係到代謝性鹼中毒。但歐米普瑞唑溶液中之碳酸 氫鈉量少( = 12 mEq/I0 ml),且未發現電解質異常。 肺炎:接受歐米普瑞唑溶液之病人有9位發展爲肺炎 (12%)。另外5位病人在開始歐米普瑞唑治療之前有肺炎 〇 醫藥經濟匕之評估:治療的平均期間爲9天。看護成本 列於表5及6。藥物取得、製備、及某些用於預防壓力關 聯性上胃腸道出血之傳統試劑運送之成本列於表5。歐米 普瑞哗溶液沒有增添毒性有關之成本。75位病人中有2位 每天需要40 mg歐米普瑞唑溶液以適當的調控胃部pH,取 得/製備成本需表現出來。含有賦形劑之額外20 mg歐米 普瑞唑,每天增加7%於看護成本。因此,以歐米普瑞唑溶 液於壓力關聯性黏膜出血之預防的每日看護成本爲美金 12.6元(參閱表6)。 歐米普瑞唑溶液對於加護看護病人爲預防臨床上顯著壓 力關聯性黏膜出血之安全且有效之治療。最近已挑戰許多 造成壓力關聯性黏膜受損之危險因子。於此硏究中,全部 病人至少具有一項已淸楚知道與壓力關聯性黏膜受損有關 之危險因子-機械給予氧氣。最近發表之先前試驗及數據 顯示,證明壓力性潰瘍之預防對於處於危險情況之病人有 益,因此認爲此硏究包括安慰劑一組是不道德的。歐米普 瑞唑溶液治療期間未出現臨床上顯著上胃腸道出血。75位 病人中有73位以20 mg/日歐米普瑞唑可維持胃部pH於4 -74- 1309168 五、發明說明(73)以上。沒有遇到與歐米普瑞唑有關之不良情形或藥物交互 作用。 表4 機械性 重大 多處 頭部 低血壓 腎衰竭 敗血症 多項操 酸鹼 昏迷 肝衰竭 燒傷 給予氧 手術 創傷 受傷 作過程 失調 氣 75 61 35 16 14 14 14 12 10 4 2 2 出現在此硏究病人之危險因子(n = 7 5 ) 表5 每天 芮民太丁(第1-9天) 茜尼太丁(ranitidine) 150 mg/24 小時 6.15 從屬產品(1) 揹負式運輸(60%) 0.75 從屬產品(2) 微管輸送(等等) 2.00 從屬產品(3) 濾器 0.40 需無菌製備 是 R.N.時間(美金24/小時) 20分鐘/日(包括偵測pH) 8.00 R.Ph.時間,通風櫥維持 3分鐘(美金40/小時) 2.00 幫浦成本 美金29/24小時x50% 14.50 9天共計 304.20 每曰芮尼太丁成本 33.801.3—Test gf pH --- - SOS nH^Q·〇 -65- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (64) Table 3 illustrates the results of PH measurements during the experimental procedure. These results demonstrate the statistically significant potential impact of omeprazole solution administration on the correctness of subsequent pH measurements obtained through the same nasogastric tube. EXAMPLES X-Cychong Omegaprezazole solution for the efficacy of argon-administered patients was tested to determine the critical condition of a patient with a buffered omegaprezazole solution for mechanical oxygen administration (with at least one pressure-related mucosal damage) Additional factor) efficacy, safety and cost. &A: 75 adults, who are mechanically given oxygen, have at least one additional factor associated with pressure-related gastric mucosal damage. Intervention: At the beginning of the day, the patient receives 20 μm of omeprazole solution (prepared according to Example VII and contains 40 mg of omeprazole), and after 6-8 hours, the second dose is 20 ml, then 10 1» 1 (20 mg). The omegapurine solution according to the present invention is administered through a nasogastric tube followed by administration of 5-10 ml of tap water. The nasogastric tube was clamped 1 to 2 hours after each administration.涸1 amount and main results: The initial results were measured as clinically significant gastrointestinal bleeding, which was assessed by endoscopy, nasogastric aspiration, or could not be removed by lavage and reduced by hematocrit 5 % related to blood quality - positive coffee substrate material. The second efficacy measure was the pH of the stomach measured 4 hours after the first administration of omeprazole, the mean gastric pH measured after the start of administration of omeprazole, and the lowest stomach measured during the treatment with omeprazole. Part pH. Safety-related outcomes include the incidence of harmful conditions and the incidence of pneumonia. After receiving the omeprazole suspension, no patient experienced clinically -66 - 1309168. V. Inventive Note (65) Significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding. The gastric pH at 4 hours after omeprazole was 7.1 (mean), the average stomach after starting omeprazole was 1) 6.8 (average) and the lowest pH after starting omeprazole was 5. 6 (average). The incidence of pneumonia is 12%. No patient in this high-risk group suffered a harmful condition or was attributed to the drug interaction of omeprazole. Basket _: Omeprezazole solution prevents clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding, and maintains gastric pH greater than 5.5 and does not produce toxicity in patients who are mechanically given oxygen. Materials and Methods: The study of the law was approved by the Institutional Review Board for the University of Missouri in Columbia. Study group: Enter Un i ve rsityof Mi ss ou ri Hos pita 1 Surgery intensive care unit and burn unit, complete stomach, proper disposal of a nasogastric tube, and all adult patients entering the intensive care unit for at least 48 hours (> 18 years old) are included in the study of this study. The patient to be included in the present invention also requires gastric pH < 4, mechanical oxygen administration, and the following additional risk factors for a minimum of 24 hours after the start of the omeprazole suspension: a head injury with a change in wakefulness, Extensive burns (>20% body surface area), acute renal failure, acid-base disorders, multiple traumas, coagulopathy, multiple procedures, coma, hypotension for more than 1 hour, or sepsis (see Figure 4). Sepsis is defined as the presence of aggressive pathogenic organisms or their toxins in the blood or tissues leading to systemic reactions, including two or more of the following: temperatures above 38 ° C or below 36 t, heart rate greater than 90 hrs / min, respiratory rate More than 20 breaths per minute - 67 - 1309168 5. Invention instructions (66) (or p〇2 less than 75 mniHg), and white blood cell counts greater than 12,000 or less than 4,000 cells / _3 or more than 10% (Bone, Let's Agree on Terminology: Definitions of Sepsis, CRIT. Care Med., 1 9:27 (1 991 )). Also included are patients who have failed H2-antagonist therapy or who have experienced an adverse condition when receiving H2-antagonist therapy. If you receive an azole antifungal agent through the nasogastric tube, you may swallow (such as facial and / or sinus fractures, oral tears), with severe thrombocytopenia (such as platelet count less than 30,000 cells / mm3), Patients who received feeding through the nasogastric tube, or who had a vagus nerve resection, pyloric ostomy, or gastrostomy were excluded from this study. In addition, patients with a stomach pH greater than 4 48 hours after entering the intensive care unit (without prevention) are not eligible to participate. Non-pressure-related mucosal damage (eg, variceal hemorrhage confirmed by endoscopy or Mallory-Weiss tears, oral damage, nasal tears caused by placement of nasogastric tubes) Patients who develop intra-abdominal tract bleeding are not included in the effective assessment and are classified as non-stress-related gastric mucosal hemorrhage. The reason for exclusion is the confounding effect of non-stress-related mucosal hemorrhage on effective relevant outcomes (eg, using a nasogastric aspiration review to define clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding). Investigating drug administration: The omeprazole solution was prepared immediately by the patient's nurse prior to administration using the following instructions: Pour one or two 20 mg of omepruri capsule contents into a 10 ml empty syringe (with 20 caliber) Needle) where the piston has been removed. (Omeprezol delayed release capsule, Merck Co. Inc., West Point, PA); put back the piston and remove the needle cap; charge -68 - 1309168 5. Inventive Note (67) 10 m 1 of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate Solution (or 20 ml in 40 mg of omeprazole) (Abbott Laboratories, North Chic ago, IL) to give a final concentration of 2 mg of omeprazole in 8.4% sodium bicarbonate solution per m 1 » The coated omeprazole is completely broken, about 30 minutes (agitated to help). The omeprazole was partially dissolved and partially suspended in the resulting preparation. The preparation should be milky white with a fine precipitate and shake before casting. This solution is not administered with acidic substances. A high-pressure liquid phase stratification study demonstrated that the simplified omeprezazole suspension preparation maintained a >99% potency for 7 days at room temperature. The preparation was stored at room temperature while still using iffi y» fine fungus and no fungal contamination for 30 days (see Table 7). The initial dose of the omeprazole solution is 40 mg, followed by the second 40 mg dose after 6 to 8 hours, and then 20 rag dose per 曰 at 8 am 〇 Each dose is administered through the nasogastric tube. Rinse the nasogastric tube with 5_10 η 11 tap water and clamp for at least 1 hour. The omeprazole treatment continues until the prevention of pressure ulcers is no longer required (usually after the removal of the nasogastric tube and the patient can ingest water/food from the mouth, or after the patient removes mechanical oxygen). The initial results of the study were pressure-related mucosal hemorrhage as evidenced by endoscopy, or removal of nasogastric blood after 5 minutes of lavage, or sustained Gastroccult (SmithKline Diagnostic s, Sunnyv i 1 1 e , CA ) positive coffee The substrate material was irrigated (at least 100 ml) for 4 hours and was not removed and caused a 56⁄4 reduction in the hematocrit, a clinically significant pressure-related mucosal bleeding rate defined. -69- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS ((10)) The second knot was measured: the second efficacy measurement was measured after the pH of the stomach measured 4 hours after administration of omeprazole and the start of administration of omeprazole. The average stomach pH, as well as the lowest gastric pH measured during the administration of omeprazole. The pH of the stomach was measured immediately after aspirating the contents of the stomach through the nasogastric tube. The pH of the gastric aspirate was measured using pH test paper (pHydr ion modified pH test paper, Microessential Lat oratory, Brooklyn, NY). The pH of the test strip ranges from 1 to 1, and increases in one pH unit. Before the start of treatment with omeprazole solution, the pH of the stomach was measured every 4 hours before the administration and between the administrations. Other second outcome measures were adverse events (including drug interactions) and the incidence of pneumonia. Record any adverse events that occurred during the study period. Pneumonia was defined using the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to define indicators for the use of nosocomial pneumonia (Garner et al., 1 988). According to these criteria, patients with pneumonia refer to a rales or dullness in a chest examination, or a chest X-ray image showing new or ongoing infiltrates, firming, cavities, or pleura. Exudates, and has at least two of the following conditions: new changes in the characteristics of purulent or sputum, separation of birth objects from blood culture, fever or leukopenia, or significant infection from protective sampling brushes or bronchi and alveolar lavage. Patients who meet pneumonia criteria and who receive antimicrobial therapy for pneumonia are included in the calculation of the incidence of pneumonia. These criteria were also used as initial screening before the first dose of study drug was administered to determine whether pneumonitis occurred prior to the start of the omeprazole suspension. Cost analysis of Zhaozhao: For the prevention of the use of omeprazole solution in the pressure ulcer -70 - 1309168 5, invention (69) prevention of ulcers, medical economic evaluation. The assessment includes the total cost of the drug (acquisition and administration), the actual cost associated with the adverse event (eg psychiatric therapeutic counseling for mental disorders), and the cost associated with clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding. The total cost of the drug was calculated from the omeprazole 20 mg capsule '50 ml sodium bicarbonate vial, and 10 ml syringe containing needle, care time (drug administration, pH detection), dispensing time (drug preparation), And the average customary cost of disposal costs add up. The costs associated with clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding include endoscopic cost and accompanying counseling costs, steps required to stop bleeding (eg surgery, hemostatic agents, endoscopic procedures), increased hospital stay (by the care physician) Judging), as well as the cost of treating gastrointestinal bleeding agents. Statistical analysis: The stomach pH before and after administration of the omeprazole solution was compared using a paired t-test (two tails), and the pH of the stomach before administration of the omeprazole solution was compared with that after the start of the omeprazole solution. Mean and minimum stomach pH 値 results · 77 patients met the inclusion and exclusion criteria and received the omeprazole solution (see Figure 2). Two patients were excluded from the effective assessment because they did not continue the omeprazole dosing procedure. In one case, the first two doses of the previous dose of omeprazole was not completely fragmented, resulting in an unstable pH in the stomach. When a dose of omeprazole solution is administered to the patient, the pH of the stomach is increased as much as 6 or more (in which the enteric coating drug of omeprazole has been completely broken). -71 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (7〇) The second reason for exclusion was that nasal aspiration was not switched off after administration of the dose of omeprazole. This causes a transient effect on the pH of the stomach. The subsequent dose of omeprazole is used to switch off the aspiration and achieve regulation of the pH of the stomach. Two patients were considered to have failed efficacy because omeprazole did not maintain proper gastric pH regulation at a standard dose of 20 mg/day of omeprazole. When the dose of omeprazole was increased to 40 mg/day (40 mg-times/day or 20 mg twice/day), the gastric pH was maintained above 4 in both patients. These two patients were included in safety and efficacy assessments, including gastric pH analysis. After the two patients failed, they were no longer tracking their pH. The remaining 75 patients ranged in age from 18 to 87 years, 42 patients were male and 33 patients were female. All patients were mechanically given oxygen during the study period. Table 4 shows the frequency of risk factors associated with stress-related bleeding in patients presented in this study. The most common risk factors in this group are mechanical oxygen and major surgery. The risk factor for any patient ranges from 2 to 10 with an average of 3 (±1) (standard deviation). Five patients enrolled in the study had clinically significant bleeding while continuing to receive either monidene (150 mg/24 hours) or ceramide (900 mg/24 hours). In all 5 cases, hemorrhage was subsided within 36 hours after the start of omeprazole treatment and the pH of the stomach was raised to above 5. Three patients participated after receiving two consecutive gastric pH 値 below 3 when receiving an H2-antagonist (as in the above-mentioned dose). In all 3 cases, the pH of the stomach was raised to 5 or more within 4 hours after the start of omeprazole. The other 4 patients participated in this study after suffering from mental disorder (n = 2) or thrombocytopenia (n = 2) during H2 • antagonist therapy. -72 - 1309168 V. Inventive Note (71). These adverse conditions were relieved within 36 hours after the transfer treatment. Pressure-related adhesives, sputum, blood and dead r rate: 65 patients received buffered omegaprezazole solution as their initial prevention of pressure-related mucosal bleeding, no significant or clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding occurred . Four of the five patients who had progressed to upper gastrointestinal bleeding before participating in the study reduced bleeding within 18 hours of starting the omeprazole solution to only occult blood (G astr 〇ccu 1 t positive), while at 3 All patients had stopped bleeding within 6 hours. The overall mortality rate of this group of critically ill patients was 7%. No one died as a result of upper gastrointestinal bleeding or the use of omeprazole solution. Gastric pH: mean (± standard deviation) pre-omeprazole stomach pH was 3 _ 5 ± 1. 9. Within 4 hours of omeprazole administration, the pH of the stomach increased to 7.1 ± 1.1 (see Figure 3), and the difference was significant (? < 0.001). The difference between the pre-omegaprezil stomach pH and the mean and minimum stomach pH measured during the administration of omeprazole (6.8 ± 0.6 and 5.6 ± 1.3, respectively) was also statistically significant (p < 0 · 001 ). An-Full".: The omeprazole solution is well tolerated in the group of critically ill patients. Only one patient suffered from a bad condition of sepsis, which may be drug-related thrombocytopenia. However, the platelet count continued to decrease until it stopped after omeprazole. The platelet count then returned to normal regardless of the reconstitution of omeprazole treatment. It should be noted that one patient continuously discharges all the liquid in her stomach and discharges through the mouth in the ventilating ventilator, so that it is impossible to continue to give omeprazole. There was no clinically significant drug interaction with metoprazole during this study. As mentioned above, the disease of receiving sodium bicarbonate -73- 1309168 V. Description of the invention (72) People may be related to metabolic alkalosis. However, the amount of sodium bicarbonate in the omeprazole solution was small (= 12 mEq/I0 ml), and no electrolyte abnormality was observed. Pneumonia: Nine patients who received omeprazole solution developed pneumonia (12%). The other 5 patients had pneumonia before starting omeprazole. Medical Economics Assessment: The average duration of treatment was 9 days. The cost of care is listed in Tables 5 and 6. The costs of drug acquisition, preparation, and delivery of certain conventional agents for the prevention of pressure-related upper gastrointestinal bleeding are listed in Table 5. The omega prase solution has no cost associated with adding toxicity. Two of the 75 patients required 40 mg of omeprazole solution per day to properly regulate the pH of the stomach, and the cost of acquisition/preparation was demonstrated. An additional 20 mg of omeprazole containing excipients increased by 7% per day in care costs. Therefore, the daily care cost of the prevention of pressure-related mucosal bleeding with omeprazole solution is US$ 12.6 (see Table 6). The omeprazole solution is a safe and effective treatment for the care of patients with clinically significant pressure-related mucosal bleeding. Many risk factors that cause stress-related mucosal damage have recently been challenged. In this study, all patients had at least one risk factor that was known to be associated with stress-related mucosal damage - mechanical oxygenation. Previous trials and data recently published have shown that prevention of pressure ulcers is beneficial for patients at risk, and it is therefore unethical to consider this study to include a placebo group. There was no clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding during the treatment with omeprazole solution. Seventy-seven of the 75 patients with 20 mg/day of omeprazole maintained the pH of the stomach at 4 -74 - 1309168. V. Inventive Note (73). No adverse events or drug interactions associated with omeprazole were encountered. Table 4 Mechanically significant multiple head hypotension renal failure septic multiple polyacids coma liver failure burns oxygen surgery traumatic injury process disorders 75 61 35 16 14 14 14 12 10 4 2 2 Appeared in this study patient Risk factors (n = 7 5 ) Table 5 Daily Taiping (Day 1-9) Lanitidine 150 mg/24 hours 6.15 Subordinate products (1) Backpack transport (60%) 0.75 Slave products (2) Microtubule delivery (etc.) 2.00 Slave product (3) Filter 0.40 Sterile preparation is RN time (US$24/hour) 20 minutes/day (including pH detection) 8.00 R.Ph. Time, fume hood maintenance 3 minutes (US$40/hour) 2.00 Pump cost US$29/24 hours x50% 14.50 9 days total 304.20 Cost per 曰芮尼丁丁33.80
-75- 1309168 五、發明說明(74) 3 肇門太丁(第1-9天) 賽門太丁(cimet idine) 900 mg/24 小時 3.96 從屬產品(1) 揹負式運輸(60%) 1.25 從屬產品(2) 微管輸送(等等) 2.00 從屬產品(3) 濾器 0.40 需無菌製備 是 R.N.時間(美金24/小時) 20分鐘/日(包括偵測pH) 8.00 R.Ph.時間,通風櫥維持 3分鐘(美金40/小時) 2.00 幫浦成本 美金29/24小時x50% 14.50 9天共計 288.99 每曰賽門太丁成本 32.11 硫糖鋁(第1-9天) 硫糖銘(sucralfate) 1 gx4 2.40 從屬產品(1) 注射器 0.20 需無菌製備 否 R.N.時間(美金24/小時) 30分鐘/日(包括偵測pH) 12.00 9天共計 131.40 每曰賽硫糖鋁成本 14.60 每日賽門太丁成本 32.11 註解= 不包括失敗及/或不良影響之成本。 傳統試劑之取得、製備、及運送成本。-75- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (74) 3 Tuen Mun Tai Ding (Day 1-9) cimet idine 900 mg/24 hours 3.96 Subordinate products (1) Backpack transport (60%) 1.25 Dependent products (2) Microtube delivery (etc.) 2.00 Dependent product (3) Filter 0.40 Sterile preparation is RN time (US$24/hour) 20 minutes/day (including pH detection) 8.00 R.Ph. Time, ventilation The cabinet is kept for 3 minutes (US$40/hour) 2.00 The pump costs US$29/24 hours x50% 14.50 9 days total 288.99 The cost per door is 32.11 Sucralfate (Day 1-9) Sucralfate 1 gx4 2.40 Slave product (1) Syringe 0.20 Sterile preparation No RN time (US$24/hour) 30 minutes/day (including pH detection) 12.00 9 days Total 131.40 Cost per serving of sucralfate 14.60 Daily gate Ding costs 32.11 Notes = Does not include the cost of failure and / or adverse effects. The cost of obtaining, preparing, and shipping traditional reagents.
-76 - 1309168 五、發明說明(75) 表6 治療的平均期間爲9天,看護成本從這些日子計算 每天 總計 歐米普瑞哗(第1天) 產品取得成本 40 mg 載入 x2(5.66/投藥) 11.32 11.32 從屬產品 用於溶液製備之材料 0.41 0.41 從屬產品 注射器W針頭 0.20 0.40 需無菌製備 否 SOS製備時間(R.N.) 6分鐘 2.40 4.80 R.N.時間(美金24/小時) 21分鐘/日(包括偵測pH) 8.40 8,40 R.Ph.,通風櫥維持 3 歐米普瑞啤(第2-9天) 產品取得成本 20 mg每日 2.80 22.65 從屬產品 用於溶液製備之材料 0.41 0.82 從屬產品 注射器W/針頭 0.20 1.60 需無菌製備 否 SOS製備時間(R.N.) 6分鐘 2.40 4.80 R.N.時間(美金24/小時) 18分鐘/日(包括偵測pH) 8.40 57.60 2/75病人每日需要40 mg簡化之歐米普瑞唑溶液(第2-9天) 沒有額外成本於不良影響或失敗 總計 每曰簡化之歐米普瑞唑溶液成本 -77 - 1309168 五、發明說明(76) 歐米普瑞唑照顧成本之醫藥經濟評估 表7 時間 對照組 1小時 24小時 2天 7天 14天 濃度(mg/ml) 2.01 2.07 1.94 1.96 1.97 1.98 簡化之歐米普瑞唑溶液在室溫(25 t)之穩定度,數値爲 三樣本之平均 實施例X 歐米普瑞唑溶液之制菌件及制直菌件功效 申請人分析歐米普瑞唑溶液之抗微生物或制菌性功效。 根據本發明製作之歐米普瑞唑溶液(2 mg/ml之8.4%碳酸 氫鈉)保存在室溫4週’然後分析真菌及細菌的生長。保 存在室溫4週之後,沒有偵測到細菌或真菌。 根據本發明製作之歐米普瑞唑溶液(2 mg / m 1之8.4%碳 酸氫鈉)保存在室溫12週’然後分析真菌及細菌的生長。 保存在室溫1 2週之後’沒有偵測到細菌或真菌。 這些實驗結果舉例說明本發明歐米普瑞唑溶液之制菌 及制真菌特性。 實施例X T A .牛物等僭件硏究 超過1 8歲健康男性及女性之硏究參加者,將如下形式 隨機接受歐米普瑞唑: (A)約20 mg歐米普瑞嗤之20 mg液體配方於4.8 mEq 碳酸氫鈉,以水足量至1 〇 ΙΏ 1 ; -78- 1309168 五、發明說明(77) (B) 約2 mg歐米普瑞哩之20 mg液體配方於每1 ml之 8 . 4%碳酸氫鈉; (C) Prilosec®(歐米普瑞唑)20 mg膠囊; (D) 膠囊之製備係經由嵌入非腸塗覆之歐米普瑞唑20 mg 於#4空明膠膠囊(Lilly) ’均等分散於2 40 mg碳酸氫鈉粉 末USP以形成內膠囊。然後將內膠囊與均質的600 rag碳 酸氫鈉USP與1 10 mg預明膠化澱粉NF —起嵌入#〇〇空明 膠膠囊(Lilly)。 經適當篩選及同意之後’健康自願者將隨機收到以 Latin Square隨機分配之下列四種療程之一。每位受試者 將依據隨機化順序交叉每一療程直到全部受試者接受所有 四種療程(以一'週分開每一療程)。 療程A( 20 mg歐米普瑞唑於4.8 mEq碳酸氫鈉於10 mi 體積);療程B(20 mg歐米普瑞唑於10 ml 8.4%碳酸氫鈉 於l〇ml體積);療程C(完整的歐米普瑞唑膠囊);療程 D(於膠囊配方之膠囊,參閱上述)。至於每次投藥/週,受 試者將停止靜脈內食鹽水以進行血液採樣。對於每一療程 ,血液採樣共16次達24小時(最後兩抽樣獲自藥物投與 12小時及24小時之後)。 B .病人資格 4位健康女性及4位健康男性同意進行此硏究。 C.納入標進 簽名告知同意。 -79- 1309168 五、發明說明(78) D .排除標準 1 .目前正攝取H2 -受體拮抗劑、制酸劑、或硫糖鋁。 2 .最近(7天內)接受藍梭普瑞唑、歐米普瑞唑或其他質 子幫浦抑制劑治療。 3.最近(7天內)接受殺鼠靈(warfarin)治療。 4 .靜脈曲張性出血病例。 5 .消化性潰瘍症或目前活動性G . I .出血病例。 6 .迷走神經切除術或幽門造口術病例。 7. 於30天內已接受硏究性藥物之病人。 8. 處以酮可納唑(ketoconazole)及艾翠可納唑 (itraconazole) ° 9. 對歐米普瑞唑過敏之病人。 E. 藥物動力學評估及統計分析 血液樣本於2小時內離心收集,然後分開血漿並冷凍在 -1 0 °C (或更低)直到分析。藥物動力變話部分包括:尖峰 濃度時間,平均尖峰濃度,AUC(O-t)及(0-無限大)。使用 變異分析偵測統計之差異。以兩單邊測試於AUC自然對數 之90%信賴區間評估生物利用率。 F. HPLC分析 使用歐米普瑞唑及內標準(H168/24 )。歐米普瑞唑及內 標準係經由Am a n t e a及N a r a n g所述步驟之改良測量 (Amantea MA, Narang PK,使用逆相高性能液體層析法以 定量歐米普瑞唑及代謝產物之經改良步驟, -80 - 1309168 五、發明說明(79) J, Chromatography 426; 216-222(1988))。簡言之’ 20 ul之歐米普瑞唑2 mg/ral NaHC03或Choco-Base歐米 普瑞唑懸浮液以及100 Ul內標準’以150 ul碳酸鹽緩衝 劑(pH = 9.8)、5 ml己烷、及980 ul無菌水渦流混合。離 心樣本之後,萃取有機層並經氮氣流風乾。以1 50 u 1移 動相(40%甲醇,52% 0.025磷酸鹽緩衝劑’ 8%乙腈’ pH = 7.4)復原每一小九。復原之樣本取75 ul注入C18 5U 管柱使用相同移動相在1 . 1 ml/min平衡之。在這些條件 下離析歐米普瑞唑約5分鐘,以及離析內標準約7.5分鐘 。超過濃度範圍0-3 mg/ml(以S0S於先前進行)之標準曲 線爲直線,以及變異之日與日間之係數於全部濃度<8%。 以SOS於先前進行之標準曲線的典型平均R2爲0.98(歐米 普瑞唑 2 mg/ml NaHC03-8.4%)。 申請人預期以上實驗可證明配方U )、( b )及(d )之更快 速吸收,當相較於配方(c)之腸塗覆細粒時。此外,申請 人預期:雖然劑型(a)至(d)間之吸收速率有差異,但配方 U)至(d)間之吸引程度應類似(經由曲線下面積(AUC)測量 之)。 實施例X11 靜脈內PPI組合與口服胃膜壁細朐活化子 16位正常且健康超過18歲之男性及女性硏究受試者, 隨機接受如下之片托普瑞哩(pantoprazole): (a )40 rag靜脈內達15至30分鐘組合與20 ml 口服劑量 -81 - 1309168 五、發明說明(8〇 ) 之碳酸氫鈉8.4% ;以及 (b)4〇 mg靜脈內達15至30分鐘組合與20 ml 口服劑量 的水。 受試者將接受單劑之上述(a)或(b),且以隨機方式交叉 (a )及(b )。收集投與之後片托普瑞唑血淸濃度相對於時間 之數據,及以存在於內部之pH探針測量胃部pH調控。 再者,計劃類似之硏究,其中以巧克力或其他胃膜壁細 胞活化子取代胃膜壁細胞活化子碳酸氫鈉,以及以其他 PPIs取代片托普瑞唑。胃膜壁細胞活化子可於PPI靜脈內 給藥之前5分鐘、給藥期間或約給藥後5分鐘內投與。 申請人預期這些硏究可證明當組合與口服胃膜壁細胞活 化子時,僅需要顯著較少量之靜脈內PPI即可達到治療功 效果。 此外,靜脈內PPI及口服胃膜壁細胞活化子之投與套組 ,可包裝於許多不同劑型以達減緩投與及最有效包裝及運 輸產品。此等套組可爲單位劑量或複劑量劑型。 實施例XIII 歐米普瑞哗懸饽液:> 穩定件 懸浮液製備自8 . 4%碳酸氫鈉混合與歐米普瑞唑而製造終 濃度2 mg/ml,以測定6個月後歐米普瑞唑溶液之穩定性 。所得製備物置於透明玻璃內貯存在室溫、冷藏及冷凍。 在指定時間經徹底搖動之後將樣本從貯存之製備物中汲取 。然後樣本從貯存在7(TC。冷凍之樣本維持冷凍直到分析 -82 - 1309168 五、發明說明(81) 。收集過程完成時,運送樣本至實驗室置於乾冰上隔夜以 分析用。搖動樣本3 0秒並分裝樣本,根據熟知方法經 HPLC分析三份。歐米普瑞唑及內標準(H1 68/24)。歐米普 瑞嗤及內標準經由Amantea及Narang所述步驟之改良步 驟測量(Amantea MA, Narang PK,使用逆相高性能液體層 析法以定量歐米普瑞唑及代謝產物之經改良步驟,J . Chromatography 426; 2 1 6 - 222 ( 1 988 ))。20 ul 之歐米普 瑞唑2 mg/ml NaHC03以及100 ul內標準溶液,以150 ul 碳酸鹽緩衝劑(pH=9 .8)、5 ml二氯乙烷'5 ml己烷、及 9 80 ul無菌水渦流混合。離心樣本之後,萃取有機層並經 氮氣流風乾。以150 ul移動相(40%甲醇,52% 0.025磷酸 鹽緩衝劑,8%乙腈,pH = 7.4)復原每一小九。復原之樣本 取75 ul注入C185u管柱使用相同移動相在1.1 ml/min 平衡之。離析歐米普瑞唑約5分鐘,以及離析內標準約 7 · 5分鐘。超過濃度範圍〇 - 3 m g / m 1之標準曲線爲直線, 以及變異之日與日間之係數於全部濃度<8%。標準曲線的 平均R2爲0 . 980。 6個月之樣本顯示穩定性爲大於90%之初濃度2 mg/ml( 亦即 1.88 mg/ml,1,94 mg/ml,1.92 mg/ml)。 實施例V T ΕΡΙ組成物及最有效化緩衝劑以與ΡΡΙ組合投與之方法 A .序論 本發明之組成物是設計以產生快速釋放活性藥物到運送 -83- 1309168 五、發明說明(82) 位置(通常是胃),不需要腸塗覆或延遲釋放劑量劑型而能 防止藥物的酸降解。舉例而言,酸不穩定PPIs可經配方 或與一或多種足以在任何環境保護PPI之緩衝劑共同投與 ,透過可產生立即釋放活性藥物到運送位置之液體、粉末 或固體劑量劑型運送PPI到胃(或其他環境),以達到可快 速吸收PPI之最終目的。因此,申請人發現:當緩衝劑於 胃或其他環境處所產生之pH等於PPI之pKa加上隨投與 而足以保護PPI免於酸類並提供未降解及生物活化PPI到 血液之量時,共同投與一定量緩衝劑或與特定PP Is混合 可防止PPI的酸降解(例如PPI之pKa的終pH + 0 . 7 log値 可降低降解作用至約1 〇% )。此等緩衝劑應以超過氫離子與 PPI交互作用之速率與氫離子交互作用。於是緩衝劑與 PPI之溶解度爲重要考量,因爲溶解度爲氫離子與另一化 合物交互作用速率之決定關鍵。 本發明之PPI配方典型含有兩基本成分:PPI及必需緩 衝劑。必需緩衝劑可包括一種緩衝劑或緩衝劑組合〔此等 緩衝劑與HC 1 (或有關環境中之其他酸類)交互作用快於 PPI與相同酸類交互作用〕。當置於液相時(通常於水中) ,必需緩衝劑產生並至少維持pH於PP I之pKa。於一具體 例中’經由升高環境pH到相同之PPI的pKa加上約0.7 log値(或更大)’預期之降解作用(離子化)可從約50%降 低至約1 0%。文中使用“必需pH”是指於有關環境最小化 或消除PPI之酸誘發降解作用所需之最低pH。所用之緩衝 -84- 1309168 五、發明說明(83) 劑可提高環境pH到必需PH ,使得30%、40%或50%之PPI 未降解’或以足夠實質保護(亦即大於50%穩定化)PpI之 量存在。 另一具體例中’必需pH爲PPI之pKa。又另一具體例中 ’必需pH爲PPI之pKa加〇.7 log値之總和。約〇.7之 log値加上pKa ’表現相較於pKa加1 i〇g値減少約 5.01187%之PPI穩定度,於是造成約90%的穩定度,此値 廣泛爲醫藥產品所合意接受。在某些情形可允許接受小於 log 0.7之數値。 本發明之一部分提供一種可得到亦足夠之緩衝劑以提供 中和能力(必需緩衝劑能力(“EBC”)),使PPI從環境通過 並進入血液之期間維持環境中(通常爲胃部)升高之pH。 B .必需緩衝劑 必需緩衝劑可分成兩組:首要必需緩衝劑(p r i ma r y Essential Buffer) ’以及次要必需緩衝劑(Secondary Essential Buffer)。每一配方直接或間接與至少一種首 要必需緩衝劑組合。當單獨或組合使用首要必需緩衝劑時 ’提供緩衝活性低於造成組織刺激或傷害之値,以及大於 PPI之必需pH的較低限制。次要必需緩衝劑並非每一配方 所必需,但可與首要必需緩衝劑組合以產生更高的ρί1並 增加配方的中和能力。 用以保護酸不穩定性經取代苯并咪π坐pp I s (及其他藥物) 之緩衝劑種類及劑量之測定,可用於有效率的運送ρρι到 -85- 1309168 五、發明說明(84) 胃膜壁細胞並作用之,特別是投與之pp I是以設計用以碎 裂於胃之立即釋放產品,而非設計用以在胃之後較高pH 環境(例如十二指腸)中碎裂之傳統延遲釋放產品。本發明 之組成物及方法使用確定之所用緩衝劑之基本特性,以及 根據他們各自的溶解度及pKa ’ s以測定必需pH、緩衝能力 及各別PPI劑量容積測量之計算。如此進步之方法可應用 於測定在一系列環境中(例如口腔,食道,胃,十二指腸 ’空腸,直腸穹窿,鼻胃管,或投與前貯存之粉末、錠劑 、膠囊、液體等等)。貯存之劑量劑型可暴露在各種環境 ’但貯存條件之典型規格包括貯存在室溫(6 5 _ 8 0 Y ),以 及極少或未暴露於習知之熱、冷、光線或潮溼。 本發明方法包括全部經取代苯并咪唑PP I s,其鹽類,酯 類’醯胺類’鏡像物’消旋物,前藥,衍生物等等,且不 限制爲用於舉例下列估計之PP I s。 必需緩衝能力(“EBC”)爲PPI /緩衝劑配方對抗來自環境 之降解之能力。PPI /緩衝劑配方之緩衝能力主要衍生自具 有能力與環境酸類(H +離子)結合之配方成分。EBC促進酸 中和作用(制酸功效)及維持環境j)H>pK;a + ().7以於存在期 間保護PP I s免於酸降解。首要必需緩衝劑係設計以保持 胃含量(或其他環境)之PH在些微固定程度之所欲範圍內 一段時間,使得PPI可從胃部或其他環境被吸收。因此, 必需緩衝劑通常比投與之ppI更快速與HC 1 (或其他酸)複 合,以至於必需緩衝劑可保護PPI。 -86- 1309168 五、 發明說明 ( 85 ) 任何 弱 驗 強驗 或其組合可作爲合適之必需緩衝劑 0 必 需 緩 衝 劑 包括但不 限制爲含有鈉、鉀、鈣、鎂或鉍陽 離 子 之 電 解 質 0 此外, 胺基酸、蛋白質、或蛋黃水解物可 提 供 作 爲 具 有 快 速 中和 酸之能力之必需緩衝劑。當pp I s 與 必 需 緩 衝 劑 混 合 ,PPI s可於自由鹼劑型,例如歐米普瑞 唑 或 藍 梭 普 瑞 唑 於鈉 鹽劑型,例如艾梭蜜普瑞唑鈉、歐 米 普 瑞 唑 鈉 Λ 瑞 比 普瑞 唑鈉、片托普瑞唑鈉等等;或於鎂 鹽 劑 型 例 如 艾 梭 蜜普 瑞唑鎂或歐米普瑞唑鎂或鈣鹽劑型 或 其 他 鹽 劑 型 〇 必需 緩衝劑可單獨或與次要必需緩衝劑 組 合 提 供必 需 緩 衝 能力 0 二 驗 磷 酸 鈉 及碳 酸鈉爲用於調節任何首要必需緩衝劑 pH 之 次 要 必 需 緩 衝劑 之實例。次要必需緩衝劑可協助首 要 必 需 緩 衝 劑 在作 用期 間產生所欲之pHE。次要必需緩衝 劑 類 似 首 要 必 需 緩 衝劑 中和HC1(或環境中之其他酸類), 但他 們 產 生 過 筒 pH値而不能單獨使用,因爲過高PH値將 導 致 胃 腸 黏 膜 刺 激 性。 他們用於增加pH且與首要必需緩 衝 劑 組 合時 提 供 額 外的 緩衝能力。 次 要 必 需 緩 衝劑 在保護PPI免於開始階段酸誘發降 解 作 用 中 未扮 演 重 要角 色。因爲他們未迅速作用,所以在 PPI 保 護 之 作 用 期 間未扮演主要角色。其他緩衝劑(“非必 需 緩 衝 劑 ,,)可 添 加 到首 要及/或次要必需緩衝劑,提供潛 在 制 酸 功 效 延伸 超 出必 需緩衝劑的制酸功效。 可 單 獨 或 組 合使 用許多額外的緩衝劑’達到有對 PPIs -87- l3〇9l68 -~__________ 五、發明說明(86) 或酸不穩定性藥物之有效緩衝能力。緩衝劑之所欲特性包 括酸性環境之迅速中和作用,使所考慮藥物大於pKa+〇 7 0 首要及次要必需緩衝劑之非限制例如下表8及9所示。 -88- 1309168 五、發明說明(87) 表8 首耍必需緩衝劑之實例 必需緩衝劑 溶解度氺 2S§ MW 碳酸氫鈉 9.96 g/100 mL 8-8.4 84 倍半碳酸鈉 (Sodium sesquicarbonate) 6.3 g/100 mL 9.9-10 174 二鹼磷酸鈉 10 g/100 mL 8.6-9.3 142 三聚磷酸鈉 6 gm /100 mL 9.7-10 368 焦磷酸四鈉 5 g/100 mL 9.8-10.3 266 檸檬酸鈉 72 g/100 mL 5 294 檸檬酸鈣 10 rag/100 mL 6.8 498 碳酸鈣 1.5 mg/100 mL 6.1-7.1 100 氧化鎂 0.62 mg/100 mL 9.5-10.5 40 葡萄糖酸鈉 60 g/100 mL 6-8 218 乳酸鈉 40 g/100 mL 7 112 醋酸鈉 119 g/100 mL 8.9 82 磷酸氫二鉀 150 g/100 mL 9.3 174 焦磷酸四鉀 185 g/100 mL 10.4 330 碳酸氫鉀 36 g/100 mL 8.2 100 乳酸鈣 6 g/100 mL 7 218 甘油磷酸鈣 6 g/100 mL 7 210 葡萄糖酸鈣 3 g/100 mL 7.4 430 乳酸鎂 10 g/100 mL 5.5-7.5 269 葡萄糖酸鎂 16 g/100 mL 7.3 414 *溶解度隨溫度變化 § pH隨濃度及溫度變化 註:若水合與無水形式符合首要必需緩衝劑之標準則可接受-76 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (75) Table 6 The average duration of treatment is 9 days. The cost of care is calculated from these days. Total daily Omegapril (Day 1) Product acquisition cost 40 mg Loading x2 (5.66/administration) 11.32 11.32 Subordinate product Material for solution preparation 0.41 0.41 Slave product Syringe W needle 0.20 0.40 Sterile preparation No SOS preparation time (RN) 6 minutes 2.40 4.80 RN time (US$24/hour) 21 minutes/day (including detection pH) 8.40 8,40 R.Ph., Fume hood to maintain 3 Omega Puri (Day 2-9) Product acquisition cost 20 mg daily 2.80 22.65 Subordinate product Material for solution preparation 0.41 0.82 Slave product syringe W/ Needle 0.20 1.60 For aseptic preparation No SOS preparation time (RN) 6 minutes 2.40 4.80 RN time (US$24/hour) 18 minutes/day (including pH detection) 8.40 57.60 2/75 patients need 40 mg of simplified Omega per day Reazole solution (Days 2-9) No additional cost to adverse effects or failures Total per simplified cost of omeprazole solution -77 - 1309168 V. Description of invention (7 6) Omegaprezol care cost medical economic evaluation table 7 time control group 1 hour 24 hours 2 days 7 days 14 days concentration (mg/ml) 2.01 2.07 1.94 1.96 1.97 1.98 Simplified omeprezazole solution at room temperature ( 25 t) Stability, number 値 is the average of the three samples. Example X The effect of the bacteriophage and the direct bacteria of the solution of the omeprazole solution. The applicant analyzed the antimicrobial or bacteriostatic efficacy of the omeprazole solution. The omeprazole solution (2 mg/ml of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate) prepared according to the present invention was stored at room temperature for 4 weeks' and then analyzed for fungal and bacterial growth. After 4 weeks at room temperature, no bacteria or fungi were detected. The omeprazole solution (8.4 mg sodium bicarbonate at 2 mg / m 1 ) prepared according to the present invention was stored at room temperature for 12 weeks' and then analyzed for fungal and bacterial growth. After storage for 12 weeks at room temperature, no bacteria or fungi were detected. These experimental results illustrate the bacteriostatic and fungogenic properties of the omeprazole solution of the present invention. Example XTA. A study of more than 18-year-old healthy males and females who were over 18 years old, who received omeprazole in random form as follows: (A) A 20 mg liquid formulation of approximately 20 mg of omegapril In 4.8 mEq sodium bicarbonate, the amount of water is sufficient to 1 〇ΙΏ 1 ; -78- 1309168 5 , invention description (77) (B) about 2 mg of omegapril 20 mg liquid formula in 8 ml per 1 ml. 4% sodium bicarbonate; (C) Prilosec® 20 mg capsule; (D) Capsules prepared via non-intestinal coated omeprazole 20 mg in #4 empty gelatin capsule (Lilly) 'Equivalently dispersed in 2 40 mg sodium bicarbonate powder USP to form an inner capsule. The inner capsule was then embedded in a #〇〇空明胶胶囊 (Lilly) with a homogeneous 600 rag sodium bicarbonate USP and 1 10 mg of pregelatinized starch NF. After appropriate screening and consent, 'healthy volunteers will receive one of the following four treatments randomly assigned by Latin Square. Each subject will cross each course of treatment in a randomized sequence until all subjects receive all four courses (one course per week). Treatment A (20 mg of omeprazole in 4.8 mEq sodium bicarbonate at 10 mi volume); course B (20 mg of omeprazole in 10 ml of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate in l〇ml volume); course C (complete Omeprezazole capsules; course D (for capsules in capsule formula, see above). For each dose/week, the subject will stop intravenous saline for blood sampling. For each course of treatment, blood samples were taken 16 times for 24 hours (the last two samples were taken from 12 hours and 24 hours after drug administration). B. Patient Qualification 4 healthy women and 4 healthy men agreed to conduct this study. C. Inclusion of the signature Signing the consent. -79- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (78) D. Exclusion criteria 1. Currently ingesting H2-receptor antagonists, antacids, or sucralfate. 2. Recently (within 7 days) receiving treatment with moxaprazole, omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitors. 3. Recently (7 days) to receive warfarin treatment. 4. Cases of variceal bleeding. 5. Peptic ulcer disease or current active G. I. Bleeding cases. 6. Cases of vagus nerve resection or pyloric ostomy. 7. Patients who have received research drugs within 30 days. 8. Ketoconazole and itraconazole ° 9. Patients who are allergic to omeprazole. E. Pharmacokinetic Assessment and Statistical Analysis Blood samples were collected by centrifugation within 2 hours, then plasma was separated and frozen at -10 °C (or lower) until analysis. The drug dynamics change section includes: peak concentration time, average peak concentration, AUC (O-t) and (0-infinity). Use variation analysis to detect differences in statistics. Bioavailability was assessed by testing the 90% confidence interval of the natural logarithm of AUC with two unilateral tests. F. HPLC analysis using omeprazole and internal standard (H168/24). The omeprazole and internal standards were modified by the procedures described in Am antea and Narang (Amantea MA, Narang PK, a modified step using quantitative reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography to quantify omeprazole and metabolites, -80 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (79) J, Chromatography 426; 216-222 (1988)). Briefly '20 ul of omeprazole 2 mg/ral NaHC03 or Choco-Base omeprazole suspension and 100 ul internal standard 'with 150 ul carbonate buffer (pH = 9.8), 5 ml hexane, And 980 ul sterile water vortex mixing. After centrifuging the sample, the organic layer was extracted and air dried with a stream of nitrogen. Each small nine was recovered with a 1 50 u 1 mobile phase (40% methanol, 52% 0.025 phosphate buffer '8% acetonitrile' pH = 7.4). The recovered sample was taken from a 75 ul injection C18 5U column using the same mobile phase at a concentration of 1.1 ml/min. Under these conditions, omeprazole was isolated for about 5 minutes, and the internal standard of isolation was about 7.5 minutes. The standard curve exceeding the concentration range of 0-3 mg/ml (previously performed by S0S) is a straight line, and the coefficient of the day of variation and daytime is at all concentrations < 8%. A typical average R2 of the standard curve previously performed with SOS was 0.98 (omeprazole 2 mg/ml NaHC03-8.4%). Applicants anticipate that the above experiments demonstrate faster absorption of formulations U), (b) and (d) when coated with fines than the intestine of formula (c). In addition, the applicant expects that although the rates of absorption between the dosage forms (a) to (d) are different, the degree of attraction between the formulations U) to (d) should be similar (measured by the area under the curve (AUC)). Example X11 Intravenous PPI combination and oral male gastric mucosal activator 16 male and female subjects over 18 years of age healthy, randomized to receive the following tablets of pantoprazole: (a) 40 rag intravenously for 15 to 30 minutes combined with 20 ml oral dose -81 - 1309168 5, invention instructions (8 〇) sodium bicarbonate 8.4%; and (b) 4 〇 mg intravenously for 15 to 30 minutes combination 20 ml oral dose of water. Subjects will receive the above (a) or (b) in a single dose and cross (a) and (b) in a random manner. The data of the tobraidazole blood sputum concentration versus time after the administration was collected, and the gastric pH regulation was measured by the pH probe present inside. Furthermore, similar studies were planned in which the gastric mucosal cell activator sodium bicarbonate was replaced by chocolate or other gastric wall cell activators, and topirazole was replaced with other PPIs. The gastric parietal cell activator can be administered 5 minutes prior to intravenous administration of the PPI, during administration, or within about 5 minutes after administration. Applicants anticipate that these studies may demonstrate that when combined with oral gastric parietal cell activators, only a significant amount of intravenous PPI is required to achieve therapeutic efficacy. In addition, the administration of intravenous PPI and oral gastric parietal cell activators can be packaged in many different dosage forms for slower administration and most efficient packaging and transport of products. These kits can be in unit dose or multiple dose dosage forms. Example XIII Omega Predrine suspension: > Stabilizer suspension was prepared from 8.4% sodium bicarbonate mixed with omeprazole to a final concentration of 2 mg/ml to determine omegapril after 6 months. Stability of the azole solution. The resulting preparation was stored in clear glass at room temperature, refrigerated and frozen. The sample is taken from the stored preparation after thorough shaking at the indicated time. The sample is then stored at 7 (TC. Frozen sample is maintained frozen until analysis -82 - 1309168. V. Description (81). When the collection process is complete, the sample is shipped to the laboratory and placed on dry ice overnight for analysis. Shake sample 3 Samples were dispensed for 0 seconds and analyzed by HPLC according to well-known methods. Omeprezazole and internal standard (H1 68/24). Omegapril and internal standards were measured by modified steps of the steps described by Amantea and Narang (Amantea MA, Narang PK, an improved procedure for the quantitative omeprazole and metabolites using reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography, J. Chromatography 426; 2 1 6 - 222 (1 988 )). 20 ul of omegapri Azole 2 mg/ml NaHC03 and 100 ul of internal standard solution, mixed with 150 ul carbonate buffer (pH=9.8), 5 ml of dichloroethane '5 ml of hexane, and 980 ul of sterile water. After the sample, the organic layer was extracted and air dried with a stream of nitrogen. Each small IX was recovered with 150 ul of mobile phase (40% methanol, 52% 0.025 phosphate buffer, 8% acetonitrile, pH = 7.4). The recovered sample was taken 75 ul. Inject C185u column using the same mobile phase at 1.1 ml/min The omeprazole was isolated for about 5 minutes, and the internal standard of separation was about 7.5 minutes. The standard curve exceeding the concentration range 〇-3 mg / m 1 was a straight line, and the coefficient of the day of variation and the daytime was at all concentrations <8 %. The average R2 of the standard curve is 0. 980. The 6-month sample shows an initial concentration of 2 mg/ml greater than 90% (ie 1.88 mg/ml, 1,94 mg/ml, 1.92 mg/ml). Example VT ΕΡΙ Composition and most effective buffering agent for administration in combination with hydrazine A. The composition of the present invention is designed to produce a rapid release active drug to delivery -83- 1309168. Location (usually the stomach), which does not require an enteric coating or a delayed release dosage form to prevent acid degradation of the drug. For example, acid labile PPIs can be formulated or buffered with one or more sufficient environmentally friendly PPIs. Co-administered to deliver the PPI to the stomach (or other environment) through a liquid, powder or solid dosage form that produces an immediate release of the active drug to the delivery site for the ultimate purpose of rapidly absorbing PPI. Therefore, Applicants found that when buffer The pH produced in the stomach or other environment is equal to the pKa of the PPI plus a sufficient amount of buffer or specific PP to be administered when administered to adequately protect the PPI from acids and provide undegraded and bioactivating PPI to the blood. Is mixing prevents acid degradation of PPI (eg, the final pH of the pKa of pPI + 0.7 log値 reduces degradation to about 1 〇%). These buffers should interact with the hydrogen ions at a rate that exceeds the interaction of the hydrogen ions with the PPI. The solubility of the buffer and PPI is therefore an important consideration because solubility is the key to determining the rate of interaction of hydrogen ions with another compound. The PPI formulation of the present invention typically contains two basic components: a PPI and an essential buffer. The necessary buffer may include a buffer or combination of buffers (the buffers interact with HC 1 (or other acids in the environment) faster than the PPI interacts with the same acid]. When placed in the liquid phase (usually in water), the buffer is necessary to produce and maintain at least the pH of the pKa of PP I. In one embodiment, the desired degradation (ionization) can be reduced from about 50% to about 10% by increasing the ambient pH to the pKa of the same PPI plus about 0.7 log Torr (or greater). As used herein, "essential pH" refers to the minimum pH required to minimize or eliminate the acid-induced degradation of PPI. Buffer used -84- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (83) The agent can increase the ambient pH to the necessary pH so that 30%, 40% or 50% of the PPI is not degraded' or is substantially protected (ie greater than 50% stabilized) The amount of PpI exists. In another specific example, the required pH is the pKa of the PPI. In yet another embodiment, the required pH is the sum of the pKa plus 7.7 log P of the PPI. The log 値.7 log 値 plus pKa ′ performance is reduced by about 5.01187% PPI stability compared to pKa plus 1 i〇g ,, thus resulting in about 90% stability, which is widely accepted for pharmaceutical products. In some cases, it is acceptable to accept a number less than log 0.7. Part of the present invention provides a buffer that is sufficient to provide neutralizing ability (Required Buffer Capacity ("EBC")) to maintain the environment (usually the stomach) during the passage of PPI from the environment and into the bloodstream. High pH. B. Essential Buffers The necessary buffers can be divided into two groups: a primary essential buffer (p r i ma r y Essential Buffer)' and a secondary essential buffer (Secondary Essential Buffer). Each formulation is combined, directly or indirectly, with at least one of the primary necessary buffers. When the primary essential buffer is used alone or in combination, the buffering activity is provided below the enthalpy that causes tissue irritation or injury, and the lower limit of the necessary pH greater than the PPI. Secondary essential buffers are not required for each formulation, but can be combined with the primary necessary buffer to produce a higher pH and increase the neutralizing power of the formulation. The type and dosage of buffers used to protect acid-labile substituted benzopyrene π pp I s (and other drugs) can be used to efficiently transport ρρι to -85- 1309168. V. INSTRUCTIONS (84) The gastric lining cells act, especially the pp I administered, which is designed to break the immediate release of the stomach, rather than being designed to break in the higher pH environment after the stomach (eg duodenum) Delayed release of the product. The compositions and methods of the present invention use the basic characteristics of the buffers used, as well as the calculations of their respective solubilities and pKa's to determine the necessary pH, buffering capacity, and individual PPI dose volume measurements. Such an improved method can be applied to the determination of powders, lozenges, capsules, liquids, etc. in a range of environments (e.g., oral, esophagus, stomach, duodenum' jejunum, rectal fistula, nasogastric tube, or pre-dose storage. The stored dosage forms can be exposed to a variety of environments' but typical storage conditions include storage at room temperature (65 _ 80 Y) with little or no exposure to conventional heat, cold, light or moisture. The method of the present invention includes all substituted benzimidazole PP I s, salts thereof, esters 'guanamine' mirror image 'racemates', prodrugs, derivatives and the like, and is not limited to the following estimations. PP I s. The necessary buffer capacity ("EBC") is the ability of the PPI/buffer formulation to combat degradation from the environment. The buffering capacity of the PPI/buffer formulation is primarily derived from formula ingredients that are capable of binding to environmental acids (H + ions). EBC promotes acid neutralization (acid production) and maintains the environment j)H>pK;a + ().7 to protect PP I s from acid degradation during the presence. The primary necessary buffer is designed to maintain the pH of the stomach (or other environment) within a desired range of micro-fixation for a period of time such that the PPI can be absorbed from the stomach or other environment. Therefore, the necessary buffer is usually combined with HC 1 (or other acid) more rapidly than the administered ppI, so that the necessary buffer can protect the PPI. -86- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (85) Any weak test or combination thereof may be used as a suitable buffer. 0 Required buffers include, but are not limited to, electrolytes containing sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium or barium cations. Amino acid, protein, or egg yolk hydrolysate can provide an essential buffer for the ability to rapidly neutralize acids. When pp I s is mixed with an essential buffer, the PPI s can be in a free base dosage form, such as omeprazole or blue soprenazole in a sodium salt dosage form, such as aesthepyrone, sodium, and omeprazole sodium. Biprirez sodium, topoterone sodium, etc.; or magnesium salt dosage form such as esculine meprior magnesium or omeprazole magnesium or calcium salt dosage form or other salt dosage form 〇 necessary buffer can be used alone or in combination with The secondary essential buffer combination provides the necessary buffering capacity. 0 Sodium phosphate and sodium carbonate are examples of secondary essential buffers for adjusting the pH of any primary essential buffer. A secondary essential buffer can assist the first necessary buffer to produce the desired pHE during use. Secondary essential buffers are similar to the first need for buffers to neutralize HC1 (or other acids in the environment), but they produce a pH of the cartridge that cannot be used alone, as excessive pH will cause gastric mucosal irritations. They are used to increase pH and provide additional buffering capacity when combined with the primary necessary buffer. A secondary buffer must not be required to protect the PPI from acid-induced degradation during the initial phase. Because they did not act quickly, they did not play a major role during the PPI protection period. Other buffers ("non-essential buffers,") may be added to the primary and/or secondary essential buffers to provide the potential for acid production to extend beyond the acidity of the necessary buffers. Many additional buffers may be used alone or in combination 'Achieves the effective buffering capacity of PPIs -87- l3〇9l68 -~__________ V. Description of invention (86) or acid labile drugs. The desired properties of buffers include the rapid neutralization of acidic environments, allowing for consideration Drugs greater than pKa + 〇7 0 Non-limiting primary and secondary essential buffers are shown in Tables 8 and 9 below. - 88 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (87) Table 8 Examples of essential buffers necessary for buffer solubility 氺2S§ MW Sodium Bicarbonate 9.96 g/100 mL 8-8.4 84 Sodium sesquicarbonate 6.3 g/100 mL 9.9-10 174 Dibasic Sodium Phosphate 10 g/100 mL 8.6-9.3 142 Sodium Tripolyphosphate 6 Gm /100 mL 9.7-10 368 Tetrasodium pyrophosphate 5 g/100 mL 9.8-10.3 266 Sodium citrate 72 g/100 mL 5 294 Calcium citrate 10 rag/100 mL 6.8 498 Calcium carbonate 1.5 mg/100 mL 6.1- 7.1 100 oxidation 0.62 mg/100 mL 9.5-10.5 40 Sodium Gluconate 60 g/100 mL 6-8 218 Sodium lactate 40 g/100 mL 7 112 Sodium acetate 119 g/100 mL 8.9 82 Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate 150 g/100 mL 9.3 174 Coke Tetrapotassium phosphate 185 g/100 mL 10.4 330 Potassium hydrogencarbonate 36 g/100 mL 8.2 100 Calcium lactate 6 g/100 mL 7 218 Calcium phosphate 6 g/100 mL 7 210 Calcium gluconate 3 g/100 mL 7.4 430 Lactic acid Magnesium 10 g/100 mL 5.5-7.5 269 Magnesium Gluconate 16 g/100 mL 7.3 414 *Solubility as a function of temperature § pH varies with concentration and temperature Note: Acceptable if hydrated and anhydrous forms meet the criteria for primary buffers
-89- 1309168-89- 1309168
五、發明說明(88) ____:__ 次要必需緩衝勸丨夕眚例 這些緩衝劑具腐蝕性不可單獨使用,但適合以低量添加在表8之首要必 需緩衝劑 必需緩衝劑 溶解度氺 pH§ MW 碳酸鈉 45.5 g/100 mL 10.6-11.4 106 碳酸鉀 11.5 138 磷酸鈉(三驗) 8 g/100 mL 10.7-12.1 -------- 163 氫氧化鈣 185 mg/100 mL 12 74 氫氧化鈉 11.4-13.2 40 *溶解度隨溫度變化 § pH隨濃度及溫度變化 註:若水合與無水形式符合次要必需緩衝劑之標準則可接受 胺基酸亦可使用作爲首要或次要必需緩衝劑’其劑量 可根據下列資料計算。 -90 - 1309168 五、發明說明(89) 表10 單字母符號 三字母符號 胺基酸 MW pH 溶解度 (g/io〇g h2o 在 25°C ) A Ala 丙胺酸 89 6 16.65 C Cys 半胱胺酸 121 5.02 Very D Asp 天冬胺酸 133 2.77 0,778 E Glu 麩胺酸 147 3.22 0.864 F Phe 苯丙胺酸 165 5.48 2:965 G Gly 甘胺酸 75 5.97 24.99 Η His 組胺酸 155 7.47 4.19 I lie 異白胺酸 133 5.94 4.117 K Lys 離胺酸 146 9.59 Very L Leu 白胺酸 131 5.98 2.426 Μ Met 甲硫胺酸 149 5.74 3.381 Ν Asn 天冬醯胺酸 132 5.41 3.53 Ρ Pro 脯胺酸 115 6.30 162.3 Q Gin 麩醯胺酸 146 5.65 2.5 R Arg 精胺酸 174 11.15 15 S Ser 絲胺酸 105 5.68 5.023 Τ Thr 酥胺酸 119 5.64 Very V Val 纈胺酸 117 5.96 8.85 W Trp 色胺酸 204 5.89 1.136 Υ Tyr 酪胺酸 181 5.66 0.0453V. INSTRUCTIONS (88) ____: __ Minor must be buffered. These buffers are corrosive and cannot be used alone, but are suitable for low-level addition to the primary essential buffer in Table 8. Required buffer solubility 氺pH§ MW sodium carbonate 45.5 g/100 mL 10.6-11.4 106 Potassium carbonate 11.5 138 Sodium phosphate (three tests) 8 g/100 mL 10.7-12.1 -------- 163 Calcium hydroxide 185 mg/100 mL 12 74 Hydrogen Sodium Oxide 11.4-13.2 40 * Solubility as a function of temperature § pH varies with concentration and temperature Note: If the hydrated and anhydrous forms meet the criteria for a secondary essential buffer, the acceptable amino acid can also be used as a primary or secondary buffer. 'The dose can be calculated based on the following information. -90 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (89) Table 10 Single letter symbol Three letter symbol Amino acid MW pH Solubility (g/io〇g h2o at 25 ° C) A Ala Alanine 89 6 16.65 C Cys Cysteine 121 5.02 Very D Asp Aspartic acid 133 2.77 0,778 E Glu glutamic acid 147 3.22 0.864 F Phe phenylalanine 165 5.48 2:965 G Gly Glycine 75 5.97 24.99 Η His histidine 155 7.47 4.19 I lie Isoleamine Acid 133 5.94 4.117 K Lys lysine 146 9.59 Very L Leu leucine 131 5.98 2.426 Μ Met methionine 149 5.74 3.381 Ν Asn Aspartic acid 132 5.41 3.53 Ρ Pro Proline 115 6.30 162.3 Q Gin Proline 146 5.65 2.5 R Arg arginine 174 11.15 15 S Ser Serine 105 5.68 5.023 Τ Thr lysine 119 5.64 Very V Val lysine 117 5.96 8.85 W Trp Tryptophan 204 5.89 1.136 Υ Tyr tyramine Acid 181 5.66 0.0453
-91 - 1309168 五、發明說明(9〇) 參考資料: IUPAC-IUB生物化學命名委員會(CBN),天然胜肽之合成 修飾之命名規則(1 966 );人1^11.810(:服^1.;610?訂3. 1 2 1:6 - 8 ( 1 967 ) ; BIOCHEM. 1 04:1 7 - 1 9 ( 1 967 );更正 135:9(1973) ; BIOCHEMISTRY 6:362-364(1967) ; BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. ACTA 1 33:1 - 5 ( 1 967 ) ; BULL . SOC. CHIM. BIOL. 49:325 - 3 30 ( 1 967 )(法語);EUR. J. BIOCHEM. 1:3 79 -381(1967);更正 45:3 ( 1 974 ) ; Hoppe-Seyler’s,Z‘, PHYSIOL. CHEM. 348:262 - 265 ( 1 967 )(德語);J. BIOL. CHEM_ 242:555 - 557 ( 1 972 ); IUPAC-IUB 有機化學命名委員 會(CNOC),有機化學之命名,STEREOCHEM. REC. E:( 1974 ) ;PURE APPL. CHEM · 45:11-30(1976)。亦參閱「生化命 名及相關文件」,PORTLAND PRESS. 2:1 - 1 8 ( 1 992 )。 C .必需 pH(pHE) 經取代苯并咪唑PPIs在酸性條件下不穩定。口服投與 之PPI s必須避免胃部的強酸情形,不論酸性是來自胃酸 或透過管餵食或其他來源導入之酸類。通常,胃部環境之 pH較高時,PPI的穩定較高,於是有更多時間被吸收到血 液中並到達且作用在胃膜壁細胞的質子幫浦。 提及之“必需pH”是指爲PPI存在於環境期間,最小化或 消除所關注環境酸誘發降解作用所需之最低pH。本文中通 常以pH範圍表示。此等pH爲PPI/緩衝劑配方存在之環境 pH。例如環境可爲貯存容器或胃。環境呈現一組條件給 -92- 1309168 五、發明說明(91) PPI /緩衝劑,例如溫度、pH、以及存在或缺乏水。存在時 間是指PP I存在於特殊環境之時間,.亦即通過進入不同環 境之前的胃腸道*也就是血流。上架壽命爲另一存在時間 之實例,於此情況,特殊環境可爲乾粉末化配方的容器。 文中使用之“pH結果”是指添加PPI /緩衝劑配方到所關注 環境後之pH。“配方pH”是指PPI/緩衝劑配方爲液體劑 型時之pH。 PPI劑量於其計算之?1範圍內係設計用以保證對酸降 解有足夠的PPI保護,例如運送到出現之質子幫浦並作用 之。於一所欲之具體例中,PHE爲所供給PPI之pKa加上 約0.7之總和。pKa定義爲一化學製品之50%爲離子化形 式時之pH。當環境pH等於PPI之pKa時,則發生50%離 子化(降解)之PPI。 穩定度範圍因子(“SRF”)是pH升高之範圍,其中下限 爲PPI+0.7 log之pKa的總和,以及上限爲消除酸降解且 未產生極度鹼性之組織刺激之pH。SRF之計算是根據所欲 之上架壽命(或存在時間),環境pH及預期遇到的酸量, 連同投與藥物之後及藥物到達血液之前(亦即存在時間)預 期之暴露時間。 SRF之上限爲胃黏膜對鹼性物質之忍受度功能,由配方 pH及存在之鹼性物質濃度決定。爲實施之目的,ph=1 0.9 描述出SRF之上限。已知緩衝劑量爲鹼性物質之組織破壞 潛能之重要面。因此對於任何給予之PPI之SRF以 -93 - 1309168 五、發明說明(92) PPI +0 . 7之pKa的總和開始,並向上延伸到約pH 1 0.9。 必需pH與SRF之使用確定H+離子(或其他酸性成分)於 PPI /緩衝劑配方作用穩定度之所欲範圍。足夠的緩衝能力 維持必需pH如下所述之“必需緩衝能力”。 以SRF對特殊PPIs之pHE計算實例如下: PPI 之 pHE = PPI 之 pKa+0.7 SRF =範圍:pHE 至 10.9 歐米普瑞唑之SRF = (pKa歐米普瑞唑+0.7)至 10.9 = (3.9 + 0·7)=4.6 至 10 . 9 藍梭普瑞唑之SRF = (pKa藍梭普瑞唑+0.7)至 10.9=(4.1+0.7)=4.8 至 10-9 瑞比普瑞唑之SRF = (pKa瑞比普瑞唑+0.7)至 10.9=(4.9+0.7)=5.6 至 10.9 片托普瑞唑之SRF = (pKa片托普瑞唑+0.7)至 10.9=(3+0.7)=3.7 至 10.9 在大部分情況,以上範圍之各下極限以一 pH單位增加 ,經由因子1 0減少可能產生低pH區域引起PPI降解之任 何胃內的局部影響。經由觀察弱鹼開始在高於PKa之+ 1 log値最有的效進行中和酸,亦可支持+1 log値之値。 舉例而言,於成人禁食之胃中可預期遇到約100-150 ml 之0 . 11至0. 16N HC1,相當於約12-24 mEq之HC1。因此 ,等量的鹼可中和此酸。若使用約12-24 mEq之碳酸氫鈉 作爲緩衝劑,所得pH結果則爲碳酸氫鈉之共軛酸(碳酸) -94- 1309168 五、發明說明(93) 的pKa,約6 . 1 4或更高。此値高於歐米普瑞唑之pHE下限 4 . 6。於是遇到12-24 mEq之HC1時,投與12-24 mEq之 碳酸氫鈉與歐米普瑞唑可保護大於95%之藥物。由於碳酸 氫鈉與HC1複合之速率超過與歐米普瑞唑交互作用之速率 ,因此視爲適合之緩衝劑。 須注意,隨年齡及疾病遇到的酸量可能明顯更多或少於 12-24 mEq之範圍,但通常從約4 mEq至約30 mEq。 使用12-24 mEQ量之氧化鎂或氫氧化鎂亦可提供足夠的 中和能力使pH約爲7 (些微降低僅因鎂之極微水解作用)。 然而氫氧化鎂未迅速開始且需小心以確定未發生PPI的早 期降解。經由製造含有兩層的錠劑可避免早期降解:PPI 及碳酸氫鈉之內層,以及氫氧化鎂乾凝膠或氧化鎂與可快 速碎裂氧化鎂於胃之適當崩散劑之外層。另外,內層可含 有鎂緩衝劑以及外層含有PPI及碳酸氫鈉。 此外,作用較緩慢之緩衝劑的微化作用可用於增強緩衝 劑與酸結合之能力。碳酸鈣(及許多其他鈣緩衝劑)爲類似 之作用較緩慢(相較於碳酸氫鈉)但有效力之緩衝劑。因此 ’若使用時最好適於內層含有迅速作用緩衝劑與PPI之錠 劑配方的外層(或反之亦然)。另外,緩衝劑混合物可用於 外層。若爲復原硏發液體配方或粉末,可使用迅速作用緩 衝劑與作用較緩慢緩衝劑之混合物(例如分別爲碳酸氫鈉 及氧化鎂)。 對配方之修改可能需要以鹼性或酸性化學劑(包括但不 -95- 1309168-91 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (9〇) REFERENCES: IUPAC-IUB Biochemical Nomenclature Commission (CBN), the nomenclature of synthetic modification of natural peptides (1 966); human 1^11.810 (: service ^1. ;610?3. 1 2 1:6 - 8 (1 967) ; BIOCHEM. 1 04:1 7 - 1 9 ( 1 967 ); Correction 135:9 (1973); BIOCHEMISTRY 6:362-364 (1967) BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. ACTA 1 33:1 - 5 ( 1 967 ) ; BULL . SOC. CHIM. BIOL. 49:325 - 3 30 ( 1 967 ) (French); EUR. J. BIOCHEM. 1:3 79 - 381 (1967); Correction 45:3 (1 974); Hoppe-Seyler's, Z', PHYSIOL. CHEM. 348:262 - 265 (1 967) (German); J. BIOL. CHEM_ 242:555 - 557 ( 1 972); IUPAC-IUB Organic Chemistry Nomenclature Commission (CNOC), Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry, STEREOCHEM. REC. E: (1974); PURE APPL. CHEM · 45:11-30 (1976). See also Biochemical Nomenclature and Related Document, PORTLAND PRESS. 2:1 - 1 8 (1 992 ) C. Essential pH (pHE) Substituted benzimidazole PPIs are unstable under acidic conditions. PPIs administered orally must avoid strong acid in the stomach. Whether the acidity is from stomach acid or through tube feeding or other sources Introduced acid. Usually, when the pH of the stomach environment is high, the PPI is stable, so there is more time to be absorbed into the blood and reach the proton pump that acts on the cells of the gastric mucosa. "pH" refers to the minimum pH required to minimize or eliminate the acid-induced degradation of the environment of interest for the PPI to be present in the environment. It is generally referred to herein as the pH range. These pHs are the ambient pH in which the PPI/buffer formulation is present. For example, the environment can be a storage container or a stomach. The environment presents a set of conditions to -92-1309168. 5. Description of the invention (91) PPI/buffer, such as temperature, pH, and presence or absence of water. The presence time means that PP I is present. The time of the special environment, that is, the gastrointestinal tract * which is the blood flow before entering the environment. The shelf life is an example of another time of existence. In this case, the special environment may be a container of dry powdered formula. As used herein, "pH result" refers to the pH of a PPI/buffer formulation added to the environment of interest. "Formulation pH" refers to the pH at which the PPI/buffer formulation is in a liquid dosage form. What is the PPI dose calculated for? The range 1 is designed to ensure adequate PPI protection for acid degradation, such as transport to the proton pump that appears. In a specific example, the PHE is the sum of the pKa of the supplied PPI plus about 0.7. The pKa is defined as the pH at which 50% of a chemical is in ionized form. When the ambient pH is equal to the pKa of the PPI, a PPI of 50% ionization (degradation) occurs. The stability range factor ("SRF") is the range in which the pH rises, where the lower limit is the sum of the pKa of PPI + 0.7 log, and the upper limit is the pH of the tissue stimulus that eliminates acid degradation and does not produce extreme alkalinity. The SRF is calculated based on the desired shelf life (or time of presence), the ambient pH, and the amount of acid expected to be encountered, along with the expected exposure time after administration of the drug and before the drug reaches the blood (i.e., time of presence). The upper limit of SRF is the tolerance function of gastric mucosa to alkaline substances, which is determined by the pH of the formula and the concentration of alkaline substances present. For implementation purposes, ph=1 0.9 describes the upper limit of the SRF. The buffer dose is known to be an important aspect of the tissue destruction potential of alkaline substances. Thus the SRF for any given PPI begins with the sum of the pKa of -93 - 1309168 V, invention note (92) PPI +0.7, and extends up to about pH 1 0.9. The use of the necessary pH and SRF determines the desired range of H+ ions (or other acidic components) for the stability of the PPI/buffer formulation. Sufficient cushioning capacity Maintain the "required buffering capacity" of the required pH as described below. Examples of pHE calculations for specific PPIs by SRF are as follows: pHE of PPI = pKa of PPI + 0.7 SRF = range: pHE to 10.9 SRF of omeprazole = (pKa omeprazole + 0.7) to 10.9 = (3.9 + 0 · 7) = 4.6 to 10. 9 Srp of resorprazole = (pKa moxaprazole + 0.7) to 10.9 = (4.1 + 0.7) = 4.8 to 10-9 SRF = (by Ripridazole) pKa ribiprazole +0.7) to 10.9 = (4.9 + 0.7) = 5.6 to 10.9 tablets of topiramate SRF = (pKa tablets topirazole + 0.7) to 10.9 = (3 + 0.7) = 3.7 to 10.9 In most cases, the lower limit of the above range is increased by one pH unit, and reduction by factor 10 may produce any intra-soil local effects of PPI degradation in the low pH region. By observing the weak base, it is most effective to neutralize the acid at + 1 log 高于 above PKa, and it can also support +1 log 値. For example, in the stomach of an adult fasting, it is expected to encounter about 100-150 ml of 0.11 to 0.16 N HC1, which is equivalent to about 12-24 mEq of HC1. Therefore, an equivalent amount of base can neutralize the acid. If about 12-24 mEq of sodium bicarbonate is used as a buffer, the resulting pH is sodium bicarbonate conjugate acid (carbonic acid) -94 - 1309168 5. The pKa of the invention (93), about 6.14 or higher. This 値 is higher than the lower pHE of omeprazole 4. 6 . Thus, when encountering HC1 of 12-24 mEq, administration of 12-24 mEq of sodium bicarbonate and omeprazole can protect more than 95% of the drug. Since sodium bicarbonate complexes with HC1 at a rate that exceeds the rate of interaction with omeprazole, it is considered a suitable buffer. It should be noted that the amount of acid encountered with age and disease may be significantly more or less than the range of 12-24 mEq, but usually from about 4 mEq to about 30 mEq. The use of magnesium oxide or magnesium hydroxide in an amount of 12-24 mEQ also provides sufficient neutralization to bring the pH to about 7 (slightly reduced only due to the extremely slight hydrolysis of magnesium). However, magnesium hydroxide did not start quickly and care should be taken to determine that early degradation of PPI did not occur. Early degradation can be avoided by making a two-layer tablet: the inner layer of PPI and sodium bicarbonate, and the outer layer of magnesium hydroxide xerogel or magnesia with a suitable disintegrating agent that rapidly disintegrates the magnesia in the stomach. Further, the inner layer may contain a magnesium buffer and the outer layer contains PPI and sodium hydrogencarbonate. In addition, the slower effect of the buffering agent can be used to enhance the ability of the buffer to bind to the acid. Calcium carbonate (and many other calcium buffers) are buffers that act similarly slowly (compared to sodium bicarbonate) but are effective. Therefore, it is preferred to use an outer layer (or vice versa) of a formulation containing a rapid acting buffer and PPI in the inner layer. Alternatively, a buffer mixture can be used for the outer layer. If the formula or powder is to be reconstituted, a mixture of a rapid acting buffer and a slower buffer (for example, sodium bicarbonate and magnesium oxide, respectively) may be used. Modifications to the formulation may require alkaline or acidic chemicals (including but not -95-1309168)
五、發明說明(μ ) 限制爲透過本串請案敘述之化學劑)調整產物m。根據 PHE之緩衝pH修改可能或不可能於特殊情況進行,視種 類、年齡、疾病及病人間其他變化而異。 D · pKa及PPI s之溶解度 如上所述’所供給pP][之pKa指出有關酸降解之固有穩 定性:較低pKa則ppi更穩定。PPI之溶解度也指出PPI 與酸複合及被酸降解之速率。在酸存在之環境下,卯〗之 此兩項物化特性(pKa及溶解度)與緩衝劑之物化特性(pH, 緩衝能力及緩衝作用速率)交互作用,以測定PPI於此期 間之降解作用。較少溶解之PPI於水中,當置於酸性環境 時降低開始之降解作用。下列表11祥細闡述50%藥物被降 解之時間(tl/2),pKa及數種PPIs於水中之溶解度。 表 11___ PH 片托普瑞唑鈉 歐米普瑞唑 苗梭普瑞唑 瑞比普瑞唑鈉 1.2 4.6分鐘 2.8分鐘 2.0分鐘 1.3分鐘 5 2.8小時 1.0小時 1.1小時 5.1 4.7小時 1.4小時 1.5小時 7.2分鐘 6 21小時 7.3小時 6.4小時 7 73小時 39小時 35小時 Pka 3 3.9 4.1 4.9 溶解度 易溶解 稍微溶解 極微溶解 易溶解 -96 - 1309168 五、發明說明(95) Kromer W.等人,經取代苯并咪唑之PH-依賴活化速率差 異及生物活體外關聯性,PHARMACOL〇gY 1998; 56:57-70 〇 雖然片托普瑞唑鈉具有3之pKa,於酸性環境中固然比 其他PPIs更穩定,但也較容易溶於水,於是在pH爲U 之酸性胃中不到5分鐘即經歷50%降解作用。因此,對於 與片托普瑞唑鈉一起使用之緩衝劑與H+離子(或其他酸性 物質)之交互作用,更快速於片托普瑞唑鈉與此等酸類之 交互作用且於存在期間維持快速複合是重要的,否則可能 需要額外給予緩衝劑。從PPI於溶液至接觸到胃酸持續到 存在期間,胃內容物之整體pH至少應維持在pKa + 0.7(亦 即3 . 7 )。用於片托普瑞唑鈉液體配方之必需緩衝劑包括其 共轭酸具有pKa>3. 7且具快速複合潛力之緩衝劑。大部分 鎂、鈣及鋁鹽不適合,除非片托普瑞唑鈉(含或不含額外 緩衝劑)置於錠劑內部或含此等制酸劑之膠囊,以及以快 速作用之緩衝劑與快速崩散劑圍繞。用於片托普瑞唑之另 一配方之方法爲減少其溶解度,例如經由選擇片托普瑞唑 之較低可溶解鹽劑型或非鹽劑型。 瑞比普瑞唑鈉也易溶於水,以及在pH爲1 . 2之酸性胃 中不到5分鐘即經歷50%降解作用。由於其4.9之較高 pKa,對酸降解非常不穩定。適合於瑞比普瑞唑鈉之緩衝 劑與H+離子(或其他酸性物質)之交互作用,更快速於瑞比 普瑞唑鈉與此等酸類之交互作用以防止早期降解,且具有 -97- 1309168 五、發明說明(96) 高度中和能力使瑞比普瑞唑鈉存活於存在期間。碳酸氫鈉 或鉀於此情況爲一好選擇。 當於液體劑型時’瑞比普瑞唑鈉(以及質子幫浦抑制劑 之任何鈉鹽,其將比鹼鹽更易溶解)之另一選擇維是減少 瑞比普瑞哩鈉的溶解度,例如使用較低可溶解鹽劑型或使 用非鹽劑型。如此減少早期的降解’因爲瑞比普瑞唑在經 酸降解之前,首先必須溶解於水。於此具體例中’適合於 瑞比普瑞唑鈉之緩衝劑需具有高度中和能力使瑞比普瑞唑 鈉存活於存在期間。 具有高pKa之PPI,例如瑞比普瑞唑鈉,可使用兩部分 液體配方。液體部分具有PPI及高PH ’但爲低niEq緩衝能 力。添加液體部分到具有低pH但爲較高mEq緩衝能力之 第二部分。當正要投與之前將這兩部分添加在一起,以產 生具有低pH及較高緩衝能力之配方,可中和胃酸但不會 對組織過於腐蝕。此類配方之實例提供如下。 對於高度溶解之PPIS,可製造配方於固體劑量劑型,例 如含有緩衝劑之錠劑、膠囊或粉末,以超過PPI之速率碎 裂並到達溶液,藉此於PPI溶解並與環境之酸交互作用之 前提供保護PPI之必需pH。再者,錠劑或膠囊可配方成具 有緩衝劑之外部及含有PPI之內部,或PPI與緩衝劑之混 合物。額外方法包括將緩衝劑配方於較小顆粒尺寸中(例 如微化)而PPI於較大顆粒尺寸中。如此造成緩衝劑成分 之碎裂在PPI成分碎裂之前。所有此等方法之配方目的係 -98- 1309168 五、發明碎明(97) 爲在PPI其存在期間創造—穩定環境。 劑量劑型可影響緩衝劑用於配方之適用性。例如,氧化 鎂爲具有高緩衝能力之緩衝劑,但配方爲錠劑時則緩慢開 始。然而配方爲粉末或低擠壓之錠劑,或含錠劑崩散劑如 預明膠化澱粉時則更快速碎裂。 歐米普瑞唑鹼僅微溶於水,於是較少藥物受到早期及後 續之降解作用。歐米普瑞唑之可溶部分對於胃部環境的早 期降解作用較易受損。剩餘不可溶之溶解作用預期在遇到 胃分泌液水的數分鐘內發生。此溶解時間提供對抗早期降 解作用之部分保護,但在運送期間或於產物配方中需使用 相當低體積水。於胃部環境數分鐘後,隨完全溶解,歐米 普瑞唑不到3分鐘即經歷50%降解作用。由於歐米普瑞唑 具有3.9之pKa所以爲中度穩定。歐米普瑞唑之適合緩衝 劑爲快速作用且至少具有中度中和能力使歐米普瑞唑存活 於存在期間。 文中使用“快速作用”於緩衝劑之上下文中,意指緩衝 劑可於時間內升高環境pH到高於或等於特殊ρρι之phe而 足以防止PPI的顯著降解。於一具體例中,快速作用之緩 衝劑於10分鐘內升高pH至少到PPI之pKa加上0.7 log 値。 較佳之緩衝劑製造環境之所得pH結果等於或高於必需 pH,以至於:(1 )開始改變PH到等於或高於phe+0.7是在 PPI之酸誘發降解作用發生前開始,以及(2)等於或高於 -99 - 1309168 五、 發明說明 ( 9ε 0 pHE+〇. 7之所得 pH 結 :果持續於整個存在期間 ,於成人 空 胃 之 情 形 時 典 型 爲 最 少 30分鐘。所欲爲緩衝 劑可快 速 作用 以 將 早 期 酸 誘 發 降 解 作用降至最低。最快速 作用之 緩 衝 劑 可 溶 於水 (或可溶於環境中)。然而高溶解度 並非氧 化 鎂 及 碳 酸 鈣 絕 對 必 需 二 者皆只微溶,僅管以較 慢速率 而可 顯 著 與 胃 酸 複 合 〇 若使 用乾燥配方,例如錠劑 ,可減 少 緩 衝 劑 顆 粒 大 小 以 增 強 溶 解速率,而同時可增加 PPI之 顆 业丄 大 小 〇 可 添 加 崩 散 劑 以 增強較弱溶解之緩衝劑 的可獲 0 藍 梭 普 yui- m 唑 鹼 極 微 溶於水,於是較少藥物 受到早 期 降 解 作用 〇 可 溶 部分 對 於 早期降解作用較易受損 。剩餘 不 可 溶 之 溶 解 作用 預 期 在 遇 到胃分泌液水的數分鐘 內發生 〇 此 溶 解 時 間 提 供 對 抗 早 期 降解作用之部分保護, 但在運 送 期 間 或 於 產 物 配 方 中 需 使 用相當低體積水。數分 鐘後, 隨 兀 全 溶 解 藍 梭 普 瑞 哩不 到2分鐘即經歷50%降 解作用 0 由 於 藍 梭 普 瑞 唑 具 有 4 .1 之pKa所以爲中度穩定 。藍梭 普 瑞 唑 之 適 合 緩 衝 劑 應 爲 快 速作用且應具有中度至 高度中 和 能 力 使 藍 梭 普 瑞 唑存活於存在期間。從PPI於溶 液至接 frtm 觸 到 胃 酸 持 續 到存在 期 間 , 胃內容物(或其他環境)之pH 應 維 持 在約 高 於 4 8 0 E. 計 算 緩 衝 劑 之 酸 中 和能力 可 溶 性 緩 衝 劑 之 酸 中和能力(“ANC”)通常 可用於 協 助 選 擇 所 需 之 緩 衝 劑 較 佳 量提供給EBC。ANC使用 配方重 (FW •) 及 原 子 價 測 定 緩 衝 能 力。 -100- 1309168 五、發明說明(") 碳酸氫鈉之ANC計算舉例如下: 碳酸氫鈉,Na + HC(V,FWt.=84,原子價=1。從當量轉換 爲克之計算式爲: (當量(“EW”))( 1 / 1 000 mmol)(l mmol/1 mEq)= NaHC03 g . EW=(FWt.)/(原子價)=84/ 1 = 84 g/mol (84 g/mol)(l mol/ 1 000 nimol)(l mmol/1 mEq)(4 mEq) = 0.34 g心肊03爲4 raEq緩衝能力必需。 因此,對於10 mEq需要0 · 840 g NaHC03,以及對於 30 mEq需要2.52 gm。使用4-30 mEq之範圍,係因大部 分病人遇到的酸mEq範圍。 類似地計算其他緩衝劑之ANCs。ANC測定係來自Drake 及Hollander,抗酸劑之緩衝能力及成本效力,ANN INTERN. MED. 1 09:2 1 5 - 1 7 ( 1 981 )。通常本發明配方需約 4 到約30 mEq之緩衝能力,然而部分病人可能使用較高量 〇 碳酸氫鈉於溶液具有歐米普瑞唑之pH>pKa且快速中和 酸性環境。如上所述,與HC1快速複合爲必需緩衝劑之所 欲特性。理想上但非必須如配方所指需要含有錠劑於錠劑 ’必需緩衝劑以比欲保護之PPI較快速率與酸複合。 選擇必需緩衝劑時,由於緩衝劑在各種濃度擁有不同 pHs ’所以知道緩衝能力亦爲有益的。緩衝劑對pH變化的 抗性強度稱爲緩衝劑能力(沒)。其經Koppel Spiro及Van -101- 1309168 五、發明說明(1 〇〇) S 1 yk e定義爲增加強酸(或鹼)對於經由添加酸引起pH改變 之比率。使用下式測量緩衝劑能力·· 緩衝劑能力=增加添加強酸(以每升克當量)到緩衝劑溶 液以產生pH改變(改變以絕對値測量),或緩衝劑能力=酸 之改變/ pH之改變。此式已經改良以改進準確性,且此形 成考慮之緩衝劑的數學比較基礎。參閱Koppel,BioChem, Z. ( 65 ) 409 - 439 ( 1 9 1 4 ),Van Slyke,J . BIOL. CHEM. 52:525(1922)。 PPI/緩衝劑配方置於環境時,PPI遭受環境中酸的降解 作用。如第9圖所指,環境中遇到之PPI溶解度、PPI之 pKa、以及酸(H+離子)的量及濃度是可變因素,可用於決 定作爲必需緩衝劑之適合候選者。當PPI之可溶部分(此 部分可獲自立即與H+離子交互作用)經由H +離子進行水解 時出現早期降解作用。PPIs的溶解度各不同,因此較易溶 者具有潛能於較高部分之經由與H +離子交互作用而降解之 PPI。添加PPI/緩衝劑配方後之PPI的pKa及胃部環境(或 其他有興趣位置)之pH ( pH結果),可用於決定所欲之必需 緩衝劑。經由測量pH結果一段時間,pH數據對時間之作 圖如第9圖所示。一段時間之pH圖解可用於評估各種緩 衝劑。 此等圖解可詳盡闡述可能的緩衝劑或緩衝劑組合物,利 用 Rossett-Rice 測試(Rosset NE,Marion L ••更頻繁使 用之制酸劑與特殊治療對錠劑之效力之活體外評估, -102- 1309168 五、發明說明(1〇1 ) ANTACIDS 26:490 -95( 1 954)),修改以持續添加模擬胃液 。參閱 USP XXIII,美國藥典,第 23 版’ United States Pharmacopeia, Inc.。簡言之,此測試使用150 mL由 2 Gm氯化鈉及3.2 Gm胃液素構成之模擬胃液’溶解於用 7 mL之IN HC1,添加蒸餾水至1 000 mL。模擬胃液之pH 爲1.2。150 mL之液體於容器中以磁鐵攪拌器於300 rpm ±30 rpm攪拌並維持在37.1 °C。pH電極保持在溶液的上方 區域。將測試緩衝劑或受試配方添加到容器以開始評估。 10分鐘時,將持續滴下之模擬胃液體以1.6 ral/rain之速 率添加到測試容器以模擬胃液分泌。以約1.6 mL/mi η從 測試容器移除以維持測試容器之體積不變。評估至少持續 90分鐘。 此方法考慮到在設計以模擬禁食之人胃模式中,緩衝能 力的動力學評估。已部分敘述於Bene yto Je等人(新穎制 酸劑 Almagate 之評估,ARZNEIM-FORSCH/DRUG RES 1 984; 34(10A):1 350 - 4 ),Kerkhof NJ 等人(氫氧化鋁凝膠之 pH-狀態滴定,J. PHARM. SCI. 1977; 66:1528-32),用於評 估制酸劑。 使用此方法,pH追蹤可發展用於評估緩衝劑以及完成產 物。此外,實驗期間可取一測試溶液之樣本來評估不同時 間PPI降解的範圍。具有如第9圖舉例之適當槪況的緩 衝劑,能維持pH大於或等於pHE達30分鐘或更久者,可 考慮爲適當之必需緩衝劑。於一具體實施例中,如第9圖 -103- 1309168 五、發明說明(1〇2 ) 所述,pH記錄超過1 〇秒間隔。 B午多緩衝劑可應用作爲必需緩衝劑。因此一旦被選擇爲 必需緩衝劑’需計算提供EBC之必需量。本文使用之EBC 爲緩衝能力或鹼性緩衝劑的量,包括於劑量中並經計算以 維持必需pH範圍並藉此保護胃部(或其他)環境中任何經 取代苯并咪唑PPI。需要持續PPI投與(例如每日)之病人 ’第一劑或首次幾劑比後續劑量需要更好的緩衝能力,係 因PPI在開始投藥時可能遇到較多酸。後續劑量需要之緩 衝能力較少,係因開始的PPI劑量將降低胃酸製造。因此 EBC於後續劑量可能被降低。產物之緩衝能力可如要求(例 如關於病人年齡、性別或人種)製成配方。 來自成人受試者之實驗數據顯示第一劑歐米普瑞唑的有 效EBC範圍爲約4至約20 mEq( “EBC-0範圍”)之碳酸氫 鈉,於大部分情況適合約1 2至約25 mEq之範圍。歐米普 瑞唑之後續劑量需要較小EBC,爲約4至約1 5 mEq範圍之 碳酸氫鈉。於一具體實施例中,後者之EBC範圍經證明最 適合於歐米普瑞唑懸浮液以不同程度之胃腸道運送及酸產 出量(根據已知分別爲2及25 mEq/小時之基礎及最大酸產 出量)投與病人。這些硏究已發表於Phillips 0.等人 ,CRIT. CARE MED. 1996; Lasky 等人,J. TRAUMA 1998 ο 根據EBC-0範圍,可運用上述ANC計算。此外,於禁 食胃中預期遇到約100- 1 50 mL之0.1 N HC1(相當約12- -104- 1309168 五、發明說明(1〇3) 24 mEq酸)。環境中所遇酸之變動將影響所需之必需緩衝 能力。以上EBC範圍係關於成人病患。然而相較於成人, 兒童每單位時間產生較少酸。因此隨病人族群’必需緩衝 能力所需之量可能有變化。 可獲取許多參考資料協助熟習該技藝者鑑定伴隨PPI之 適合的緩衝劑,以測定文中所述之所欲特性。時’由於緩 衝劑在各種濃度擁有不同pHs,所以知道緩衝亦爲有益的 。例如參閱Ho 1 be r t等人,制酸緩衝劑之硏究:I ·中和胃 部酸度之時間因子,J·AMER,PHARM.ASSN·36:1 49 -5 1 ( 1 947 ) ; Lin等人,制酸劑緩衝能力及酸中和pH時間槪 況之評估,J. FORMOSA MED. ASSN. 97( 10)704-710; Physical Pharmacy, pp 169 - 189 ; Remington: The Science and Practice of Pha rmacvC 2000)。 F .所欲體積 PPI劑量之所欲體積(“DV”)可影響PPI輸送到胃膜壁 細胞質子幫浦並作用之。劑量之DV是部分以EBC爲基礎 。對於液體配方,所欲體積應輸送足夠緩衝劑作用爲制酸 劑來中和實質量之胃酸或其他酸。對於固體配方如錠劑, 應喝一般量的水或其他液體以輔助錠劑吞嚥。本發明之液 體製備物使用小量約2 m 1或過量約6 0 m 1之體積。小於 2 ml及大於60 ml之體積需仔細考慮,且渴望所用適合各 別病人,例如年邁者或非常年輕或不同種類。非常大體積 可導致較高量較不溶解的PP Is(例如歐米普瑞唑、藍梭普 -105- 1309168 五、發明說明(1 04 ) 瑞唑鹼劑型)於溶液中,造成易受損於早期的降解作用。 舉例而言,體積小於約2 ml可用於新生兒或早產胎兒 或小動物,因爲他們的胃較小。同樣地,大DV可能爲配 方與稀釋緩衝劑濃縮物之劑型所需,以達到EBC。EBC與 DV間之關係部分顯示如下: 若EBC(mg緩衝劑)=緩衝劑濃度(mg/ml )xDV(ml ), 則 DV(ml)=EBC(mg)/緩衝劑濃度(mg/ml)。 另外,可以mEq取代式中mg。 G.配方之次要成分 第二成分並非必需,但可用於增強藥理作用或作爲醫藥 輔助劑。次要成分可包括但不限制爲胃膜壁細胞活化子及 其他成分。胃膜壁細胞活化子如上討論,爲可引起質子幫 浦活性增加之化合物,以致質子幫浦從胃膜壁細胞貯存位 置(亦即細管泡)重新安置到位於分泌小管之H+、K +交換位 置。胃膜壁細胞活化子亦可提供其他功能。例如碳酸氫鈉 爲必需緩衝劑及胃膜壁細胞活化子,巧克力爲胃膜壁細胞 活化子及調味劑,以及含有苯丙胺酸之阿斯巴甜爲增甜劑 及胃膜壁細胞活化子。 胃膜壁細胞活化子可分割爲四組:1 )快速作用之緩衝劑 ,爲弱鹼類' 強鹼類或其組合’可引其效能的快速開始( 緩衝劑耗盡後pH未突然下降,這些緩衝劑通常引起胃部 pH升高到5以上);2)胺基酸’蛋白質水解物及蛋白質;3) 含鈣化合物’例如氯化鈣或碳酸鈣;以及4 )組成物’例如5. The description of the invention (μ) is limited to the adjustment of the product m by the chemical agent described in this incorporation. Modification of the buffer pH according to PHE may or may not be done in a particular situation, depending on the species, age, disease, and other changes between patients. The solubility of D · pKa and PPI s as described above, 'pP supplied' [the pKa indicates the inherent stability of acid degradation: ppi is more stable with lower pKa. The solubility of PPI also indicates the rate at which PPI is complexed with acid and degraded by acid. In the presence of acid, the two physicochemical properties (pKa and solubility) interact with the physicochemical properties of the buffer (pH, buffering capacity and buffering rate) to determine the degradation of PPI during this period. The less soluble PPI is in water and reduces the initial degradation when placed in an acidic environment. Table 11 below outlines the time at which 50% of the drug is degraded (tl/2), the solubility of pKa and several PPIs in water. Table 11___ PH Tablets Topolezole sodium Omeprazole Moletropeprazole Rebprezazole sodium 1.2 4.6 minutes 2.8 minutes 2.0 minutes 1.3 minutes 5 2.8 hours 1.0 hours 1.1 hours 5.1 4.7 hours 1.4 hours 1.5 hours 7.2 minutes 6 21 hours 7.3 hours 6.4 hours 7 73 hours 39 hours 35 hours Pka 3 3.9 4.1 4.9 Solubility easily dissolved slightly dissolved very slightly soluble and soluble -96 - 1309168 V. Description of invention (95) Kromer W. et al., substituted benzimidazole PH-dependent activation rate difference and biological in vitro correlation, PHARMACOL〇gY 1998; 56:57-70 〇 Although tablets topirazol sodium has a pKa of 3, it is more stable in acidic environments than other PPIs, but also It is easily soluble in water, so it undergoes 50% degradation in less than 5 minutes in an acidic stomach with a pH of U. Thus, the interaction of the buffer with the topotefazole sodium with H+ ions (or other acidic substances) is faster than the interaction of the tablet topiramate sodium with these acids and is maintained rapidly during the lifetime. Compounding is important, otherwise additional buffering may be required. The overall pH of the stomach contents should be maintained at at least pKa + 0.7 (i.e., 3.7) from the time the PPI is in contact until the gastric acid is in contact. An essential buffer for the liquid formulation of the tablet topiramate sodium includes a buffer having a conjugated acid having a pKa > 3.7 and having a rapid recombination potential. Most magnesium, calcium and aluminum salts are not suitable, unless the tablet topiramate sodium (with or without additional buffer) is placed inside the tablet or in capsules containing these antacids, as well as fast acting buffers and fast The disintegrating agent surrounds. Another method for the topical topiramate is to reduce its solubility, for example by selecting a lower soluble salt or non-salt dosage form of topiraprazole. Ribip predazole sodium is also readily soluble in water and undergoes 50% degradation in less than 5 minutes in an acidic stomach having a pH of 1.2. Due to its higher pKa of 4.9, it is very unstable to acid degradation. The interaction of buffers suitable for riboprazole sodium with H+ ions (or other acidic substances) is faster than the interaction of ribiprazole sodium with these acids to prevent early degradation, and has -97- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (96) High neutralizing ability allows ribiprazole sodium to survive during its lifetime. Sodium bicarbonate or potassium is a good choice in this case. Another alternative dimension of 'ribiprazole sodium (and any sodium salt of a proton pump inhibitor that will dissolve more readily than the base salt) when in a liquid dosage form is to reduce the solubility of ribopridone sodium, for example, Lower soluble salt dosage forms or non-salt dosage forms. This reduces early degradation' because ribiprazole must first be dissolved in water before it undergoes acid degradation. In this particular example, a buffer suitable for ribiprazole sodium needs to have a high degree of neutralization ability to allow ribiprazole sodium to survive during its lifetime. A PPI with a high pKa, such as sodium ribiprazole, can be used in a two-part liquid formulation. The liquid portion has a PPI and a high pH' but a low niEq buffering capacity. The liquid portion is added to the second portion with a low pH but a higher mEq buffering capacity. Adding these two parts together before they are administered to produce a formulation with low pH and high buffering capacity neutralizes stomach acid but does not corrode the tissue too much. Examples of such formulations are provided below. For highly soluble PPIS, a formulation can be made in a solid dosage form, such as a buffer containing lozenge, capsule or powder, which breaks at a rate above the PPI and reaches the solution, thereby allowing the PPI to dissolve and interact with the acid of the environment before it Provides the necessary pH to protect the PPI. Further, the tablet or capsule may be formulated into a buffer-containing exterior and a PPI-containing interior, or a mixture of PPI and a buffer. Additional methods include formulating the buffer in smaller particle sizes (e. g., micro) and PPI in larger particle sizes. This causes fragmentation of the buffer component before the PPI component breaks. The formulation of all such methods is intended to be -98- 1309168. V. Inventive Fragmentation (97) creates a stable environment during the existence of the PPI. Dosage dosage forms can affect the suitability of the buffer for the formulation. For example, magnesium oxide is a buffer with high buffering capacity, but it starts slowly when formulated as a tablet. However, the formula is a powder or a low-extruded tablet, or a tablet-containing disintegrating agent such as a gelatinized starch, which is more rapidly broken. The omeprazole base is only slightly soluble in water, so less drug is subject to early and subsequent degradation. The soluble portion of omeprazole is more susceptible to damage in the early degradation of the stomach environment. The remaining insoluble dissolution is expected to occur within a few minutes of encountering gastric secretion fluid. This dissolution time provides partial protection against early degradation, but requires relatively low volume of water during transport or in the product formulation. After a few minutes in the stomach environment, with complete dissolution, omeprazole undergoes 50% degradation in less than 3 minutes. Since omeprazole has a pKa of 3.9, it is moderately stable. Suitable buffers for omeprazole are rapid acting and have at least moderate neutralizing ability to allow omeprazole to survive during their lifetime. The use of "quick action" in the context of a buffer means that the buffer can raise the ambient pH to a temperature above or equal to a particular ρ during the time sufficient to prevent significant degradation of the PPI. In one embodiment, the fast acting buffer raises the pH to at least the pKa of the PPI plus 0.7 log 于 in 10 minutes. Preferably, the resulting pH of the buffer manufacturing environment is equal to or higher than the necessary pH, such that: (1) the initial change in pH to equal to or higher than phe+0.7 is initiated before the acid-induced degradation of the PPI occurs, and (2) Equivalent or higher than -99 - 1309168 V. Description of the invention (9ε 0 pHE+〇. 7 obtained pH knot: the fruit persists throughout the period of existence, typically at least 30 minutes in the case of adult empty stomach. Desirable buffer Quick action to minimize early acid-induced degradation. The fastest acting buffer is soluble in water (or soluble in the environment). However, high solubility is not necessarily that magnesium oxide and calcium carbonate are only slightly soluble. Even at a slower rate, it can be significantly complexed with gastric acid. If a dry formulation, such as a tablet, is used, the buffer particle size can be reduced to enhance the dissolution rate, while at the same time increasing the PPI size and adding a disintegrating agent. Reinforcing weaker dissolved buffers. 0 Blue Thorium yui-m azole base is very slightly soluble in water. Less drug is subject to early degradation. The soluble fraction is more susceptible to early degradation. The remaining insoluble dissolution is expected to occur within a few minutes of encountering the gastric secretion water. This dissolution time provides a fraction against early degradation. Protection, but a relatively low volume of water is required during transport or in the product formulation. After a few minutes, 50% degradation is experienced with less than 2 minutes of total dissolution of the blue saponin. The pKa of .1 is moderately stable. Suitable buffers for moxaprilazole should be fast acting and should have moderate to high neutralizing ability to allow the precipitation of moxaprilazole in the presence of PPI from solution to solution. Frtm The pH of the stomach contents (or other environment) should be maintained at approximately higher than 4 80 when the gastric acid is sustained. The acid neutralization capacity of the buffer is calculated. The acid neutralization capacity of the soluble buffer ("ANC") ) can usually be used to assist in the selection of A preferred amount of buffer is provided to the EBC. The ANC uses the formula weight (FW •) and the valence measurement buffer capacity. -100- 1309168 V. Description of the invention (") Examples of ACC calculations for sodium bicarbonate are as follows: Sodium bicarbonate, Na + HC (V, FWt. = 84, valence = 1. The formula for converting from equivalent to gram is: (equivalent ("EW")) (1 / 1 000 mmol) (l mmol / 1 mEq) = NaHC03 g . EW = (FWt.) / (atomic price) = 84 / 1 = 84 g/mol (84 g/mol) (l mol / 1 000 nimol) (l mmol / 1 mEq) (4 mEq) = 0.34 g palpitations 03 is required for 4 raEq buffering capacity. Therefore, 0 · 840 g NaHC03 is required for 10 mEq and 2.52 gm for 30 mEq. The range of 4-30 mEq is used as the range of acid mEq encountered by most patients. The ANCs of other buffers were similarly calculated. The ANC assay is from Drake and Hollander, the buffering capacity and cost effectiveness of antacids, ANN INTERN. MED. 1 09:2 1 5 - 1 7 (1 981). Typically, the formulations of the present invention require a buffering capacity of from about 4 to about 30 mEq, although some patients may use a higher amount of strontium bicarbonate in solution having the pH & pKa of omeprazole and rapidly neutralizing the acidic environment. As described above, rapid compounding with HC1 is a desirable property of the necessary buffer. Ideally, but not necessarily, as required by the formulation, the tablet is required to contain a tablet in the tablet. The required buffer is complexed with the acid at a faster rate than the PPI to be protected. When the necessary buffer is selected, it is also useful to know the buffering capacity since the buffer has different pHs at various concentrations. The strength of the buffer against pH changes is called buffer capacity (none). It is described by Koppel Spiro and Van-101- 1309168. V. INSTRUCTION (1 〇〇) S 1 yk e is defined as increasing the ratio of a strong acid (or base) to a pH change caused by the addition of an acid. Use the following formula to measure buffer capacity. · Buffer capacity = increase the addition of strong acid (in grams per liter equivalent) to the buffer solution to produce a pH change (change measured in absolute enthalpy), or buffer capacity = acid change / pH change. This formula has been improved to improve accuracy, and this forms a mathematical basis for the consideration of buffers. See Koppel, BioChem, Z. (65) 409-439 (1 9 1 4), Van Slyke, J. BIOL. CHEM. 52:525 (1922). When the PPI/buffer formulation is placed in the environment, the PPI suffers from acid degradation in the environment. As indicated in Figure 9, the PPI solubility encountered in the environment, the pKa of the PPI, and the amount and concentration of the acid (H+ ions) are variable factors that can be used to determine a suitable candidate as an essential buffer. Early degradation occurs when the soluble portion of the PPI (which can be obtained by immediately interacting with H+ ions) is hydrolyzed via H+ ions. The solubility of PPIs varies, so that the more soluble ones have the potential to degrade PPI via a higher interaction with H + ions. The pKa of the PPI after addition of the PPI/buffer formulation and the pH of the stomach environment (or other location of interest) (pH results) can be used to determine the desired buffer. By measuring the pH results for a period of time, the pH data versus time plot is shown in Figure 9. A pH plot for a period of time can be used to evaluate various buffers. These diagrams detail the possible buffer or buffer compositions, using the Rossett-Rice test (Rosset NE, Marion L • • more frequently used antacids and special treatments for the in vitro evaluation of the efficacy of lozenges, - 102- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (1〇1) ANTACIDS 26:490 -95 (1 954)), modified to continuously add simulated gastric juice. See USP XXIII, United States Pharmacopoeia, 23rd Edition, United States Pharmacopeia, Inc. Briefly, this test used 150 mL of simulated gastric fluid consisting of 2 Gm sodium chloride and 3.2 Gm gastrin' dissolved in 7 mL of IN HC1 and distilled water to 1 000 mL. The pH of the simulated gastric juice was 1.2. 150 mL of the liquid was stirred in a vessel with a magnet stirrer at 300 rpm ± 30 rpm and maintained at 37.1 °C. The pH electrode is maintained in the upper region of the solution. Add the test buffer or test formulation to the container to begin the assessment. At 10 minutes, the simulated gastric fluid that was continuously dripped was added to the test container at a rate of 1.6 ral/rain to simulate gastric secretion. Remove from the test vessel at approximately 1.6 mL/mi η to maintain the volume of the test vessel unchanged. The assessment lasts at least 90 minutes. This method takes into account the kinetic evaluation of buffering capacity in a stomach model designed to simulate fasting. Partially described in Bene yto Je et al. (Assessment of the novel antacid Almagate, ARZNEIM-FORSCH/DRUG RES 1 984; 34(10A): 1 350 - 4 ), Kerkhof NJ et al. (pH of the aluminum hydroxide gel) - State titration, J. PHARM. SCI. 1977; 66: 1528-32), used to evaluate antacids. Using this method, pH tracking can be exploited to evaluate buffers as well as to complete the product. In addition, a sample of the test solution can be taken during the experiment to assess the extent of PPI degradation at different times. A buffer having an appropriate condition as exemplified in Fig. 9 can be considered as a suitable buffer for maintaining a pH greater than or equal to pHE for 30 minutes or longer. In a specific embodiment, the pH is recorded over a 1 second interval as described in Fig. 9 - 103 - 1309168 5. Invention Description (1〇2). B-buffered buffer can be applied as an essential buffer. Therefore, once selected as an essential buffer, the necessary amount of EBC is required to be calculated. As used herein, EBC is the amount of buffering capacity or alkaline buffer included in the dosage and calculated to maintain the necessary pH range and thereby protect any substituted benzimidazole PPI in the stomach (or other) environment. Patients who require continuous PPI administration (eg, daily) may require better buffering capacity for the first dose or the first dose than for subsequent doses, as the PPI may experience more acid at the start of administration. Subsequent doses require less buffering capacity because the initial PPI dose will reduce gastric acid production. Therefore EBC may be reduced in subsequent doses. The buffering capacity of the product can be formulated as required (e.g., regarding patient age, sex, or race). Experimental data from adult subjects show that the first dose of omeprazole has an effective EBC range of from about 4 to about 20 mEq ("EBC-0 range") of sodium bicarbonate, which in most cases is suitable for about 12 to about 25 mEq range. Subsequent doses of omeprazole require a smaller EBC, which is sodium bicarbonate in the range of from about 4 to about 15 mEq. In one embodiment, the latter's EBC range has been shown to be most suitable for omeprazole suspensions with varying degrees of gastrointestinal delivery and acid yield (based on known basis and maximum of 2 and 25 mEq/hr, respectively. Acid production) is administered to the patient. These studies have been published in Phillips 0. et al., CRIT. CARE MED. 1996; Lasky et al., J. TRAUMA 1998. ο According to the EBC-0 range, the above ANC calculations can be used. In addition, about 100 to 150 mL of 0.1 N HCl is expected to be encountered in the fasting stomach (equivalent to about 12-104- 1309 168 V, invention description (1 〇 3) 24 mEq acid). Changes in acidity encountered in the environment will affect the required buffering capacity. The above EBC range is for adult patients. However, children produce less acid per unit time than adults. Therefore, the amount required for the patient's population to be buffered may vary. A number of references are available to assist the skilled artisan to identify suitable buffers with PPI to determine the desired properties described herein. Since the buffer has different pHs at various concentrations, it is also useful to know that the buffer is also present. For example, see Ho 1 be rt et al., Research on acid buffer: I · Time factor for neutralizing gastric acidity, J·AMER, PHARM.ASSN·36:1 49 -5 1 (1 947 ); Lin et al. Evaluation of human, antacid buffering capacity and acid neutralization pH time, J. FORMOSA MED. ASSN. 97(10)704-710; Physical Pharmacy, pp 169-189; Remington: The Science and Practice of Pha rmacvC 2000). F. Desirable Volume The desired volume of the PPI dose ("DV") can affect the delivery of PPI to the cell membrane proton pump. The DV of the dose is based in part on EBC. For liquid formulations, the desired volume should be delivered with sufficient buffer to act as an antacid to neutralize substantial amounts of gastric acid or other acids. For solid formulations such as lozenges, a normal amount of water or other liquid should be taken to aid in the swallowing of the tablet. The liquid preparation of the present invention uses a small amount of about 2 m 1 or an excess of about 60 m 1 . Volumes of less than 2 ml and more than 60 ml should be carefully considered and desired to be suitable for each patient, such as an elderly or very young or different. Very large volume can result in higher amounts of less soluble PP Is (eg, omeprazole, lansop-105-1309168, invention instructions (1 04) ribazole base dosage form) in solution, causing damage Early degradation. For example, a volume of less than about 2 ml can be used for neonatal or premature fetuses or small animals because their stomach is small. Similarly, large DV may be required for the dosage form of the formulation and the dilution buffer concentrate to achieve EBC. The relationship between EBC and DV is shown as follows: If EBC (mg buffer) = buffer concentration (mg / ml) x DV (ml), then DV (ml) = EBC (mg) / buffer concentration (mg / ml) . In addition, mEq can be substituted for mg in the formula. G. Secondary components of the formula The second component is not required, but can be used to enhance pharmacological effects or as a pharmaceutical adjuvant. Secondary components can include, but are not limited to, gastric wall cell activators and other components. The gastric cell wall activator is discussed above as a compound that causes an increase in the activity of the proton pump, so that the proton pump is relocated from the storage site of the gastric parietal cells (ie, the thin tube) to the H+ and K+ exchange sites located in the secretory tubule. . The gastric wall cell activator can also provide other functions. For example, sodium bicarbonate is an essential buffer and a gastric cell wall activator, chocolate is a gastric mucosal cell activator and flavoring agent, and phenylalanine-containing aspartame is a sweetener and a gastric wall cell activator. The gastric wall cell activator can be divided into four groups: 1) a fast acting buffer, which is a weak base 'strong base or a combination thereof' can lead to a rapid onset of its efficacy (the pH does not suddenly drop after the buffer is depleted, These buffers usually cause the pH of the stomach to rise above 5); 2) amino acid 'protein hydrolysates and proteins; 3) calcium-containing compounds such as calcium chloride or calcium carbonate; and 4) compositions such as
-106- 1309168 五、發明說明(105) 咖啡、可可、咖啡因及薄荷。 其他成分含有次要於首要成分之配方成分。其他成分包 括但不限制爲增稠劑,調味劑,增甜劑,抗發泡劑(例如 西門賽康(simethicone)),防腐劑,抗菌劑或抗微生物劑 (例如塞法唑林(cefazolin),安莫克西林(amoxicillin) ,擴酸甲氧哩(sulfamethoxazole),沙飛莎曙口坐 (sulfisoxazole) ’紅黴素,及其他巨環內酯類如克萊力 黴素(clarithromycin)或疊氮黴素 (azithromycin)),以 及次要成分。 合適的調味劑可添加到劑量劑型,且可能或不可能爲緩 衝至pHE所必需。調味劑固有pH値適用於PPI s之pHE値 範圍者包括但不限制爲蘋果、焦糖、肉、巧克力、沙士、 楓糖、櫻桃、咖啡、薄荷、歐亞甘草、核果、奶油、奶油 糖果、以及花生醬香料,單獨使用或組合使用。同樣地, 包括於任何PPI產物之配方的全部物質包括但不限制爲活 化子、抗發泡劑、潛能子(ρ 〇 t e n t i a t 0 r s )、抗氧化劑、抗 微生物劑、螯合劑、增甜劑、增稠劑、防腐劑、或其他可 緩衝至pHE之添加劑。 Η .利用計算之實施例 ΡΡΙ劑量之pHE、EBC、及DV可影響ΡΡΙ輸送及作用於 胃膜壁細胞質子幫浦。下列計算修改必需緩衝劑劑量以適 用於任何經取代苯并咪唑ρρ I,以於口服投與促進ΡΡ丨效 力。 -107- 1309168 五、發明說明(1〇6) 實施例1 :輸送20 mg劑量之於碳酸氫鈉之歐米普瑞唑 (pKa=3.9): 步驟1 :歐米普瑞唑之pHE=歐米普瑞唑之pKa + 0.7 = 4.6 。歐米普瑞唑之SRF= pHE至10.9 = 4.6至10.9。配方pH 爲4.6至10.9時,碳酸氫鈉之共軛鹼(碳酸)具有6.14之 pKa。因此碳酸氫鈉之量相當於所遇到之酸量,會產生 6.14之pH,其在SRF之4.6至10.9範圍內。如此使得碳 酸氫鈉成爲作爲緩衝劑之合適選擇。 步驟2 : EBC = 4至30 mEq緩衝能力相當値。 步驟3 :爲測定與歐米普瑞唑投與之碳酸氫鈉量,計算 碳酸氫鈉之ANC。碳酸氫鈉之ANC(MW = 84於4-30 mEq) =(EW)(1/1000 mrao1)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(EBC) ° EW = MW/(原子價)= 84/1 = 84 g/mol (8 4 g / m ο 1 ) ( 1 m ο 1 / 1 0 0 0 m m ο 1 ) ( 1 m m ο 1 / 1 m E q ) ( 4 至 3 0 mEq) =0.34 g 至 2.52 g 步驟4 =至於液體配方,若DV = 20 ml,則DV =必需緩衝 劑(EB ) ( mg ) /緩衝劑濃度(mg / m 1 ) 緩衝劑濃度=EB/DV = 340 mg 至 2520 mg/20 ml = 17 mg/ml 至 126 mg/ml 。 因此,對於充分緩衝於20 ml溶液之20 mg歐米普瑞唑 ,碳酸氫鈉濃度應爲17 mg/ml至126 mg/ml。 實施例2 :輸送20 mg劑量之於二鹼磷酸鈉之歐米普瑞 唑(pKa=3·9): -108- 1309168 五、發明說明(1〇7) 步驟1 ··歐米普瑞唑之pHE =歐米普瑞唑之pKa + 0.7。歐 米普瑞唑之 SRF=(3.9 + 0.7)至 10.9 = 4.6 至 10.9。 步驟2 : EBC = 4至30 mEq緩衝能力相當値。 步驟3 :爲測定與歐米普瑞唑投與之二鹼磷酸鈉量,計 算二鹼磷酸鈉之ANC。二鹼磷酸鈉之 ANC(MW=142) = (EW)( 1 / 1000 ramo1 ) (1 mmol/1 mEq)(EBC) 0 EW = MW/(原子價)= 142/2 = 71 g/mol (71 g/mol)(l mol/1000 mmol)(l mmol/1 mEq)(4 至 30 mEq)二0.28 g 至 2.13 g 步驟4 :至於液體配方,若DV=20 ml,則DV = EB(mg)/緩 衝劑濃度(mg/ml) 緩衝劑濃度=EB/DV=280 mg 至 2130 mg/20 mU14 mg/ml 至 107 mg /m1。 因此,對於充分緩衝於20 ml溶液之20 mg歐米普瑞唑 ,二鹼磷酸鈉濃度應爲14至107 mg/ml。二鹼磷酸鈉之 pKa爲7 . 2丨。因此二鹼磷酸鈉之量相當於所遇到之酸量, 會產生約7 . 2之pH。於是使得二鹼磷酸鈉成爲作爲緩衝劑 之選擇。 實施例3 :輸送30 mg劑量之於碳酸氫鈉之藍梭普瑞唑 (pKa = 4·1): 步驟1 :藍梭普瑞唑之pHE =藍梭普瑞唑之pKa + 0.7。藍 梭普瑞唑之 SRF=(4.1 + 0.7)至 10.9 = 4.8 至 10.9。 步驟2 : EBC = 4至30 mEq緩衝能力相當値。 -109- 1309168 五、發明說明(1〇8) 步驟3 :爲測定與藍梭普瑞唑投與之碳酸氫鈉量’計算 碳酸氫鈉之 ANC。碳酸氫鈉之 ANC(MW=84) = (EW)( 1 / 1000 mmol) (1 mm。1/1 mEq)(EBC)。 EW = MW/(原子價)= 84/ 1 =84 g/mol (84 g/mol)(l mol/1000 mmol)(l mmol/1 mEq)(4 至 30 mEq) =0·34 g 至 2·52 g 步駿4 :至於液體配方,若DV = 20 ml,則DV =必需緩衝 劑(EB ) ( m g ) /緩衝劑濃度(mg / m 1 ) 緩衝劑濃度=EB/DV = 340 mg 至 2520 mg/20 ml = 17 mg/ml 至 126 mg /m 1。 因此,對於充分緩衝於20 m 1溶液之30 rag藍梭普瑞唑 ,碳酸氫鈉濃度應爲17 mg/ml至126 mg/ml。 實施例4:輸送40 rag劑量之於碳酸氫鈉之片托普瑞唑 (pKa=3): 步驟..1 :片托普瑞唑之pHE=片托普瑞唑之pKa + 0.7。片 托普瑞唑之 SRF=(3 + 0.7)至 10.9 = 3.7 至 10.9。 步驟2 : EBC = 4至30 mEq緩衝能力相當値。 步驟3 :爲測定與片托普瑞唑投與之碳酸氫鈉量,計算 碳酸氫鈉之 ANC。碳酸氫鈉之 ΑΝ(:(Μΐί=84;) = (ΕΝ)( 1/1000 _〇1) (1 _〇 1 / 1 mEq ) ( EBC )。 EW = MW/(原子價)= 84/1 g/mol (8 4 g / m ο 1 ) ( 1 πι ο 1 / 1 〇 〇 〇 m m ο 1 ) ( 1 m m 0 1 / 1 e q ) ( 4 至 30 mEq) =0.34 g 至 2.52 g -110- 1309168 五、發明說明(1〇9 ) 步驟4 :至於液體配方,若DV = 20 m 1,則DV =必需緩衝 劑(EB) (mg ) /緩衝劑濃度(mg / m 1 ) 緩衝劑濃度=EB/DV = 340 mg 至 2520 mg/20 ml = l7 mg/ml 至 126 mg/ml 。 因此,對於充分緩衝於20 ml溶液之40 mg片托普瑞哩 ,碳酸氫鈉濃度應爲17 mg/ml至126 mg/ml。 實施例5:輸送20 mg劑量之於二鹼憐酸鈉之瑞比普瑞 卩坐(p K a = 5 ): 步驟1 :瑞比普瑞唑之pHe=瑞比普瑞唑之PKa + 0.7。瑞 比普瑞唑之 SRF=(4.9 + 0.7)至 10.9 = 5.6 至 10.9。 步驟2 : EBC = 4至30 mEq緩衝能力相當値。 步驟3 :爲測定與瑞比普瑞唑投與之二鹼磷酸鈉量,計 算二鹼磷酸鈉之ANC。二鹼磷酸鈉之 ANC(MW=174)=(EW)(1/1000 mmol)(l mmol/1 mEq)(EBC)。 EW=MW/(原子價)= 178/1 g/mol (178 g/mol)(l mol/1000 mmol)(l mmol/1 mEq)(4 至 20 raEq) =0.712 g 至 5.34 g 二鹼碟酸鈉 步驟4 :至於液體配方,若DV=20 ml,則DV=EB(mg)/緩 衝劑濃度(mg/ml) 緩衝劑濃度=EB/DV = 0.712 2 至 2 g/20 ml = 35.6 mg/ml 至100 mg/ml。於此情況,磷酸二鈉(二鹼磷酸鈉)之溶解 度將限制可溶解於2 0 m 1之量。顯然’此將超過碟酸二鈉 (二鹼磷酸鈉)之溶解度。因此’對於充分緩衝於20 ml溶 -1 1 1 --106- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (105) Coffee, cocoa, caffeine and mint. Other ingredients contain formula ingredients that are secondary to the primary ingredient. Other ingredients include, but are not limited to, thickeners, flavoring agents, sweeteners, anti-foaming agents (such as simethicone), preservatives, antibacterial agents or antimicrobial agents (eg, cefazolin) , amoxicillin, sulfamethoxazole, sulfisoxazole 'erythromycin, and other macrolides such as clarithromycin or stacks Azithromycin, as well as minor components. Suitable flavoring agents can be added to the dosage unit and may or may not be necessary for buffering to pHE. The natural pH of the flavoring agent is suitable for the pHE range of PPI s including but not limited to apple, caramel, meat, chocolate, sarcophagus, maple syrup, cherry, coffee, mint, licorice, stone fruit, cream, butterscotch And peanut butter flavors, used alone or in combination. Likewise, all materials included in the formulation of any PPI product include, but are not limited to, activators, anti-foaming agents, latent energy (ρ 〇tentiat 0 rs ), antioxidants, antimicrobial agents, chelating agents, sweeteners, Thickeners, preservatives, or other additives that can be buffered to pHE. Η. Examples of calculations pH The doses of pHE, EBC, and DV can affect the transport of sputum and the action of the proton pump on the gastric wall. The following calculations modify the necessary buffer dose to apply to any substituted benzimidazole ρρ I for oral administration to promote sputum efficacy. -107- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (1〇6) Example 1: Delivery of 20 mg dose of omeprazole to sodium bicarbonate (pKa = 3.9): Step 1: pH of omeprazole = omepripri The azole has a pKa + 0.7 = 4.6. The osmideprazole SRF = pHE to 10.9 = 4.6 to 10.9. The conjugate base (carbonic acid) of sodium bicarbonate has a pKa of 6.14 at a formulation pH of 4.6 to 10.9. Thus the amount of sodium bicarbonate is equivalent to the amount of acid encountered, resulting in a pH of 6.14, which is in the range of 4.6 to 10.9 for SRF. This makes sodium hydrogencarbonate a suitable choice as a buffer. Step 2: EBC = 4 to 30 mEq buffering capacity is quite awkward. Step 3: To determine the amount of sodium bicarbonate administered with omeprazole, calculate the ANC of sodium bicarbonate. ANC of sodium bicarbonate (MW = 84 at 4-30 mEq) = (EW) (1/1000 mrao1) (1 mmol/1 mEq) (EBC) ° EW = MW / (atomic valence) = 84/1 = 84 g/mol (8 4 g / m ο 1 ) ( 1 m ο 1 / 1 0 0 0 mm ο 1 ) ( 1 mm ο 1 / 1 m E q ) ( 4 to 30 mEq) = 0.34 g to 2.52 g Step 4 = As for the liquid formulation, if DV = 20 ml, then DV = required buffer (EB) (mg) / buffer concentration (mg / m 1 ) Buffer concentration = EB / DV = 340 mg to 2520 mg / 20 Ml = 17 mg/ml to 126 mg/ml. Therefore, for 20 mg of omeprazole fully buffered in 20 ml of solution, the sodium bicarbonate concentration should be between 17 mg/ml and 126 mg/ml. Example 2: Delivery of 20 mg dose of omeprazole to dibasic sodium phosphate (pKa=3·9): -108- 1309168 V. Description of the invention (1〇7) Step 1 ··pHE of omeprazole = omeprazole pKa + 0.7. The SRF of omeprazole is (3.9 + 0.7) to 10.9 = 4.6 to 10.9. Step 2: EBC = 4 to 30 mEq buffering capacity is quite awkward. Step 3: To determine the amount of sodium dibasic phosphate administered with omeprazole, calculate the ANC of dibasic sodium phosphate. ANC of dibasic sodium phosphate (MW=142) = (EW)( 1 / 1000 ramol1 ) (1 mmol/1 mEq)(EBC) 0 EW = MW/(atomic valence) = 142/2 = 71 g/mol ( 71 g/mol) (l mol/1000 mmol) (l mmol/1 mEq) (4 to 30 mEq) two 0.28 g to 2.13 g Step 4: As for the liquid formulation, if DV = 20 ml, then DV = EB (mg ) / Buffer concentration (mg / ml) Buffer concentration = EB / DV = 280 mg to 2130 mg / 20 mU 14 mg / ml to 107 mg / m1. Therefore, for 20 mg of omeprazole fully buffered in 20 ml of solution, the sodium dibasic phosphate concentration should be 14 to 107 mg/ml. The pKa of dibasic sodium phosphate is 7.2 丨. Therefore, the amount of sodium dibasic phosphate is equivalent to the amount of acid encountered, and a pH of about 7.2 is produced. Thus, sodium dibasic phosphate is selected as a buffer. Example 3: Delivery of a 30 mg dose of sodium bupoxime to sodium bicarbonate (pKa = 4·1): Step 1: pHE of lansoprazole = pKa + 0.7 of lansoprazole. The SRF of (lanespril) is (4.1 + 0.7) to 10.9 = 4.8 to 10.9. Step 2: EBC = 4 to 30 mEq buffering capacity is quite awkward. -109- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTIONS (1〇8) Step 3: Calculate the ANC of sodium bicarbonate for the determination of the amount of sodium bicarbonate administered with the spinosole. ANC of sodium bicarbonate (MW = 84) = (EW) (1 / 1000 mmol) (1 mm.1/1 mEq) (EBC). EW = MW / (atomic valence) = 84 / 1 = 84 g / mol (84 g / mol) (l mol / 1000 mmol) (l mmol / 1 mEq) (4 to 30 mEq) =0·34 g to 2 · 52 g Step 4: As for the liquid formulation, if DV = 20 ml, then DV = required buffer (EB) (mg) / buffer concentration (mg / m 1 ) buffer concentration = EB / DV = 340 mg to 2520 mg/20 ml = 17 mg/ml to 126 mg / m 1. Therefore, for 30 rag blue soprenazole that is sufficiently buffered in a 20 m 1 solution, the sodium bicarbonate concentration should be between 17 mg/ml and 126 mg/ml. Example 4: Delivery of a 40 rag dose of sodium bicarbonate to topirazole (pKa = 3): Step: 1 : pH of the tablet topiramate = pKa + 0.7 of the tablet topirazole. Tablets Topirazol SRF = (3 + 0.7) to 10.9 = 3.7 to 10.9. Step 2: EBC = 4 to 30 mEq buffering capacity is quite awkward. Step 3: To determine the amount of sodium bicarbonate administered with the tablet topirazole, calculate the ANC of sodium bicarbonate. Sodium bicarbonate (:(Μΐί=84;) = (ΕΝ)( 1/1000 _〇1) (1 _〇1 / 1 mEq ) ( EBC ) EW = MW / (atomic price) = 84/1 g/mol (8 4 g / m ο 1 ) ( 1 πι ο 1 / 1 〇〇〇mm ο 1 ) ( 1 mm 0 1 / 1 eq ) ( 4 to 30 mEq) = 0.34 g to 2.52 g -110- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (1〇9) Step 4: As for the liquid formulation, if DV = 20 m 1, then DV = required buffer (EB) (mg) / buffer concentration (mg / m 1 ) buffer concentration = EB/DV = 340 mg to 2520 mg/20 ml = 17 mg/ml to 126 mg/ml. Therefore, for a 40 mg tablet topiramate fully buffered in 20 ml, the sodium bicarbonate concentration should be 17 mg/ Ml to 126 mg/ml. Example 5: Delivery of a 20 mg dose of dipyridyl sodium to the ruthenium (p K a = 5): Step 1: ribiprozol pHe = ribby Prazol PKa + 0.7. Ripridazole SRF = (4.9 + 0.7) to 10.9 = 5.6 to 10.9. Step 2: EBC = 4 to 30 mEq buffer capacity is equivalent. Step 3: For determination and RUBI The amount of sodium alkaloid phosphate was calculated by predazole, and the ANC of dibasic sodium phosphate was calculated. ANC of dibasic sodium phosphate (MW=174)=(EW)(1/1000 mmol) (l mmol/1 mEq) (EBC) EW = MW / (atomic valence) = 178 / 1 g / mol (178 g / mol) (l mol / 1000 mmol) (l mmol / 1 mEq) (4 to 20 raEq) =0.712 g to 5.34 g dikaline sodium sodium Sodium Step 4: As for the liquid formulation, if DV = 20 ml, then DV = EB (mg) / buffer concentration (mg / ml) Buffer concentration = EB / DV = 0.712 2 to 2 g/20 ml = 35.6 mg/ml to 100 mg/ml. In this case, the solubility of disodium phosphate (sodium dibasic phosphate) will limit the amount soluble in 20 m 1 . Obviously 'this will Exceeds the solubility of disodium oxalate (sodium dibasic phosphate). Therefore 'for adequate buffering in 20 ml solution - 1 1 1 -
1309168 五、發明說明(110) 液之20 mg瑞比普瑞唑,在pH範圍約6.9至10.9時之二 鹼磷酸鈉濃度應爲35.6 mg/ml至1〇〇 mg/ml。二鹼磷酸鈉 之pKa爲7.21。於是二鹼磷酸鈉之量相當於所遇到之酸量 ,會產生約7 . 2之pH。因而使得二鹼磷酸鈉成爲作爲緩衝 劑之選擇。 需注意緩衝劑之溶解度與他們混合後立即使用有關。爲 增強上架壽命,較高pH値預期於所給予PPI可接受pHE2 範圍內。舉例而言,含有各種緩衝劑之瑞比普瑞唑懸浮液 可以顔色變化評估,因爲PPIs之降解作用造成顏色變化 爲棕色或黑色。全部緩衝劑懸浮液開始爲白色。2週後得 到如下觀察結果: 20 mg瑞比普瑞唑於各種緩衝劑以懸浮液貯存在冷藏條件下 緩衝劑 原始顏色 14天後之顏色 14天後之pH 碳酸氫鈉800 mg/10 ml 白色 棕色 8.3 磷酸二鈉 800 mg/10 ml 白色 白色 10.3 磷酸二鈉700 mg ; 憐酸三鈉100 mg/10 ml 白色 白色 10.3 類似地計算可進行於任何取代苯并咪唑PPI及已知之緩 衝劑,包括但不限制爲以上所舉例說明者。熟習該技藝者 將明瞭以上步驟之順序對於本發明並非關鍵性的。以上計 算可用於含有一或多種PPI及一或多種緩衝劑之配方。 I.獸醫用配方 馬整天持續製造胃酸。此爲沒有餵食時來自胃部的基本 -112- 1309168 五、發明說明(111) 酸分泌,爲腐蝕胃部鱗狀黏膜及潰瘍的原由。馬吃草時會 正常地分泌持續性供應之唾液’其可緩衝胃酸。當馬經常 被騎乘、訓練以表演或準備販賣時’他們通常會被置於馬 廄多日。於這些情況下’天然唾液的緩衝機制被中斷且通 常造成酸消化不良症。 差不多40至100 mEq之緩衝能力可提供每匹馬約2.5 小時之中和作用。歐米普瑞唑之慣用劑量範圍從0 . 7至 1 .5 mg/kg/日(可要求劑量高達4 mg/kg/日),以及馬的代 表性重量爲500 kg。類似劑量亦預期於瑞比普瑞唑及藍梭 普瑞唑。 狗亦可罹患潰瘍且其劑量約1 mg/kg/日。下列配方是設 計用於馬匹,但更小量可用於EBC爲1 0至20 mEq的狗〇 配方5 :歐米普瑞唑之獸醫用配方 此配方因PPI的劑量高,所以特別適用於動物而不適用於人類 EBC=75 mEq 必需pH (歐米普瑞唑pKa=3.9+0.724.6) PPI :歐米普瑞唑粉末 500 mg (範圍 350 至 700 mg) 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉 5 g (59.5 mEq) 二鹼磷酸鈉(無水) 2 g (14 mEq) 選擇性次要必需緩衝劑: 三鹼磷酸鈉 200 mg (1.2 mEq) (*任何次要必需緩衝劑可以更高或更低量添加以調整pH 於所欲穩定度及添加性制酸劑或緩衝效果) -1 1 3- 1309168 五、發明說明(112) 以上化合物之粉末係如技藝已知般組合,以產生與添加 之增稠劑如瓜爾豆膠(guar gum )350 mg、人造楓糖香料粉 100 mg、膳馬丁粉(thaumatin powder) 10 mg(用於掩飾 歐米普瑞唑的苦味)、以及蔗糖25 mg之均質混合物。添 加蒸餾水至1〇〇 ml以達5 mg/ml之最終歐米普瑞唑濃度 。可添加不同體積水以達歐米普瑞唑濃度範圍從約0 . 8至 約 20 mg/ml 。 另外,此配方可分割成兩部份。使用時,乾燥部分可以 液體部分復原。 配方6:藍梭普瑞唑之獸醫用配方 必需pH (藍梭普瑞唑pKa=4.1+0.734.8) EBC=71.4 mEq PPI :藍梭普瑞唑粉末 750 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉 6 g (71.4 mEq) (*任何次要必需緩衝劑可以更高或更低量添加以調整pH 於所欲穩定度及添加性制酸劑或緩衝效果) 以上化合物之粉末係如技藝已知般組合,以產生與添加 之增稠劑如黃原膠300 mg、人造花生香料粉1〇〇 rag、以 及蔗糖35 Gm之均質混合物。添加蒸餾水至100 ml以達 7.5 mg/ml之最終藍梭普瑞唑濃度。復原之後懸浮液應冷 藏。可添加不同體積水以達藍梭普瑞唑濃度範圍從〇.8至 2 0 m g / m 1。 -114- 1309168 五、發明說明(1Ί3 ) 另外’此配方可分割成兩部份。使用時,乾燥部分可以 液體部分復原。 配方7 :藍梭普瑞唑之獸醫用配方 必需pH (藍梭普瑞唑pKa=4.1+0.724.8) EBC=63.3 mEq PPI : 藍梭普瑞嗖粉末 750 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉 5 g (59.5 mEq) 次要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸鈉 400 mg* (3.8 mEq) (*可添加任何次要必需緩衝劑以調整pH於所欲穩定度 及添加性制酸劑或緩衝效果) 以上化合物之粉末係如技藝已知般組合,以產生與添加 之增稠劑如羥丙基甲基纖維素300 mg、人造楓糖香料粉 100 rog、以及蔗糖35 mg之均質混合物。添加蒸餾水至 100 ml以達7.5 mg/ml之最終藍梭普瑞唑濃度。可添加不 同體積水以達藍梭普瑞唑濃度範圍從0.3至20 mg/ml。 另外,此配方可分割成兩部份。使用時,乾燥部分可以 液體部分復原。 . -115- 1309168 五、發明說明(114) 配方8 :艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂之獸醫用配方 必需pH (艾梭蜜普瑞唑pKa=3.9+0.724.6) EBC=53.2 mEq PPI : 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂粉末 500 rag 首要必需緩衝劑Z 碳酸氫鈉 5 g (47.6 mEq) 二鹼磷酸鈉 800 mg (5.6 mEq) (*任何次要必需緩衝劑可以更高或更低量添加以調整pH 於所欲穩定度及添加性制酸劑或緩衝效果) 以上化合物之粉末係如技藝已知般組合,以產生與添加 之增稠劑如羥丙基纖維素300 mg、人造奶油糖果香料100 mg、膳馬丁粉5 mg、以及蔗糖30 Gm之均質混合物。添加 蒸餾水至10 0 ml以達7.5 mg/ml之最終艾梭蜜普瑞唑濃 度。可添加不同體積水以達艾梭蜜普瑞唑濃度範圍從0.8 至 20 mg /m1。 -116- 1309168 五、發明說明(115) 配方9 :片托普瑞唑鈉或片托普瑞唑鹼粉末之獸醫用配方 必需pH (片托普瑞唑鈉pKa=3+〇.723.7) HBC=53.8 mEa 片托普瑞唑鈉或片托普瑞唑鹼粉末 1000 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉 4 g (47.6 mEq) 次要必需緩衝劑: 三鹼磷酸鈉 1000 mg* (6.28 mEq) (*任何次要必需緩衝劑可以更高或更低量添加以調整pH 於所欲穩定度及添加性制酸劑或緩衝效果) 以上化合物之粉末係如技藝已知般組合,以產生與添加 之增稠劑如羥丙基纖維素300 mg、人造奶油糖果香料 100 mg、膳馬丁粉5 mg、以及蔗糖30 Gin之均質混合物。 添加蒸餾水至100 ml以達10 mg/ml之最終片托普瑞唑濃 度。可添加不同體積水以達片托普瑞唑濃度範圍從0.2至 20 mg /m1 ° 配方10 :獸醫用配方:無PPI之緩衝劑鹼 EBC=71.4 mEq 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉 6 g (71.4 mEq) 選擇性次要必需緩衝劑: 三鹼磷酸鈉 1000 mg* (*任何次要必需緩衝劑可以更高或更低量添加以調整pH 於所欲穩定度及添加性制酸劑或緩衝效果) -117- 1309168 五、發明說明(116 以上化合物之粉末係如技藝已知般組合,以產生與添加 之增稠劑如經丙基纖維素3Q〇 mg、人造奶油糖果香料 100 mg、膳馬丁粉5 mg、以及蔗糖3〇 Gm之均質混合物。 添加蒸黯水至100 ml。可添加—種ρρι或其他酸不穩定性 藥物’其係經由合成製作藥劑師從可獲取之ppl s或來自 粉末或腸塗覆口服固體劑量劑型之酸不穩定性藥物中選出 。可添加不同體積水以達pp〗濃度範圍從〇 . 8至2〇 mg/mL 。若使用其他酸不穩定性藥物,則需要求濃度範圍以運送 正常劑量於1 mL至30 niL之可接受體積。保護所討論藥 物之緩衝劑所需量’亦可決定最小的合適體積。舉例而言 ’此配方可爲一部分產品劑型(液體或乾燥)或爲兩部分 產物劑型(液體或乾燥)。於兩部分之實施例中,在使用 時,欲添加到配方的藥物可添加到乾燥配方及液體部分, 或添加此藥物至液體部分其可緩衝至高於腸塗覆藥物配方 碎裂所需之pH (典型爲pH 6_8或更高)。 對於文中揭示之全部獸醫用及人類口服劑量劑型,亦可 添加增甜劑、胃膜壁細胞活化子、增稠劑、防腐劑、及調 味劑。增甜劑包括但不限制爲玉米糖漿、單一糖漿、糖、 膳馬丁、及阿斯巴甜。增稠劑包括但不限制爲甲基纖維素 、黃原膠、角叉菜、及瓜爾豆膠。可添加防腐劑來延遲損 壞,防腐劑包括但不限制爲苯甲酸鈉、甲基沛拉並 (methylparaben)及丙基沛拉並(propylparaben)。於這些 配方的調味劑包括但不限制爲蘋果、焦糖、楓糖、花生醬 -118- 1309168 五、發明說明(117) 、肉等等。 j .其他配方 對於文中全部配方,必需緩衝劑之所有量範圍爲每劑約 4 mEq 至,約 3 0 mEq。__ 配方11 :未複合PPI之口服緩衝劑 (一般用於保護酸不穩定性藥物)多劑量組成物 首要必需緩衝劑‘· 二鹼磷酸鈉或碳酸氫鈉 10g (範圍 2g 至 10g) 選擇性次要必需緩衝劑: 200 mg 三鹼磷酸鈉或碳酸鈉 其他成分: 蔗糖 26 g 麥芽糊精 2 g 以鹼加工之可可粉 1800 mg 玉米糖漿固體 6000 mg 酪蛋白酸鈉 100 mg 大豆卵磷脂 80 mg (*任何次要必需緩衝劑可以更高或更低量添加以調整pH於所欲穩定度及 添加性制酸劑或緩衝效果) 徹底混合粉末,然後貯存於防光及濕度的容器內,例如 貯存於箔包。可添加防腐劑來延遲損壞,防腐劑包括但不 限制爲苯甲酸鈉、甲基沛拉並及丙基沛拉並。增稠劑例如 黃原膠、瓜爾豆膠、或羥甲基丙基纖維素,可爲這些配方 -1 1 9- 1309168 五、發明說明(118) 之調味劑包括但不限制爲巧克力、焦糖、楓糖、美洲薄殼 胡桃醬及其他如前已說明者。可添加不同體積水以達PPI fe 度範 SI 從 0.8 至 20 mg/nil。 稱重約6 0 g的配方。通常添加相當1 〇劑(範圍爲1劑 至3 0劑)之量之PPI (或其他酸不穩定性藥物)。 添加蒸餾水至100 ml。 配方12 : —般用於保護酸不穩定性藥物之無pp;[之口服緩衝劑;不含 蛋白質之多劑量實施例 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉 5 g (範圍 2 g 至 10 g)(59.5 mEq) 選擇性次要必需緩衝劑: 無* (*任何次要必需緩衝劑可以更高或更低量添加以調整pH於所欲穩定度及 添加性制酸劑或緩衝效果) 其他成分: 蔗糖 26 g 麥芽糊精 2 g 以鹼加工之可可粉 1800 mg 玉米糖漿固體 6000 mg 大豆卵磷脂 80 mg 附註:可可粉爲胃膜壁細胞活化子。 徹底混合粉末,然後貯存於防光及濕度的容器內,例如 貯存於箔包。稱重約6 0 g的配方。通常添加相當1 0劑( -120- 1309168 五、發明說明(119) 範圍=1劑至30劑)之量之PPI (或其他酸不穩定性藥物)。 添加蒸餾水至1〇〇 ml。可添加不同體積水以達PPI濃度 箪有圍從0.8至2 0 rag/ml。 ___ 配方13 : —般用於保護酸不穩定性藥物之未複合PPI之緩衝劑;不含 蛋白質、不含乳糖之多劑量實施例 PPI : 無(將稍後添加,例如由合成製作藥 劑師添加) 首要必需緩衝劑= 碳酸氫鈉 8 g (範圍2 g至10 g) 其他成分= 蔗糖 26 g 麥芽糊精 2 g 玉米糖漿固體 6000 mg 部分氫化之黃豆油 400 mg 磷酸二鉀 300 mg 焦糖香料 270 mg 大豆卵磷脂 80 mg 鋁矽酸鈉 20 mg 二氧化鈦 10 mg 徹底混合粉末,然後貯存於防光及濕度的容器內,例如 貯存於箔包。 選擇性次要必需緩衝劑:三鹼磷酸鈉1 000 mg -1 21 -1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (110) 20 mg of ribopridazole in the solution, the concentration of sodium dibasic phosphate in the pH range of about 6.9 to 10.9 should be 35.6 mg/ml to 1 〇〇 mg/ml. The pKa of dibasic sodium phosphate was 7.21. Thus, the amount of sodium dibasic phosphate is equivalent to the amount of acid encountered, resulting in a pH of about 7.2. Thus, sodium dibasic phosphate is selected as a buffer. It is important to note that the solubility of the buffer is related to their immediate use. To enhance shelf life, higher pH is expected to be within the acceptable pHE2 range for the PPI administered. For example, ribopyrazole suspensions containing various buffers can be evaluated for color change because the degradation of PPIs causes a color change of brown or black. All buffer suspensions began to be white. After 2 weeks, the following observations were obtained: 20 mg of riboprazole was stored in suspension in various buffers under refrigeration. The pH of the buffer was 14 days after the original color. pH 14 days later sodium bicarbonate 800 mg/10 ml white Brown 8.3 disodium phosphate 800 mg/10 ml white white 10.3 disodium phosphate 700 mg; trisodium trisodium 100 mg/10 ml white white 10.3 similarly calculated for any substituted benzimidazole PPI and known buffers, including However, it is not limited to those exemplified above. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the order of the above steps is not critical to the invention. The above calculations can be used for formulations containing one or more PPIs and one or more buffers. I. Veterinary Formula The horse continues to produce stomach acid throughout the day. This is the basic from the stomach when no feeding -112- 1309168 V. Description of the invention (111) Acid secretion, which is the cause of corrosion of squamous mucosa and ulcers in the stomach. When the horse grazes, it will normally secrete a persistent supply of saliva, which can buffer gastric acid. When horses are often riding, training to perform or ready to sell, they are usually placed in the stable for many days. In these cases, the buffering mechanism of natural saliva is interrupted and usually causes acid indigestion. A buffer capacity of almost 40 to 100 mEq provides about 2.5 hours of horsepower per horse. The usual dose of omeprazole ranges from 0.7 to 1.5 mg/kg/day (up to 4 mg/kg/day can be required), and the representative weight of the horse is 500 kg. Similar doses are also expected for ribiprazole and lansoprazole. Dogs can also develop ulcers at a dose of about 1 mg/kg/day. The following formula is designed for horses, but a smaller amount can be used for dogs with EBC of 10 to 20 mEq. Formula 5: Veterinary formula for omeprazole This formula is especially suitable for animals because of the high dose of PPI. Applicable to human EBC=75 mEq Essential pH (omiprazole pKa=3.9+0.724.6) PPI: omeprazole powder 500 mg (range 350 to 700 mg) Primary essential buffer: sodium bicarbonate 5 g (59.5 mEq) Sodium dibasic phosphate (anhydrous) 2 g (14 mEq) Selective secondary essential buffer: Tribasic sodium phosphate 200 mg (1.2 mEq) (* Any secondary essential buffer may be added higher or lower Adjusting pH to desired stability and additive antacid or buffering effect) -1 1 3- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (112) Powders of the above compounds are combined as known in the art to produce and add thickeners For example, guar gum 350 mg, artificial maple syrup powder 100 mg, thaumatin powder 10 mg (to mask the bitter taste of omeprazole), and a homogenous mixture of sucrose 25 mg. Add distilled water to 1 〇〇 ml to achieve a final omeprazole concentration of 5 mg/ml. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve a concentration of omeprazole ranging from about 0.8 to about 20 mg/ml. In addition, the recipe can be divided into two parts. When in use, the dry portion can be partially recovered from the liquid. Formulation 6: Physic formula for lansoprazole essential pH (lansoprazole pKa = 4.1 + 0.734.8) EBC = 71.4 mEq PPI : randopridazole powder 750 mg Primary essential buffer: sodium bicarbonate 6 g (71.4 mEq) (* Any secondary necessary buffer may be added at a higher or lower level to adjust the pH to the desired stability and additive antacid or buffering effect). The powder of the above compound is known as the art. Combine to produce a homogeneous mixture with added thickeners such as xanthan gum 300 mg, artificial peanut flavor powder 1 rag, and sucrose 35 Gm. Distilled water was added to 100 ml to achieve a final concentration of 7.5 mg/ml of the final blue druspole. The suspension should be refried after recovery. Different volumes of water can be added to achieve a concentration of lansoprazole ranging from 〇.8 to 20 m g / m 1 . -114- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (1Ί3) In addition, this formula can be divided into two parts. When in use, the dry portion can be partially recovered from the liquid. Formulation 7: The pH of the veterinary formula for the treatment with moxapril (blue praprazole pKa = 4.1 + 0.724.8) EBC = 63.3 mEq PPI : lansapril powder 750 mg Primary essential buffer: sodium bicarbonate 5 g (59.5 mEq) Minor Essential Buffer: Sodium Carbonate 400 mg* (3.8 mEq) (* Any minor buffer may be added to adjust the pH to the desired stability and additive antacid or buffering effect) Powders of the compounds are combined as known in the art to produce a homogeneous mixture with added thickeners such as hydroxypropyl methylcellulose 300 mg, artificial maple syrup powder 100 rog, and sucrose 35 mg. Distilled water was added to 100 ml to a final concentration of 7.5 mg/ml of the final blue druspole. Different volumes of water can be added to achieve a concentration of moxaprilazole ranging from 0.3 to 20 mg/ml. In addition, the recipe can be divided into two parts. When in use, the dry portion can be partially recovered from the liquid. -115- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (114) Formulation 8: Essential pH for veterinary formulations of Isoproxazole magnesium (Isoproprazole pKa = 3.9 + 0.724.6) EBC = 53.2 mEq PPI : Ai Someropridazole magnesium powder 500 rag Primary essential buffer Z Sodium bicarbonate 5 g (47.6 mEq) Dibasic sodium phosphate 800 mg (5.6 mEq) (* Any secondary essential buffer can be added higher or lower Adjusting the pH to the desired stability and additive antacid or buffering effect) The powders of the above compounds are combined as known in the art to produce a thickening agent such as hydroxypropylcellulose 300 mg, margarine candy flavor A homogeneous mixture of 100 mg, Martin powder 5 mg, and sucrose 30 Gm. Distilled water was added to 100 ml to a final concentration of 7.5 mg/ml of the escarpopremiazole. Different volumes of water can be added to achieve a concentration of from about 0.8 mg to 20 mg / m1 of Isotrope. -116- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (115) Formulation 9: veterinary formula for tablet topiramate sodium or topiraprazole base powder pH required (tabler prednisol sodium pKa=3+〇.723.7) HBC =53.8 mEa Tablets Topotezol sodium or Topiprazole base powder 1000 mg Primary essential buffer: Sodium bicarbonate 4 g (47.6 mEq) Minor essential buffer: Tribasic sodium phosphate 1000 mg* (6.28 mEq) (* Any secondary necessary buffer may be added in higher or lower amounts to adjust the pH to the desired stability and additive antacid or buffering effect.) The powders of the above compounds are combined as known in the art to produce and add Thickeners such as hydroxypropylcellulose 300 mg, margarine candy flavor 100 mg, Martin powder 5 mg, and sucrose 30 Gin homogenous mixture. Distilled water was added to 100 ml to achieve a final tablet topiramate concentration of 10 mg/ml. Different volumes of water can be added to achieve a tablet topiramate concentration ranging from 0.2 to 20 mg / m1 ° Formulation 10: Veterinary formula: Buffer-free base EBC = 71.4 mEq Primary essential buffer: Sodium bicarbonate 6 g ( 71.4 mEq) Selective secondary essential buffer: Tribasic sodium phosphate 1000 mg* (* Any secondary essential buffer may be added higher or lower to adjust pH to desired stability and additive antacid or buffer Effect) -117- 1309168 V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (116 The powders of the above compounds are combined as known in the art to produce and add thickeners such as propylcellulose 3Q〇mg, margarine candy flavor 100 mg, meal A homogenous mixture of Martin powder 5 mg and sucrose 3 〇 Gm. Add distilled water to 100 ml. Add ρρι or other acid labile drugs, which are obtained from synthetic pharmacists from available ppl s or from It is selected from powder or enteric coated oral solid dosage forms of acid labile drugs. Different volumes of water can be added to achieve a concentration range of pp. 8 to 2 〇 mg/mL. If other acid labile drugs are used, Required concentration range To deliver a normal dose in an acceptable volume of 1 mL to 30 niL. The amount of buffer required to protect the drug in question' can also determine the minimum suitable volume. For example, 'this formulation can be part of the product dosage form (liquid or dry) Or a two-part product dosage form (liquid or dry). In the two-part embodiment, the drug to be added to the formulation may be added to the dry formulation and the liquid portion, or the drug may be added to the liquid portion to be buffered to high. The pH required for the intestine-coated drug formulation to be fragmented (typically pH 6-8 or higher). For all veterinary and human oral dosage forms disclosed herein, sweeteners, gastric wall cell activators, and so on may be added. Thickeners, preservatives, and flavoring agents. Sweeteners include, but are not limited to, corn syrup, single syrup, sugar, diet Martin, and aspartame. Thickeners include, but are not limited to, methylcellulose, xanthogen Gum, carrageenan, and guar gum. Preservatives can be added to delay damage. Preservatives include, but are not limited to, sodium benzoate, methylparaben, and propylparab. En). Flavoring agents in these formulations include, but are not limited to, apple, caramel, maple syrup, peanut butter -118-1309168, invention instructions (117), meat, etc. j. Other formulations must be buffered for all formulations in the text. The total amount of the agent ranges from about 4 mEq to about 30 mEq per dose.__ Formulation 11: Oral buffer without uncomplexed PPI (usually used to protect acid labile drugs) Multi-dose composition primary buffer required'· Sodium dibasic sodium phosphate or sodium bicarbonate 10g (range 2g to 10g) Selective secondary essential buffer: 200 mg Tribasic sodium phosphate or sodium carbonate Other ingredients: Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Cocoa powder processed with alkali 1800 mg Corn Syrup Solid 6000 mg Sodium Caseinate 100 mg Soy Lecithin 80 mg (* Any secondary essential buffer can be added higher or lower to adjust the pH to the desired stability and additive antacid or buffer Effect) Mix the powder thoroughly and store in a light and humidity container, for example in a foil package. Preservatives may be added to delay damage. Preservatives include, but are not limited to, sodium benzoate, methyl pala, and propyl paladium. Thickeners such as xanthan gum, guar gum, or hydroxymethyl propyl cellulose may be these formulations -1 1 9 - 1309168 5. Flavoring agents of the invention (118) include but are not limited to chocolate, coke Sugar, maple sugar, American shell pecan sauce and others as already explained. Different volumes of water can be added to achieve a PPI fe-degree SI from 0.8 to 20 mg/nil. Weigh approximately 60 g of the formula. Usually a PPI (or other acid labile drug) is added in an amount equivalent to 1 sputum (ranging from 1 to 30). Add distilled water to 100 ml. Formulation 12: general pp for the protection of acid labile drugs; [oral buffer; protein-free multi-dose embodiment primary essential buffer: sodium bicarbonate 5 g (range 2 g to 10 g) ( 59.5 mEq) Selective Secondary Requirement Buffer: None* (* Any secondary necessary buffer may be added higher or lower to adjust pH to desired stability and additive antacid or buffering effect) Other Ingredients: Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Alcohol-processed cocoa powder 1800 mg Corn syrup solid 6000 mg Soy lecithin 80 mg Note: Cocoa powder is a gastric mucosal cell activator. The powder is thoroughly mixed and then stored in a container that is protected from light and humidity, for example, in a foil package. Weigh approximately 60 g of the formula. A PPI (or other acid labile drug) in an amount equivalent to 10 doses (-120-1309168, invention (119) range = 1 to 30 doses) is usually added. Add distilled water to 1 〇〇 ml. Different volumes of water can be added to achieve a PPI concentration of 0.8 from 0.8 to 20 rag/ml. ___ Formulation 13: Buffer for uncomplexed PPI used to protect acid labile drugs; multi-dose without protein, lactose. Example PPI: None (added later, for example by synthetic pharmacist) Primary essential buffer = sodium bicarbonate 8 g (range 2 g to 10 g) Other ingredients = sucrose 26 g maltodextrin 2 g corn syrup solid 6000 mg partially hydrogenated soybean oil 400 mg dipotassium phosphate 300 mg caramel Perfume 270 mg Soy lecithin 80 mg Sodium aluminosilicate 20 mg Titanium dioxide 10 mg Thoroughly mix the powder and store it in a light and humidity container, for example in a foil package. Selective secondary essential buffer: sodium tribasic phosphate 1 000 mg -1 21 -
1309168 五、發明說明(12〇) 稱重約60 g的配方。通常添加相當1 0劑(範圍=1劑至 3 〇劑)之量之PPI (或其他酸不穩定性藥物)。添加蒸飽水 至100 ml。可添加不同體積水以達PPI濃度範圍從〇 3至 2 0 mg /m1 〇 配方14 : 一般用於保護酸不穩定性藥物之未複合PPI之緩衝劑;不含 蛋白質之多劑量實施例 PPI : 無(將稍後添加,例如由合成製作藥 身師添加) 要必需緩衝劑: ^鹼磷酸鈉 8 g (範圍2 g至1〇 η $他成分: 蔴糖 26 g 麥芽糊精 2 g 油糖果 270 mg iE米糖漿固體 6000 mg 徹底混合粉末,然後貯存於防光及濕度的容器內,例如 貯存於箔包。1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (12〇) Formulation weighing approximately 60 g. A PPI (or other acid labile drug) in an amount equivalent to 10 doses (range = 1 dose to 3 doses) is usually added. Add steamed water to 100 ml. Different volumes of water can be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 〇3 to 20 mg / m1 〇 Formulation 14 : Buffers for uncomplexed PPIs commonly used to protect acid labile drugs; multi-dose embodiments without protein PPI: None (will be added later, for example by synthetic pharmacists) Requires buffer: ^ Sodium alkali phosphate 8 g (range 2 g to 1 〇 $ he ingredients: sesame 26 g maltodextrin 2 g oil Candy 270 mg iE Rice Syrup Solid 6000 mg Thoroughly mix the powder and store it in a light and humidity container, for example in a foil package.
稱重約60 g的配方。通常添加相當1〇劑(範圍=1劑至 30劑)之量之PPI (或其他酸不穩定性藥物)。添加冑觀水 至100 ml。可添加不同體積水以達PPI濃度範圍從〇 $至 20 rag/m1。 — -122- 1309168 f、發明說明(1 21 ) 酉己方15 : 一般用於保護酸不穩定性藥物之未複合PPI之緩衝劑;不含 —蛋白質之多劑量實施例 PPI : 無(將稍後添加,例如由合成製作藥劑 師添jig) ^霽緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉 8 g (範圍1 g至10 g) 緩衝劑: 磷酸三鈉 1.5 g (範圍 0 g 至 5 g) 其他成分: 蔗糖 26 g 麥芽糊精 2 g 奶油糖果 270 mg 玉米糖漿固體 6000 mg 徹底混合粉末’然後貯存於防光及濕度的容器內,例如 貯存於箔包。稱重約60 g的配方。通常添加相當1 〇劑( 範圍=1劑至30劑)之量之PPI(或其他酸不穩定性藥物)。 添加蒸餾水至100 ml。可添加不同體積水以達PPI濃度範 圍從 0.8 至 20 mg/ml。 -123- u----- 1309168 五、發明說明(122) ---一配方K : ~階段藍梭普瑞唑30 mg錠劑 唑具有4 之pKa ;於是必需ph=4.1+0.7 2 4.8 可產生溶液爲pH 4.8或更大,以及產生必需緩衝能力之緩衝劑實施包括 j|不限制爲碳酸氫鈉、碳酸叙1、—鹼磷酸鈉、及磷酸一鉀。 稱重11個錠劑之足夠粉末: ΡΡΙ : 藍梭普瑞唑 330 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉USP 5500 mg * 二鹼磷酸鈉 2200 mg 徹底混合所得粉末。然後將720 mg該均質混合物倒入 錠劑貯存器(直徑1/2吋),並如技藝已知般透過模子壓製 之完全運轉來壓製。所得錠劑含有: 藍梭普瑞唑 30 mg 碳酸氫鈉USP 500 mg 磷酸氫二鈉 200 mg 此錠劑含有6 mEq碳酸氫鈉及1 . 4 mEq二鹼磷酸鈉。此 錠劑之差異可能包括錠劑含有全部二鹼磷酸鈉或全部碳酸 氫鈉或其他來自必需緩衝劑目錄之緩衝劑。每錠劑之有效 緩衝劑能力之量變化可從少如4 mEq至多如30 mEq。 可添加額外之錠劑崩散劑例如交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉、預 明膠化澱粉、或聚乙烯吡酮’以及錠劑結合劑例如樹薯粉 -124- 1309168 五、發明說明(123) 、明膠、或pvp。再%,可放置—薄膜塗覆於錠劑上減少 光穿透並促進吞嚥的容易性。 配方17 : —階段歐米普瑞唑20 mg錠劑 歐米普瑞唑具有3.9之pKa :於是必需ph=3.9+0.7 2 4.6 可產生溶液爲pH 4.6或更大,以;g 但不限制爲碳酸氫鈉、碳酸鈉、嫌酸 C產生必需緩衝能力之緩衝劑實施包括 :氫二鈉(二鹼磷酸鈉)、及磷酸二鉀。 稱重11個錠劑之足夠粉末: PPI : 歐米普瑞唑粉末USP 220 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉USP 6500 mg 氧化鎂粉末 1650 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 300 mg 徹底混合所得粉末。然後將788 mg該均質混合物倒入 錠劑貯存器(直徑1 / 2吋),並如技藝已知般透過模子壓製 之完全運轉來壓製。所得錠劑含有: 歐米普瑞唑USP 20 mg 碳酸氫鈉USP 590 mg 氧化鎂 15 0 mg 交叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉 27.27 rag 此錠劑含有7 mEq碳酸氫鈉及3.75 mEq氧化鎂。有效緩 衝劑能力之量變化可從少如4 mEq至多如30 mEq。亦可添 加錠劑賦形劑、錠劑結合劑、以及配方1 6之薄膜塗覆。 -125- 1309168 五、發明說明(124 ) 配方18 : 一階段歐米普瑞哩40 mg錠劑 稱重11個錠劑之足夠粉末: PPI : 歐米普瑞唑粉末USP 440 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉USP 6500 mg 氧化鎂 1650 mg 預明膠化澱粉 500 mg 徹底混合所得粉末。然後將826 mg該均質混合物倒入 錠劑貯存器(直徑1/2吋),並如技藝已知般透過模子壓製 之完全運轉來壓製。所得錠劑含有: 歐米普瑞唑USP 40 mg 碳酸氫鈉USP 590 mg 氧化鎂 150 rag 預明膠化澱粉 45.45 mg 此錠劑含有7 mEq碳酸氫鈉及3 . 75 mEq氧化鎂。有效 緩衝劑能力之量變化可從少如4 mEq至多如30 mEq。亦可 添加錠劑賦形劑、錠劑結合劑、以及配方丨6之薄膜塗覆 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂或低溶解度之質子幫浦抑制劑(例如鹼 劑型)可用於代替上述配方中之歐米普瑞唑或藍梭普瑞唑 。亦可添加錠劑賦形劑、錠劑結合劑、以及配方16之薄 膜塗覆。此外,文中揭示之任何配方粉末可於製造錠劑時 -1 26- 1309168 五、發明說明(125) 經由徹底混合粉末並省略錠劑壓製而製造。將此粉末包裝 於適當容器,例如箔包裝或小袋以防止配方受到空氣溼度 及光線的傷害。當添加到一些水中(例如3至20 mL ),配 方可經口服攝取或餵食投與或NG管等等。可使用焦糖香 料0.1%w/w。對於嚐起來有苦味之PPIs,例如片托普瑞唑 、歐米普瑞唑、艾梭蜜普瑞唑及瑞比普瑞唑,使用5至10 ppm量之膳馬丁(thaumatin)可用於掩飾苦味。亦可使用增 甜,例如蔗糖或阿斯巴甜。可額外使用錠劑崩散劑例如交 叉羧甲醚纖維素鈉,以及滑行劑例如硬脂酸鎂。 配方19 :歐米普瑞唑粉末香 "3方(單劑) PPI : 歐米普瑞唑粉末USP(或艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂) 20 mg 或 40 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉USP粉末(60微米) 1000 mg 氧化鎂USP粉末 500 mg 選擇性次要必需緩衝劑: 三鹼磷酸鈉 200 mg* 其他成分: 右旋糖 60 mg 黃原膠(Rhodigel超細) 15 mg 膳馬丁(香料增強劑) 5 至 10 ppm 徹底混合粉末,以5 ml至20 ml蒸鶴水復原全部粉末 ’然後對病人由腸道投與懸浮液。 -127- 1309168 五、發明說明(126) 配方20 :無香料歐米普瑞唑粉末(單劑) 歐米普瑞唑粉末USP 20 mg 或 40 mg 碳酸氫鈉USP粉末 1500 mg 胃膜壁細胞活化子: 氯化鈣 200 mg* 其他成分: 右旋糖 60 mg 黃原膠(Rhodigel超細) 15 mg 膳馬丁(香料增強劑) 5 至 10 ppm 徹底混合粉末。以5 mL至20 mL蒸餾水復原全部粉末 ,然後對病人由腸道投與懸浮液。 配方21 :含香料之歐米普瑞哩粉末(單劑) 歐米普瑞唑粉末USP 20 mg 二鹼磷酸鈉二水合物 2000 mg 碳酸氫鈉USP粉末 840 mg 至 1680 mg 蔗糖 2.6 g 麥芽糊精 200 mg 以鹼加工之可可粉* 180 mg 玉米糖漿固體 600 mg 黃原膠 15 mg 阿斯巴甜 15 mg 膳馬丁 2 mg 大豆卵磷脂 10 mg *胃膜壁細胞活化子 -1 28 - 1309168 五、發明說明(127) 徹底混合粉末。使用時以10 mL至20 m L蒸飽水復原全 部粉末。 _ 配方22 :無香料藍梭普瑞唑粉末(單劑) 藍梭普瑞唑粉末USP 15 mg 或 30 mg 碳酸氫鈉USP粉末 400 mg 至 1500 mg 選擇性地:以三鹼磷酸鈉調整pH以期更長期的穩定度 及增強緩衝能力(可使用其他必需緩衝劑)。 徹底混合粉末。使用時以5 mL至20 mL蒸餾水復原全 部粉末。 ffi方23 :含香料之藍梭普瑞唑粉末(噩劑、 PPI : 藍梭普瑞唑粉末USP 30 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 二鹼磷酸鈉USP或 1500 mg 碳酸氫鈉USP 蔗糖 2.6 g 麥芽糊精 2 g 以鹼加工之可可粉* 18 mg 玉米糖漿固體 600 mg 大豆卵磷脂 80 mg *胃膜壁細胞活化子 徹底混合粉末。使用時以.5 mL至20 mL蒸餾水復原全 部粉末。 -129- 1309168 五、發明說明(128) 配方24 :無香料瑞比普瑞唑粉末(單劑) PPI : 瑞比普瑞唑鈉粉末USP 20 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 二鹼磷酸鈉二水合物USP 2000 mg 選擇性次要必需緩衝劑: 三鹼磷酸鈉 100 mg 徹底混合粉末並在投與前以蒸餾水復原。可如本申請案 所述選擇性添加增稠劑及調味劑。粉末的預期體積爲每劑 20 mL。此配方係設計以增強瑞比普瑞唑的穩定性,透過 利用共同離子效應,藉以使鈉引起瑞比普瑞唑鈉的“鹽析” 。如此造成瑞比普瑞唑鈉仍爲不溶而藉此增加其穩定性。 配方25 :無香料瑞比普瑞唑粉末(單劑) PPI : 瑞比普瑞唑鈉粉末USP 20 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉USP 1200 mg 次要必需緩衝劑: 三鹼磷酸鈉USP 300 mg 選擇性次要必需緩衝劑: 可以更高或更低量添加氫氧化鈉或三鹼鉀以調整pH於所欲穩定度及添 加性制酸劑或緩衝能力。 徹底混合粉末並於使用時以1 5 raL蒸餾水復原。 -1 30 - 1309168 五、發明說明(129) 另外’可使用兩部分之產物,含有一部分爲約5至約 1 5 raL蒸餾水與低濃度的次要必需緩衝劑[例如磷酸三鈉 (100 rag)或氫氧化鈉(50 mg)],用以溶解瑞比普瑞唑之腸 塗覆錠劑而藉此產生穩定的溶液/懸浮液。此高鹼性懸浮 液具有低中和能力,且可之後添加瑞比普瑞唑鈉與第二部 分含有顯著中和能力之首要必需緩衝劑。若需要可包括其 他次要必需緩衝劑於次要必需緩衝劑。此配方係設計爲可 使用購買的瑞比普瑞唑之腸塗覆錠劑爲PPI的來源。此錠 劑使用前需要崩散作用爲液體配方。部分1(低濃度的次要 必需緩衝劑)引起延遲釋放錠劑的快速溶解,以及瑞比普 瑞嗤鈉於液體劑型中延長的穩定性。如此使得製備物可於 投與前製備並於使用前簡單的添加到首要必需緩衝劑(部 分2 )。 配方26 :無香料瑞比普瑞唑粉末(單劑) PPI : 瑞比普瑞唑鈉粉末USP 20 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 乳酸鈣USP 700 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 700 mg 次要必需緩衝劑: 氫氧化鈣USP 15 rag (可以更高或更低量添加具有鈉或鉀陽離子之其他次要 必需緩衝劑以調整pH於所欲穩定度。) -1 3 1 - 1309168 五、發明說明(1 3〇 ) 徹底混合粉末。使用時以含有10 mL甘油及10 raL蒸餾 水之液體部分復原粉末。另外,用於復原的液體可僅爲水 (例如經蒸餾)及含有某些緩衝劑。用於復原的液體可提供 作爲經緩衝產物(至pH9 -11 )用於溶解瑞比普瑞哇鈉延遲釋 放錠劑(若使用瑞比普瑞唑鈉爲來源)。 _ 配方27 :無香料艾梭蜜普瑞唑粉末(單劑) PPI : 艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂粉末USP 20 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 乳酸鈣USP 800 mg 甘油磷酸鈣 800 mg 次要必需緩衝劑: 氫氧化銘USP 15 mg (可以更高或更低量添加具有鈣或鎂陽離子之其他次要 必需緩衝劑以調整pH於所欲穩定度。) 徹底混合粉末。使用時以含有1 0 mL蒸餾水之液體部分 復原粉末。用於復原的液體可提供作爲經緩衝產物(至 PH8-11)用於溶解艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂延遲釋放細粒(若使用艾 梭蜜普瑞唑鎂爲來源)。 -132- ---- 1309168 五、發明說明(131) 配方28 :歐米普瑞唑兩部分錠劑 兩部分錠劑含有外緩衝劑相及內緩衝劑/PPI核心。稱重6錠劑之足夠量 內核心: PPI : 歐米普瑞唑粉末USP (或艾梭蜜普瑞唑鎂或歐米普瑞嗖鈉) 120 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉USP 1200 mg 外相: 碳酸氫鈉USP 3960 mg (可以添加其他次要必需緩衝劑例如磷酸三鈉,磷酸三 鉀或碳酸鈉或其他以增加中和能力。) 徹底混合用於內核心之粉末,然後稱重約220 mg所得 混合物並添加到3 / 8”直徑的印模。然後以慣用醫藥程序將 粉末混合物配方爲小錠劑。如此重覆另5個錠劑,然後將 這些小錠劑置於旁邊。 圍繞PPI錠劑之外層係提供作爲pH緩衝區。以每錠劑 約2 80 mg,全部爲1 680 mg之碳酸氫鈉USP稱重6錠劑足 夠用之碳酸氫鈉。然後稱重約280 mg所得混合物並添加 到1 / 2”直徑的印模。透過完全運轉壓製將粉末壓緊到一錠 劑內。將錠劑置回1 / 2英吋印模,然後將更小的3 / 8”錠劑 (內錠劑)置於1 / 2”錠劑的頂點並集中之。添加約380 mg -133- 1309168 五、發明說明(132) 碳酸氫鈉於印模的1 / 2”錠劑及3 / 8”錠劑頂點。透過完全 運轉壓製將材料壓緊到一錠劑內。每一錠劑重量約爲 815 mg至890 mg,含有20 mg歐米普瑞唑。可添加結合 劑例如樹薯粉或PVP,以及崩散劑例如預明膠化澱粉。外 層亦可含有醫藥可接受之錠劑賦形劑。亦可使用選擇性塗 覆層’例如技藝已熟知的光線膜塗覆層及抗紫外線塗覆層 〇 氧化鎂或氫氧化鎂可取代外相的碳酸氫鈉。以每錠劑約 2 80 mg,全部爲1680 mg之氧化鎂USP稱重6錠劑足夠用 之氧化鎂。然後稱重約280 mg所得混合物並添加到1/2” 直徑的印模。透過完全運轉壓製將粉末壓緊到一錠劑內。 將錠劑置回1 / 2英吋印模,然後將更小的3 / 8”錠劑(內錠 劑)置於1 / 2”錠劑的頂點並集中之。添加約380 mg氧化鎂 於印模的1 / 2”錠劑及3 / 8”錠劑頂點。透過完全運轉壓製 將材料壓緊到一錠劑內。每一錠劑重量約爲81 5 mg至 890 mg ’含有20 mg歐米普瑞唑。可添加結合劑例如樹薯 粉或PVP ’以及崩散劑例如預明膠化澱粉、交叉羧甲醚纖 維素鈉、或微晶纖維素(MCC)及膠體二氧化矽(CSD)。外層 亦可含有醫藥可接受之錠劑賦形劑。亦可使用選擇性塗覆 層,例如技藝已熟知的光線膜塗覆層及抗紫外線塗覆層。 外相可替代性含有碳酸氫鈉及氧化鎂之組合物。 -134- 1309168 五、發明說明(133) 配方29 :藍梭普瑞唑兩部分錠劑 稱重6錠劑之足夠量 內核心: PPI : 藍梭普瑞唑粉末USP 180 mg 首要必需緩衝劑= 碳酸氫鈉USP 1200 mg 外相: 碳酸氫鈉USP 3960 mg 徹底混合用於內核心之粉末,然後稱重約230 mg所得 混合物並添加到3/8”直徑的印模。然後如配方28所述形 成內及外錠劑。每一錠劑重量約爲825 rog至900 mg。可 添加結合劑例如樹薯粉或PVP,以及崩散劑例如預明膠化 澱粉。 配方30 :片托普瑞唑兩部分錠劑 稱重6錠劑之足夠量 內核心: PPI : 片托普瑞唑粉末USP (或片托普瑞唑鈉) 240 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉USP 1200 mg 外相: 碳酸氫鈉USP 3960 mgWeigh about 60 g of the formula. A PPI (or other acid labile drug) in an amount equivalent to one dose (range = 1 to 30 doses) is usually added. Add guanshui to 100 ml. Different volumes of water can be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 〇 $ to 20 rag/m1. —122- 1309168 f,Inventive Note (1 21 ) 酉 方 15 15 : Buffer for uncomplexed PPI generally used to protect acid labile drugs; multi-dose without protein - PPI : None (will be later Add, for example, by a synthetic pharmacist.) 霁 Buffer: Sodium bicarbonate 8 g (range 1 g to 10 g) Buffer: Trisodium phosphate 1.5 g (range 0 g to 5 g) Other ingredients: Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Creamy candy 270 mg Corn syrup solid 6000 mg Thoroughly mixed powder 'then stored in a light and humidity container, for example in a foil package. Weigh about 60 g of the formula. A PPI (or other acid labile drug) in an amount equivalent to 1 sputum (range = 1 to 30 doses) is usually added. Add distilled water to 100 ml. Different volumes of water can be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/ml. -123- u----- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (122) --- One formula K: ~ Stage blue botoprazole 30 mg tablet azole has a pKa of 4; then ph=4.1+0.7 2 4.8 A buffer solution which produces a solution having a pH of 4.8 or greater and which produces the necessary buffering capacity includes j|not limited to sodium hydrogencarbonate, carbonic acid carbonate 1, sodium alkali phosphate, and monopotassium phosphate. Sufficient powder weighing 11 lozenges: ΡΡΙ : Lansoprazole 330 mg Primary essential buffer: Sodium bicarbonate USP 5500 mg * Sodium dibasic phosphate 2200 mg The resulting powder was thoroughly mixed. 720 mg of this homogeneous mixture was then poured into a tablet stocker (1/2 inch diameter) and compressed as is known in the art by full operation of the mold press. The resulting lozenge contains: moxapril 30 mg sodium bicarbonate USP 500 mg disodium hydrogen phosphate 200 mg This tablet contains 6 mEq sodium bicarbonate and 1.4 mEq dibasic sodium phosphate. This difference in lozenges may include that the tablet contains all of the sodium dibasic phosphate or all of the sodium bicarbonate or other buffer from the necessary buffer list. The amount of effective buffering capacity per tablet can vary from as little as 4 mEq to as much as 30 mEq. Additional tablet disintegrating agents such as sodium cross-carboxymethyl ether, pre-gelatinized starch, or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and tablet binders such as potato flour-124- 1309168 can be added. V. Inventive Note (123), Gelatin , or pvp. Further %, can be placed - the film is applied to the tablet to reduce light penetration and facilitate ease of swallowing. Formulation 17: - Stage omeprazole 20 mg tablet omeprazole has a pKa of 3.9: then ph = 3.9 + 0.7 2 4.6 can produce a solution of pH 4.6 or greater to; g but not limited to hydrogencarbonate The buffering agent for producing the necessary buffering capacity of sodium, sodium carbonate and citric acid C includes: disodium hydrogen (sodium dibasic phosphate) and dipotassium phosphate. Sufficient powder weighing 11 tablets: PPI: omeprazole powder USP 220 mg Primary essential buffer: sodium bicarbonate USP 6500 mg magnesium oxide powder 1650 mg cross-carboxymethyl ether cellulose 300 mg The mixed powder was thoroughly mixed. 788 mg of this homogeneous mixture was then poured into a tablet reservoir (1 / 2 inch in diameter) and compressed as is known in the art by full operation of the mold press. The resulting lozenge contains: omeprazole USP 20 mg sodium bicarbonate USP 590 mg magnesia 15 0 mg cross-carboxymethyl ether sodium cellulose 27.27 rag This lozenge contains 7 mEq sodium bicarbonate and 3.75 mEq magnesium oxide. The amount of effective buffer capacity can vary from as little as 4 mEq to as much as 30 mEq. Tablet extenders, tablet binders, and film coatings of Formulation 16 can also be added. -125- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (124) Formulation 18: One-stage omegapril 40 mg tablets weighing enough of 11 tablets: PPI: omeprazole powder USP 440 mg Primary essential buffer: Carbonated Sodium Hydrogen USP 6500 mg Magnesium Oxide 1650 mg Pregelatinized Starch 500 mg The resulting powder was thoroughly mixed. 826 mg of this homogeneous mixture was then poured into a tablet stocker (1/2 inch diameter) and compressed as is known in the art by full operation of the mold press. The resulting lozenge contains: omeprazole USP 40 mg sodium bicarbonate USP 590 mg magnesia 150 rag pregelatinized starch 45.45 mg This lozenge contains 7 mEq sodium bicarbonate and 3.75 mEq magnesium oxide. The amount of effective buffer capacity can vary from as little as 4 mEq to as much as 30 mEq. It is also possible to add a tablet excipient, a tablet binder, and a film of formula 丨6 coated with oxime meperrolazole or a low solubility proton pump inhibitor (for example, an alkaline dosage form), which can be used in place of the above formula. Omeprezazole or blue soprenazole. Tablet lotion, tablet binder, and film coating of Formulation 16 can also be added. In addition, any of the formula powders disclosed herein can be produced by the intimate mixing of the powder and the omission of the tablet by the ingot of the invention when the tablet is manufactured in the form of -1 26 - 1309168. This powder is packaged in a suitable container, such as a foil package or sachet, to protect the formulation from air humidity and light. When added to some water (for example, 3 to 20 mL), the formula can be administered orally or fed or NG tube or the like. A caramel flavor of 0.1% w/w can be used. For PPIs that taste bitter, such as topiraprazole, omeprazole, escarpone, and ribiprazole, thaumatin is used to mask bitterness from 5 to 10 ppm. Sweetening, such as sucrose or aspartame, can also be used. A tablet disintegrating agent such as sodium carboxymethyl ether acetate, and a running agent such as magnesium stearate may be additionally used. Formulation 19: omeprazole powder fragrant "3 side (single dose) PPI: omeprazole powder USP (or oxime meprior magnesium) 20 mg or 40 mg primary essential buffer: sodium bicarbonate USP powder (60 microns) 1000 mg Magnesium Oxide USP Powder 500 mg Selective Secondary Essential Buffer: Tribasic Sodium Phosphate 200 mg* Other Ingredients: Dextrose 60 mg Xanthan Gum (Rhodigel Ultrafine) 15 mg Dietary Martin (Spice Enhancement) 5) 10 ppm thoroughly mix the powder, recover all the powder from 5 ml to 20 ml of steamed crane water' and then inject the suspension from the intestine to the patient. -127- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (126) Formulation 20: Fragrance-free omeprazole powder (single dose) Omniprezazole powder USP 20 mg or 40 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP powder 1500 mg Gastric parietal cell activator: Calcium Chloride 200 mg* Other Ingredients: Dextrose 60 mg Xanthan Gum (Rhodigel Ultrafine) 15 mg Dietary Martin (Flavour Enhancer) 5 to 10 ppm Thoroughly mix powder. The whole powder was reconstituted with 5 mL to 20 mL of distilled water, and then the suspension was administered to the patient by the intestine. Formulation 21: Fragrance-containing omepril quinone powder (single dose) omeprazole powder USP 20 mg sodium dibasic phosphate dihydrate 2000 mg sodium bicarbonate USP powder 840 mg to 1680 mg sucrose 2.6 g maltodextrin 200 Mg Cocoa powder processed by alkali* 180 mg Corn syrup solid 600 mg Xanthan gum 15 mg Aspartame 15 mg Dietary Martin 2 mg Soy lecithin 10 mg * Gastric parietal cell activator-1 28 - 1309168 V. Invention Description (127) Mix the powder thoroughly. Use 10 mL to 20 m L of steamed water to restore the entire powder. _ Formulation 22: Fragrance-free Blue Soprenazole Powder (single dose) Blue Soprenazole Powder USP 15 mg or 30 mg Sodium Bicarbonate USP Powder 400 mg to 1500 mg Selectively: pH adjustment with sodium tribasic phosphate Longer-term stability and enhanced buffering capacity (other essential buffers can be used). Mix the powder thoroughly. Recover all powders in 5 mL to 20 mL distilled water when in use. Ffi side 23: Fragrance-containing blue soprenazole powder (rice, PPI: lansopridazole powder USP 30 mg Primary essential buffer: sodium dibasic phosphate USP or 1500 mg sodium bicarbonate USP sucrose 2.6 g malt Dextrin 2 g Cocoa powder processed with alkali * 18 mg Corn syrup solid 600 mg Soy lecithin 80 mg * Gastric parietal cell activator thoroughly mixes the powder. Use the .5 mL to 20 mL distilled water to recover all the powder. - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (128) Formulation 24: fragrance-free ribiprozol powder (single dose) PPI: ribopyrazole sodium powder USP 20 mg Primary essential buffer: sodium dibasic phosphate dihydrate USP 2000 Mg selective secondary essential buffer: sodium tribasic phosphate 100 mg thoroughly mixed powder and reconstituted with distilled water prior to administration. Thickeners and flavoring agents can be optionally added as described in this application. The expected volume of powder is per 20 mL. This formula is designed to enhance the stability of riboprazole, by using a common ion effect, so that sodium causes "salting out" of ribopyrazole sodium. This causes ribopyrazole sodium to remain Insoluble This increases its stability. Formulation 25: Fragrance-free ribopyrazole powder (single dose) PPI: Ribipazole sodium powder USP 20 mg Primary essential buffer: Sodium bicarbonate USP 1200 mg Minor essential buffer : Tribasic sodium phosphate USP 300 mg Selective secondary essential buffer: Sodium or tribasic potassium can be added in higher or lower amounts to adjust the pH to the desired stability and additive antacid or buffering capacity. Mix the powder and reconstitute it with 15 5 L of distilled water at the time of use. -1 30 - 1309168 5. Inventive Note (129) In addition, a two-part product can be used, containing a portion of about 5 to about 15 raL of distilled water with a low concentration of A buffer (eg, trisodium phosphate (100 rag) or sodium hydroxide (50 mg)) is required to dissolve the intestinal coated lozenge of ribiprazole to thereby produce a stable solution/suspension. An alkaline suspension has a low neutralizing capacity and can be followed by the addition of ribiprazole sodium with a second portion of the primary essential buffer containing significant neutralizing ability. If necessary, other minor essential buffers may be included in the secondary necessary buffer. Agent. This formula is An enteric coated lozenge that can be used with the purchased ribiprazole is a source of PPI. This tablet needs to be disintegrated into a liquid formulation before use. Part 1 (low concentration of secondary essential buffer) causes delayed release The rapid dissolution of the tablet and the extended stability of the ribipridone sodium in the liquid dosage form. This allows the preparation to be prepared prior to administration and simply added to the primary essential buffer prior to use (Part 2). Formulation 26: fragrance-free ribiprozol powder (single dose) PPI: ribopyrazole sodium powder USP 20 mg Primary essential buffer: Calcium lactate USP 700 mg Calcium phosphate 700 mg Secondary essential buffer: Hydroxide Calcium USP 15 rag (other secondary essential buffers with sodium or potassium cations may be added in higher or lower amounts to adjust the pH to the desired stability.) -1 3 1 - 1309168 V. Description of invention (1 3〇) Mix the powder thoroughly. The powder was partially reconstituted with a liquid containing 10 mL of glycerin and 10 raL of distilled water. In addition, the liquid used for recovery may be only water (e.g., distilled) and contain some buffering agent. The liquid used for reconstitution can be supplied as a buffered product (to pH 9-11) for dissolving the delayed release tablet of Ribiriva sodium (if ribiprazole sodium is used as the source). _ Formulation 27: Fragrance-free Isoproprazole powder (single dose) PPI: Isoproprazole magnesium powder USP 20 mg Primary essential buffer: Calcium lactate USP 800 mg Calcium phosphate 800 mg Secondary essential buffer : Hydroxide USP 15 mg (Other secondary buffers with calcium or magnesium cations may be added in higher or lower amounts to adjust the pH to the desired stability.) Mix the powder thoroughly. The powder was recovered in a portion containing 10 mL of distilled water at the time of use. The liquid used for reconstitution can be supplied as a buffered product (to PH8-11) for dissolving the delayed release of fine particles of the escarpopremiazole magnesium (if the use of acesulfameprazole magnesium as a source). -132- ---- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (131) Formulation 28: omeprazole two-part tablet Two-part tablet contains an external buffer phase and an internal buffer/PPI core. Weighing 6 tablets in sufficient amount of core: PPI: omeprazole powder USP (or Isoproprazole magnesium or omeprium sodium) 120 mg Primary essential buffer: sodium bicarbonate USP 1200 mg External phase: Sodium bicarbonate USP 3960 mg (Other minor essential buffers such as trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate or sodium carbonate or others may be added to increase the neutralizing capacity.) Thoroughly mix the powder for the inner core and weigh approximately 220 mg The resulting mixture was added to a 3/8" diameter stamp. The powder mixture was then formulated into small tablets in a conventional pharmaceutical procedure. The other 5 tablets were then refilled and the small tablets were placed aside. The outer layer of the agent is provided as a pH buffer. About 2 80 mg per tablet, all 1 680 mg of sodium bicarbonate USP weighs 6 tablets of sodium bicarbonate enough. Then weigh about 280 mg of the resulting mixture and Add a stamp to the 1/2" diameter. The powder is compressed into a tablet by full running compression. Place the tablet back into the 1/2 inch impression and place the smaller 3 / 8" tablet (internal tablet) on the apex of the 1/2" tablet and concentrate. Add about 380 mg -133 - 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (132) Sodium bicarbonate on the apex of the 1 / 2" lozenge and 3 / 8" lozenge of the impression. The material is pressed into a lozenge by full running compression. Each lozenge weighs approximately 815 mg to 890 mg and contains 20 mg of omeprazole. A binder such as potato flour or PVP, and a disintegrating agent such as pregelatinized starch may be added. The outer layer may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable lozenge excipient. It is also possible to use a selective coating layer, e.g., a light film coating layer and a UV resistant coating layer which are well known in the art. Magnesium oxide or magnesium hydroxide can be substituted for the external phase of sodium hydrogencarbonate. About 2 80 mg per tablet, all 1680 mg of magnesium oxide USP weighed 6 tablets of magnesium oxide. Approximately 280 mg of the resulting mixture was then weighed and added to a 1/2" diameter stamp. The powder was compacted into a lozenge by full running compression. The tablet was placed back to a 1/2 inch impression and then more A small 3 / 8" lozenge (internal tablet) is placed at the apex of the 1/2" tablet and concentrated. Add about 380 mg of magnesium oxide to the impression of the 1 / 2" lozenge and 3 / 8" lozenge The apex. The material is compressed into a tablet by full-running pressing. Each tablet weighs approximately 81 5 mg to 890 mg 'containing 20 mg of omeprazole. A binder such as potato flour or PVP' can be added. Disintegrating agents such as pregelatinized starch, sodium carboxymethylether cellulose, or microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) and colloidal cerium oxide (CSD). The outer layer may also contain pharmaceutically acceptable tablet excipients. A selective coating layer, such as a light film coating layer and an ultraviolet resistant coating layer which are well known in the art. The external phase may alternatively comprise a composition of sodium hydrogencarbonate and magnesium oxide. -134- 1309168 V. Description of the Invention (133) Formulation 29: Blue psoprene two-part tablet weighing 6 tablets in sufficient amount of core: PPI: blue Prezol powder USP 180 mg Primary essential buffer = sodium bicarbonate USP 1200 mg External phase: sodium bicarbonate USP 3960 mg Thoroughly mix the powder for the inner core, then weigh approximately 230 mg of the resulting mixture and add to 3/8" The impression of the diameter. The inner and outer lozenges are then formed as described in Formulation 28. Each lozenge weighs approximately 825 rog to 900 mg. A binder such as potato flour or PVP may be added, as well as a disintegrating agent such as pregelatinized starch. Formulation 30: Tablets topiramate two-part tablet weighing 6 tablets in sufficient amount of core: PPI: tablet topiraprazole powder USP (or topoterone sodium) 240 mg primary essential buffer: hydrogen bicarbonate Sodium USP 1200 mg External phase: Sodium bicarbonate USP 3960 mg
-135- 1309168 五、發明說明(134) 徹底混合用於內核心之粉末,然後稱重約220 rag所得 混合物並添加到3 / 8 ”直徑的印模。然後如配方2 8所述形 成內及外錬劑。每一淀劑重量約爲835 mg至910 mg。可 添加結合劑例如樹薯粉或PVP,以及崩散劑例如預明膠化 澱粉或交叉羧甲酸纖維素鈉。 _ 配方31 :歐米普瑞唑或艾梭蜜普瑞唑兩部分錠劑 稱重6錬劑之足夠量 內核心: PPI : 歐米普瑞唑粉末USP (或艾梭蜜普瑞哇或歐米普瑞唑鈉) 120 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉 1200 mg 外相‘· 碳酸氫鈉 3960 mg 徹底混合用於內核心之粉末,然後稱重約220 mg所得 混合物並添加到3 / 8”直徑的印模。然後如配方28所述形 成內及外鍵劑。每一錠劑重量約爲815 mg至890 mg。可 添加結合劑例如樹薯粉或PVP,以及已提及之崩散劑。可 以添加其他次要必需緩衝劑例如磷酸三鈉,磷酸三鉀或碳 酸鈉或其他以增加中和能力。 -136- 1309168 五、發明說明(135) 配方32 :藍梭普瑞唑兩部分錠劑 稱重6錠劑之足夠量 內核心: PPI : 藍梭普瑞唑粉末USP 180 mg 首要必需緩衝劑: 碳酸氫鈉 1200 mg 外相: .碳酸氫鈉 3960 mg 徹底混合用於內核心之粉末,然後稱重約230 mg所得 混合物並添加到3/8”直徑的印模。然後如配方28所述形 成內及外淀劑。每一錠劑重量約爲825 mg至900 rag。可 添加結合劑例如樹薯粉或PVP,以及已提及之崩散劑。可 以添加其他次要必需緩衝劑例如磷酸三鈉,磷酸三鉀或碳 酸鈉或其他以增加中和能力。_ 配方33 :片托普瑞唑兩部分錠劑 稱重6錠劑之足夠量 內核心: PPI : 片托普瑞唑粉末USP 240 mg 首要必需緩衝劑= 碳酸氫鈉 1200 mg 外相: 碳酸氫鈉 3960 mg-135- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (134) Thoroughly mix the powder for the inner core, then weigh approximately 220 rag of the resulting mixture and add it to the 3/8" diameter stamp. Then form the inner and inner portions as described in Formulation 28. The external sputum agent has a weight of about 835 mg to 910 mg per surfactant. A binder such as potato flour or PVP may be added, as well as a disintegrating agent such as pregelatinized starch or sodium cross-carboxycarboxylate. _ Formula 31: Omega Residazole or Isoproxil two-part lozenge weighing 6 ounces of sufficient core: PPI: omeprazole powder USP (or Isophorine or omeprazole sodium) 120 mg Essential buffer: Sodium bicarbonate 1200 mg External phase '· Sodium bicarbonate 3960 mg Thoroughly mix the powder for the inner core, then weigh approximately 220 mg of the resulting mixture and add to the 3 / 8" diameter stamp. Internal and external bonds are then formed as described in Formulation 28. Each lozenge weighs approximately 815 mg to 890 mg. A binding agent such as potato flour or PVP may be added, as well as the disintegrating agent already mentioned. Other secondary essential buffers such as trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate or sodium carbonate or others may be added to increase the neutralizing capacity. -136- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (135) Formulation 32: Blue-Poppreoazole Two-Piece Lozenges Weigh 6 Insufficient Amounts Core: PPI: Lansoprazole Powder USP 180 mg Primary Essential Buffer: Sodium bicarbonate 1200 mg Outer phase: . Sodium bicarbonate 3960 mg Thoroughly mix the powder for the inner core, then weigh approximately 230 mg of the resulting mixture and add to the 3/8" diameter stamp. Then form as described in Formulation 28. And an excipient. Each lozenge weighs about 825 mg to 900 rag. A binder such as potato flour or PVP can be added, as well as the disintegrating agent already mentioned. Other minor essential buffers such as trisodium phosphate can be added. Tripotassium Phosphate or Sodium Carbonate or Others to Increase Neutralization Capacity._ Formulation 33: Tablet Topiradazole Two-Piece Lozenges Weigh 6 Insufficient Amounts of Core: PPI: Topiprazole Powder USP 240 mg Essential Buffer = Sodium Bicarbonate 1200 mg External Phase: Sodium Bicarbonate 3960 mg
-137- 1309168 五、發明說明(136) 徹底混合用於內核心之粉末,然後稱重約220 mg所得 混合物並添加到3 / 8”直徑的印模。然後如配方28所述形 成內及外錠劑。每一錠劑重量約爲835 mg至910 mg。可 添加結合劑例如樹薯粉或PVP,以及已提及之崩散劑。可 以添加其他次要必需緩衝劑例如磷酸三鈉,磷酸三鉀或碳 酸鈉或其他以增加中和能力。 配方34 :歐米普瑞唑20 mg兩部分錠劑 內核心: PPI : 歐米普瑞唑腸塗覆細粒 (艾梭蜜普瑞唑鈉或鎂之鹼或鈉鹽) 20 rag 外相: 碳酸氫鈉粉末USP 1000 mg 內核心如技藝已知般產生以至細粒上的腸塗覆保持大體 上完整。如配方2 8所述將外相黏結於內核心。此錬劑之 其他變化包括以圍繞內核心之PPI之均勻腸塗覆取代分開 的腸塗覆細粒。 ----- 配方35 :藍梭普瑞唑30 mg兩部分錠劑 內核心: PPI · 藍梭普瑞唑腸塗覆細粒 30 mg 外相: 碳酸氫鈉粉末USP -〜 1000 ms -138- 1309168 五、發明說明(137) 此兩部分錠劑是依據配方34。 配方36 :瑞比普瑞唑20 mg兩部分錠劑 內核心: PPI : 瑞比普瑞唑腸塗覆細粒 20 mg 外相: 碳酸氫鈉粉末USP 1000 mg 此兩部分錠劑是依據配方34。 配方37 :歐米普瑞唑兩部分錠劑 稱重6錠劑之足夠量 內核心‘· 歐米普瑞唑 120 mg 碳酸氫鈉粉末USP 1200 mg 外相: 氧化鎂 1500 mg 選擇性-碳酸鈣 3000 mg 內核心之歐米普瑞唑及碳酸氫鈉是均質混合的並如配方 28般形成。外相如配方28般與內核心組合。 配方38 :制酸劑與腸塗覆劑量劑型之組合 歐米普瑞唑腸塗覆細粒或腸塗覆錠劑 20 mg(或相當劑量之另一 PPI) 碳酸鈣 1000 mg-137- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (136) Thoroughly mix the powder for the inner core, then weigh approximately 220 mg of the resulting mixture and add to the 3/8" diameter stamp. Then form the inner and outer as described in Formulation 28. Tablets. Each tablet weighs about 835 mg to 910 mg. A binder such as potato flour or PVP can be added, as well as the disintegrating agent already mentioned. Other minor essential buffers such as trisodium phosphate, phosphate III can be added. Potassium or sodium carbonate or others to increase neutralization capacity. Formulation 34: omeprazole 20 mg two-part lozenge core: PPI: omeprazole intestine coated fines (Isoproprazole sodium or magnesium) Alkali or sodium salt) 20 rag Outer phase: Sodium bicarbonate powder USP 1000 mg The inner core is produced as is known in the art so that the intestinal coating on the fine particles remains substantially intact. The outer phase is bonded to the inner core as described in Formulation 28. Other variations of this tincture include replacing the separate intestinal coated fines with a uniform intestinal coating around the inner core PPI. ----- Formulation 35: Blue Sophorazole 30 mg Two-part lozenge core: PPI · Lansoprazole intestine coated fine particles 30 mg : Sodium bicarbonate powder USP -~ 1000 ms -138- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (137) The two-part lozenge is based on Formula 34. Formulation 36: Ribiprilazole 20 mg Two-part lozenge core: PPI: Rebiprezazole Intestine Coated Fines 20 mg External Phase: Sodium Bicarbonate Powder USP 1000 mg This two-part tablet is based on Formula 34. Formulation 37: Omegaprene two-part tablet weighing 6 tablets in sufficient amount Inner core '·Omeprezol 120 mg Sodium bicarbonate powder USP 1200 mg External phase: Magnesium oxide 1500 mg Selective-calcium carbonate 3000 mg The core of the omeprazole and sodium bicarbonate are homogeneously mixed and as formulated 28 Forming. The external phase is combined with the inner core as in Formulation 28. Formulation 38: Combination of antacid and enteric coated dosage form omeprazole enteric coated fine or enteric coated tablets 20 mg (or equivalent dose of another PPI) Calcium Carbonate 1000 mg
-139- 1309168 五、發明說明(138) 以上成分係謹慎進行組合以至腸塗覆未碎裂或遭遇其他 危及。然後如已知醫藥文獻般將所得組合物形成於壓緊的 錠劑或置於膠囊中。若使用腸塗覆細粒,通常但非必需要 求分散於整個錠劑或膠囊中。另外若使用腸塗覆錠劑,則 形成一中央核心經碳酸鈣均勻圍繞於緊壓的錠劑或較大膠 囊。另一具體例中,含有PPI腸塗覆細粒之膠囊可置於含 有碳酸鈣均勻之較大膠囊內。 應注意可使用其他緩衝劑代替或與碳酸鈣組合。所用緩 衝劑量爲每劑組成物至少約5 mEq,以7 . 5至1 5 mEq之範 圔爲佳。例如碳酸氫鈉較碳酸鈣及其他制酸劑(例如鎂鹽 或鋁鹽)爲佳,因爲碳酸氫鈉可更快速降低胃pH。 配方39 :快速釋放及延遲釋放之PPI及制酸劑之組合 內核心: 歐米普瑞唑腸塗覆細粒或腸塗覆錠劑 10 或 20 mg (或相當劑量之另一 PPI) 外相: 歐米普瑞唑粉末 10 或 20 mg (或相當劑量之另一 PPI) 碳酸鈣粉末 1000 mg 外相成分是非均勻地混合。內核心如技藝已知般產生以 至細粒或錠劑上的腸塗覆保持大體上完整。如技藝已知般 將外相黏結於內核心。 配方40 :軟性可咀嚼pp I -緩衝劑劑量劑型 10或20 rag歐米普瑞唑(或相當劑量之另一 PPI)與軟性 -140 - 1309168 五、發明說明(139) 可咀嚼制酸錠劑(例如V i a c t i v® )組合’其中含有碳酸鈣 500或1 000 mg、玉米糖漿、糖、巧克力脫脂牛奶、可可 醬、鹽、大豆卵磷脂、單硬脂酸甘油酯、調味劑(例如焦 糖)、角叉菜、及磷酸鈉。亦可添加維生素D3及/或維生 素K1。完成之可咀嚼錠劑可於胃酸有關疾病之病人每曰投 與一到三次。-139- 1309168 V. INSTRUCTIONS (138) The above ingredients are carefully combined so that the intestinal coating is not broken or otherwise compromised. The resulting composition is then formed into a compacted lozenge or placed in a capsule as is known in the pharmaceutical literature. If enteric coated fines are used, it is usually, but not necessarily, required to be dispersed throughout the lozenge or capsule. Alternatively, if an enteric coated lozenge is used, a central core is formed which is uniformly surrounded by the calcium carbonate to the compacted lozenge or larger capsule. In another embodiment, the capsule containing the PPI enteric coated fine particles can be placed in a larger capsule containing uniform calcium carbonate. It should be noted that other buffers may be used instead of or in combination with calcium carbonate. The buffering dose used is at least about 5 mEq per composition, preferably from 7.5 to 15 mEq. For example, sodium bicarbonate is preferred over calcium carbonate and other antacids (e.g., magnesium or aluminum salts) because sodium bicarbonate lowers gastric pH more rapidly. Formulation 39: Combination of fast release and delayed release PPI and antacid core: omeprazole enteric coated fine or enteric coated tablets 10 or 20 mg (or equivalent PPI) External phase: Omega Prezolium powder 10 or 20 mg (or equivalent PPI) Calcium carbonate powder 1000 mg of external phase components are mixed non-uniformly. The inner core is produced as is known in the art so that the intestinal coating on the fine granules or lozenges remains substantially intact. The outer phase is bonded to the inner core as is known in the art. Formulation 40: soft chewable pp I - buffer dosage form 10 or 20 rag omeprazole (or another PPI equivalent) and soft -140 - 1309168 V. Description of the invention (139) Chewable acid lozenge ( For example, the Viactiv® combination, which contains calcium carbonate 500 or 1 000 mg, corn syrup, sugar, chocolate skimmed milk, cocoa butter, salt, soy lecithin, glyceryl monostearate, flavorings (eg caramel), Carrageenan, and sodium phosphate. Vitamin D3 and/or vitamin K1 may also be added. The finished chewable tablet can be administered once or three times per patient for a stomach acid-related disease.
對於文中全部配方,可如技藝已知般比例地合成多劑。 本發明以舉例說明之方式說明,且應瞭解所使用的技 術係用於說明之用而非本發明之限制。文中引用的所有 專利及其他參考資料是以其全文於此倂入本文參考。顯 然根據以上教示,本發明之諸多修改、相當物、及變化 是可能存在的。因此,需明白在附加之申請專利範圍的: 範圍內,除如特別敘述之外者亦可實施本發明。For all formulations in the text, multiple doses can be synthesized in proportion to the art. The present invention has been described by way of illustration, and it should be understood that All patents and other references cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Many modifications, equivalents, and variations of the invention are possible in light of the above teachings. Therefore, it is to be understood that the invention may be practiced otherwise than as specifically described within the scope of the appended claims.
-141 --141 -
Claims (1)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
TW91115305A TWI309168B (en) | 2002-07-10 | 2002-07-10 | A solid pharmaceutical composition of proton pump inhibitor |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
TW91115305A TWI309168B (en) | 2002-07-10 | 2002-07-10 | A solid pharmaceutical composition of proton pump inhibitor |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TWI309168B true TWI309168B (en) | 2009-05-01 |
Family
ID=45071982
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW91115305A TWI309168B (en) | 2002-07-10 | 2002-07-10 | A solid pharmaceutical composition of proton pump inhibitor |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
TW (1) | TWI309168B (en) |
-
2002
- 2002-07-10 TW TW91115305A patent/TWI309168B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP5944943B2 (en) | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and methods for their use | |
US6699885B2 (en) | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and methods of using same | |
US6645988B2 (en) | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same | |
AU2002330863A1 (en) | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same | |
TWI309168B (en) | A solid pharmaceutical composition of proton pump inhibitor | |
AU2003214858B8 (en) | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same | |
CA2594185C (en) | Solid dosage forms comprising a substituted benzimidazole derivative and a buffer | |
AU2003214858A1 (en) | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MM4A | Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees |